665 langues concernées

9106 titres trouvés

[1128]   [Anonymous] (1991) : Langue et culture en Afrique: mélanges à la mémoire d’Aramazani Burusha A. (1943-1987)
[20946]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Afrikanische Sprachen
[21953]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Un vocabulaire français-lokele
[21954]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire français-kituba-tshiluba-tshisonge-tshikuba-tshitetela
[21955]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Chokwe grammar notes
[21956]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Italian-Kikuyu and Kikuyu-Italian dictionary
[21957]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Tshivenda grammar notes
[21958]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Fragments of a Chigogo dictionary
[21959]   [Anonymous] (1---) : A dictionary of Chigogo
[21960]   [Anonymous] (1---) : English-Chokwe vocabulary
[21961]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Zigula vocabularies and phrases
[21962]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Glossary of Chikabanga
[21963]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Grammaire kirega (dialecte kisile), non-publié
[21964]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kingoreme word list
[21966]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire lingala-français, français-lingala
[21967]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Short grammar of the Zigula language
[21968]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kinyamwezi grammar and vocabulary
[21969]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Basa-French beginner’s book
[21970]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai sur la grammaire npongue
[21971]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Lexique ewondo-français et français-ewondo
[21972]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Suggestions for a Lontomba grammar
[21973]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kingoreme grammar
[21974]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Chokwe-English vocabulary
[21978]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Notes on the Zigua language
[21979]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Prefatory grammar notes
[21980]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire lingala: lingala-français, français-lingala
[21982]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Luhaya: Wortschatz und Redewendungen
[21983]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionary ia Kiswahili-Gekoio na Gekoio-Kiswahili
[21984]   [Anonymous] (19--) : KiHehe-Deutsches Wörterbuch
[21985]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Deutsch-kiHehe Wörterbuch
[21986]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Afrikaans-Tsonga woodlysileidende Afrikaans
[21987]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire français-shi
[21988]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire shi-français
[21989]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Jahresnamen der Herero von 1820-1920
[21990]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Kiswahili phrase book and glossary
[21993]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire kihaya, kinyarwanda, kigwe
[21994]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Abriss der kiHehe Grammatik
[21995]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Some (unpublished) notes on Kijita
[21997]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar English-Kigwe (Sukuma)
[21999]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Gramática ndau
[22000]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionnaire français-mashi
[22001]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Swahili phrasebook
[22002]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Afrikaans-Engels-Tswana woordelys
[22003]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Suggestions for a LoNtomba grammar
[22004]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Bulu-French beginner’s book
[22005]   [Anonymous] (19--) : KiSimbita grammar
[22006]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Note on Kigwe grammar
[22007]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionnaire francais--ki-sukuma, ki-sukuma--français
[22008]   [Anonymous] (19--) : English-Kisukuma dictionary
[22009]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Kisukuma-English dictionary
[22010]   [Anonymous] (19--) : A kiSukuma-English dictionary
[22011]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Éléments de dictionnaire français-kifipa
[22012]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammaire ki-sukuma
[22013]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar of the Kisukuma language
[22014]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Outline of Sukuma grammar
[22015]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Zigua-English dictionary
[22016]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire sile
[22017]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Sukuma plants and their traditional uses
[22021]   [Anonymous] (1920) : Miners’ companion in Zulu (and Kitchen Kaffir)
[22022]   [Anonymous] (1921) : N’ano ne n’ano, Karanga progressive reading & writing handbook
[22024]   [Anonymous] (1921) : Elementary Zulu
[22030]   [Anonymous] (1925) : Tanganyika Territory. Report of the Education Committee, 1925, together with the Report of the Committee for the Standardization of the Swahili Language
[22031]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Grammar sy’oluganda
[22032]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Puisano ea Sesotho le se-English (phrase-book Sesuto-English)
[22033]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Diccionario manual español-pamue et pamue-español
[22035]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Petit vocabulaire tshiluba-français
[22038]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Éléments de la grammaire mangala de l’Uelé, suivis d’un vocabulaire
[22042]   [Anonymous] (1928) : A dictionary with notes on the grammar of the Mashona language
[22044]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Report of the Committee for the Standardization of the Swahili Language
[22045]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Swahili phrases and large vocabulary
[22046]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulario de Chimanhica
[22047]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[22048]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku ya vahlayi: livre de lecture pour les Thonga du nord du Transvaal et de la province Mozambique
[22049]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku da bahlayi: ledi da ku dama shipele
[22051]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Recommendations on Zulu orthography
[22052]   [Anonymous] (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[22053]   [Anonymous] (1930) : Grammar la cinyanja
[22056]   [Anonymous] (1931) : A practical orthography for Zulu
[22057]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Petite grammaire de la langue du bas-Congo (kikongo)
[22058]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Lexicon kikuyense-latinum
[22059]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Lexicon latinum-kikuyense
[22061]   [Anonymous] (1933) : Ekitabo loisisyanakin aswairin
[22062]   [Anonymous] (1933) : Lexicon cinyanja-cilatini
[22064]   [Anonymous] (1934) : Inventaire ethnique et linguistique au Cameroun sous mandat français
[22065]   [Anonymous] (1934) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22067]   [Anonymous] (1935-1938) : Sukuma-English word list
[22069]   [Anonymous] (1936) : The Hima method of counting
[22070]   [Anonymous] (1937) : Orthography of Chitonga
[22071]   [Anonymous] (1937) : Native education: the orthography of Tswana
[22072]   [Anonymous] (1938) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans, Sesuto and Mine Kaffir
[22074]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Dictionnaire français-kiHa
[22075]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Kinyankyusa
[22077]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Kikamba-English dictionary
[22078]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Luragoli-English vocabulary
[22079]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Kxasha-peu I: thutô ya Sesotho ê lekanyeditswe sekolo sa borutisi
[22080]   [Anonymous] (1940) : English-Chinyanja dictionary
[22081]   [Anonymous] (1941) : An easy Zulu vocabulary and phrase book, with grammatical notes
[22082]   [Anonymous] (1943-1974) : Manuscripts, papers, etc., on the study of Bantu languages
[22083]   [Anonymous] (1944) : Akarimojong-Swahili-English vocabulary
[22084]   [Anonymous] (1944) : Puisano ea Sesotho le se-English (phrase-book Suto-English)
[22085]   [Anonymous] (1945) : Lições elementares de umbundu
[22088]   [Anonymous] (1947) : Bemba-English dictionary
[22089]   [Anonymous] (1947) : Standard Luganda rules of spelling: summary [...] according to the 1947 orthrography conference
[22090]   [Anonymous] (1948) : A veterinary glossary in Kiswahili, Kikuyu, Masai and Nandi (compiled for the Department of Veterinary Services, Kenya Colony)
[22091]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Internationale linguistische expeditie op de Bantoe-Soedaneze grenslijn 1949-1950
[22092]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Fanagalo postal course
[22093]   [Anonymous] (1948) : The majority and minority report of the Luganda Orthography Committee 1947
[22095]   [Anonymous] (1949) : Fanagalo postal course
[22096]   [Anonymous] (1949) : Setswana and Xhosa grammatical terms
[22097]   [Anonymous] (1950) : Linguaphone Swahili: introduction book based on Ashton’s Swahili grammar with text of records spoken by Sheikh Said Hilal El-Bualy and George James Magembe
[22099]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Universal decimal classification [...] reclassification of the Bantu languages
[22100]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Kikongo unifié: grammaire et exercises
[22102]   [Anonymous] (1951) : The orthography of Sotho
[22105]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Dictionnaire français-lingala, lingala-français, avec manuel de conversation
[22107]   [Anonymous] (1952) : Kutaura cirungu: Zezuru and English phrase book
[22108]   [Anonymous] (1952) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22111]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22113]   [Anonymous] (1954) : The White Fathers’ Bemba-English dictionary
[22115]   [Anonymous] (1955) : English-Chinyanja dictionary
[22116]   [Anonymous] (1955) : Puisano ea Sesotho le Senyesemane: Suto-English phrase-book to which is newly added a list of Suto idioms
[22117]   [Anonymous] (1955) : A guide to standard Shona spelling - Chirairidzo chomunyorero wavepo wechiShona
[22119]   [Anonymous] (1956) : Pequeno dicionário escolar: bundo-português/português-bundo
[22121]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Zulu-Xhosa terminology and spelling 1
[22122]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Citumbuka-English, English-Citumbuka: some common useful words
[22123]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Elementos rudimentares de gramática portuguesa para uso dos vimbundos
[22124]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Sotho: terminology and orthography 1
[22127]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Runyoro-Rutooro orthography rules
[22130]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Kutaura cirungu: zakakudziridzwa (Zezuru and English phrase book)
[22131]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Herero orthography 1: preliminary edition
[22132]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Voorgestelde ortografie vir Ndonga
[22133]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Voorgestelde ortografie vir Kwanyama
[22134]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Dictionary: English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22135]   [Anonymous] (1960) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22139]   [Anonymous] (1961) : Feesbundel vir Prof. Dr Jan Antonie Engelbrecht
[22141]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Cimambwe grammar
[22142]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Kutaura cirungu: Zezuru and English phrase book
[22143]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Southern Sotho: terminology and spelling 2
[22144]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Tswana terminology and orthography 2
[22145]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Venda terminology and spelling 2
[22146]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Tsonga terminology and orthography 2
[22147]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Chichewa intensive course
[22148]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Dicionario cinyanja-português
[22153]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Shona language lessons
[22155]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Dicionário português-cinyanja
[22156]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Tjipeletana tjabana: a Tjikalanga reader
[22157]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Colloque sur le multilingualisme/Symposium on multilingualism: the second meeting of the Inter-African Committee on Linguistics, Brazzaville, 16-21 August 1962
[22158]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Afrikaans-Xhosa, Xhosa-Afrikaans woordeboek
[22159]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Chinyanja basic course
[22160]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Provisional religious vocabulary: Swahili-English, English-Swahili; based on the “Katemisimu ya Kikristu” (Ndanda), submitted by Tanzania Episcopal Conference, Catholic Secretariat, Dar es Salaam
[22161]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Provisional list of mathematical terms
[22162]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Dicionário português-cinyanja
[22163]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 1
[22164]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 1
[22168]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Standard Shona spelling
[22169]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Noord-Sotho, Tswana, Tsonga: wysiginge in die ortografiëe
[22173]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Mbukushu spelreëls/orthography 1
[22174]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Kwangali spelreëls/orthography 1
[22175]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 1
[22176]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Shona companion
[22179]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Chichewa intensive course
[22180]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22182]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Standaardisering van spelling in Tswana
[22183]   [Anonymous] (1969) : KiSukuma language course
[22184]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Ethnological and linguistic studies in honour of N. J. van Warmelo: essays contributed on the occasion of his sixty-fifth birthday 28 January 1969
[22186]   [Anonymous] (1969?) : English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22188]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Kwangali: linguistic terms and abbreviations/taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22189]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Tumbuka
[22190]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Tumbuka grammar
[22191]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Afrikaans-Tsonga woordelys
[22194]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Ndonga: taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22195]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Kwanyama: taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22196]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Ordlista: svenska-engelska-swahili
[22199]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Xhosa terminology and orthography 3
[22200]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Tsonga terminology and orthography 3
[22201]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Northern Sotho terminology and orthography 3
[22202]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Miners’ dictionary: English/Fanakalo & Afrikaans/Fanakalo
[22203]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Zulu terminology and orthography 3
[22204]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Tswana terminology and orthography 3
[22205]   [Anonymous] (1972) : English-Nyanja dictionary
[22206]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Shona companion: a practical guide to Zimbabwe’s most widely spoken language
[22210]   [Anonymous] (1973) : New orthography rules (for Chichewa)
[22211]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Ndonga taalkunde en rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22212]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Kwanyama taalkunde en rekekunde: terminologielys
[22213]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 2
[22214]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Mbukushu taalkunst en rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22215]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 2
[22216]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Cimambwe grammar
[22217]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Essays on literature and language presented to prof. T. M. H. Endemann by his colleagues
[22221]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Kwangali spelreëls/orthography 2
[22222]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 2
[22223]   [Anonymous] (1974) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22225]   [Anonymous] (1974) : First steps in spoken Setswana
[22228]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Suaheli für die Reise/Swahili for German-speaking travellers
[22230]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 2
[22231]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 2
[22232]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Herero rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22236]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Dictionnaire bamiléké des mots et expressions fe'e fe'e, avec leur traduction française. Fascicules 1-2: A-Kà
[22239]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Herero taalkundige terminologielys
[22245]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Reflexôes sobre o estudo das linguas nacionais
[22252]   [Anonymous] (1978) : A simple science vocabulary
[22254]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Miners’ dictionary: English/Fanakalo, Afrikaans/Fanakalo
[22256]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue gunu
[22259]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Petit lexique gunu-français
[22260]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Tlhofofatso ketapele ya puo ya Setswana / Simplified introduction to Setswana grammar
[22263]   [Anonymous] (198-) : Tentative orthography of Fwe, as spoken in the Caprivi
[22264]   [Anonymous] (198-) : Tentative orthography of Subiya, as spoken in the Caprivi
[22269]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Chichewa orthography rules
[22271]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Histórico sobre a criação dos alfabetos em línguas nacionais
[22272]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Mbukushu spelreëls/orthography 2
[22275]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Setswana standard orthography 1981
[22276]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Opstelle oor taal- en letterkunde opgedra aan prof. J. A. Ferreira by sy aftrede
[22277]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Essays in Bantu language studies
[22278]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Dictionary English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22281]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Éléments du grammaire lingala
[22283]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Lexique d’agriculture français-kinyarwanda, kinyarwanda-français
[22287]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Monokutuba
[22289]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Rwanda, Ikinyarwanda
[22290]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Cameroun, Basaa
[22291]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Ciluba
[22292]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Burundi, Kirundi
[22293]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Kiswahili
[22295]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Setswana-English, English-Setswana word list
[22296]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 3
[22298]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Langue arabe et langues africaines
[22303]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: la Republique Centrafricaine
[22307]   [Anonymous] (1984) : A problemática da alfabetização em Moçambique
[22314]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Miners’ dictionary: English-Fanakalo/Woordeboek vir mynwerkers: Afrikaans-Fanakalo
[22315]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Lozi orthography 2
[22316]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Xhosa language: phrase dictionary and study guide
[22319]   [Anonymous] (1986) : The student’s English-Chichewa dictionary
[22320]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Learner’s English-Tswana dictionary
[22324]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Bua Setswana
[22326]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: le Congo
[22327]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Congo, Lingala
[22330]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Northern Sotho terminology and orthography 4
[22331]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Inventaire des particularités lexicales du français en Afrique noire (IFA)
[22332]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Gciriku ortografie/orthography 1
[22335]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Ndebele dictionary sample
[22341]   [Anonymous] (1990) : Chichewa orthography rules
[22344]   [Anonymous] (1991) : English-Xhosa/Xhosa-English dictionary
[22346]   [Anonymous] (1991) : The Oxford junior primary dictionary for South Africa
[22348]   [Anonymous] (1991) : South African multi-language dictionary and phrase book: English, Afrikaans, Northern Sotho, Sesotho, Tswana, Xhosa, and Zulu
[22350]   [Anonymous] (1992) : Línguas nacionais: Moçambique
[22356]   [Anonymous] (1994) : Language, text and the southern African context
[22358]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Conference report from the first Runyakitara conference, Makerere University, 1994
[22361]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Ni wakati wa kudzifundza kusoma Chidigo! [It’s time to learn reading Digo!]
[22364]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Manual de alfabetização em língua ndau
[22365]   [Anonymous] (1996) : English-Ndonga dictionary
[22368]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua cindau
[22369]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua ciutée
[22373]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua cimanyika
[22376]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Chitumbuka survey
[22378]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Lexicographic meeting of the existing lexicographic units of South Africa, 19 & 20 March 1998, Johannesburg Civic Centre
[22379]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Lexicographic meeting of those languages which do not already have a lexicographic unit, 14 & 15 May 1998, Johanneburg Civic Centre
[22380]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Chiyao survey
[22381]   [Anonymous] (1999) : The sound system of Setswana
[22382]   [Anonymous] (2000) : The structure of Setswana sentences: an introduction
[22819]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Les langues du Gabon
[23043]   [Anonymous] (2001) : Kithaapu ya maana a mattakhuzi/Dicionário temático nas linguas Koti, Português e Inglês/Thematic dictionary of Koti, Portuguese and English
[23124]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Afrika: språk
[23125]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Afrika: språk
[23590]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Health vocabulary, 1966: guide for translation into the language, Chinyanja, of the host country, Malawi
[23607]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Bemba (PST 1995 special lessons)
[23609]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Language manual II - Sesotho
[23677]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Lexique nomaándé-francais
[23679]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Yambetta provisional lexicon
[23923]   [Anonymous] (1----) : Esquisse grammaticale lingombe
[25307]   [Anonymous] (1881) : Dictionnaire pongoué-français précédé des principes de la langue pongouée
[4]   Abad, Isidoro (1928) : Elementos de la gramática bubi
[13]   Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1976) : Reflexivization in Chimwi:ni
[14]   Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1978) : The grammar of Chimwi:ni causatives
[16]   Abayo, Adonijah (2003) : Swahili noun class system: a critical survey of the loanwords
[20]   Abbi, Anvita (Ed) (1972) : Reduplication in South African languages: an areal, typological and historical study
[46]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1971) : Triglossie und Suaheli-englischer Bilingualismus in Tansania
[47]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1972) : Triglossia and Swahili-English bilingualism in Tanzania
[48]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1976) : Transitivity patterns in the Swahili clause
[51]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1982) : Patterns of language acquisition and use in Kenya: rural-urban differences
[52]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1985) : Aspects of lexical and semantic elaboration in the process of modernization of Swahili
[53]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1989) : Development of scientific and technical terminology with special reference to African languages
[56]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1996) : Transitivity in Swahili
[57]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi & Kenneth Osinde (1997) : Sheng and Engsh: development of mixed codes among the urban youth in Kenya
[72]   Abega, Prosper (1968) : Le préfixe nominal ewondo
[73]   Abega, Prosper (1969) : La grammaire de l’ewondo
[74]   Abega, Prosper (1971) : Grammaire ewondo
[76]   Abega, Prosper (1976) : L’organisation du verbe ewondo, suivie de quelques textes
[77]   Abega, Prosper (1975) : Petit lexique ewondo
[78]   Abega, Prosper (1978) : Le notion de voix dans l’organisation du verbe éwondo (bati)
[24026]   Abega, Prosper (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercise
[25306]   Abels, Klaus & Peter Kinyua Muriungi (2006) : The focus particle in Kitharaka
[89]   Abessolo Nnomo, Thierry & Luc Etogo Mbezele (Ed) (1982) : Éléments de grammaire éwondo
[167]   Adam, Hassan (1987) : Kiswahili: elementary course with key
[160]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Dialectes du Gabon: la famille des langues téké
[161]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Grammaire composée mbede, ndumu, duma
[163]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1969) : Grammaire ndumu-mbede
[181]   Adams, Charles (1982) : Lexical accession in Sharamboko: a camp language in Lesotho
[220]   Adendorff, Ralph (1993) : Codeswitching amongst Zulu-speaking teachers and their pupils: its function and implications for teacher education
[221]   Adendorff, Ralph (1993) : Teacher education: code-switching amongst Zulu-speaking pupils and their teachers
[222]   Adendorff, Ralph (2002) : Fanakalo: a pidgin in South Africa
[241]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1986) : A syntactic basis for noun classification in Swahili
[244]   Adey, A. D. (1977) : South African “Black” English: some indications
[278]   Adoua, J.-M. (1981) : Description phonologique du likuba
[24403]   Adoua, Jean-Marie (1984) : La Syntaxe du lingala
[287]   Afido, Pedro J. (1988) : Descrição da estrutura fonológica da esaaka (variante do Emakhuwa)
[286]   Afido, Pedro J. & Manuel Trinta (1988) : Classes nominais e o systema de concordância na língua Makhuwa
[289]   Afido, Pedro J. , Carlos Manuel , Aníbal Victorino , Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga , Gosnell L. Yorke , Karl Erland Gadelii , Leia Maria Victor Macane , Manuel Involiua , Simão Pedro Columa & Simões Duarte (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Emakhuwa
[290]   Afido, Pedro J. , Carlos Manuel , Aníbal Victorino , Leia Maria Victor Macane & Samuel Amisse (2000) : Proposta da ortografia de Echuwabo
[288]   Afido, Pedro J. , Gregório Firmino , John H. Heins , Samba Mbuub & Manuel Trinta (Ed) (1989) : I seminário sobre a padronizaçâo da ortografía de línguas Moçambicanas
[324]   Agnihotri, R. (1995) : Multilingualism as a class room resource
[342]   Ahrenberg, Lars (1982) : An account of verbal derivation in Swahili
[23221]   Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. (2000) : Classifiers: a typology of noun categorization devices
[352]   Ainsley, A. D. (1972) : The Bantu sentence
[354]   Aitken-Cade, S. E. (1951) : So! You want to learn the language! An amusing and instructive Kitchen Kaffir dictionary
[385]   Akhavan-Zandjani, Firouzeh (1990) : Untersuchungen zur Grammatik des Irangi anhand des Materials aus dem Nachlass Dr. Paul Berger
[389]   Akindele, Femi Dele (2001) : Lesotho language policy and the challenges of development
[388]   Akindele, Femi Dele & Karsten Legère (Ed) (2001) : From the south: a selection of papers
[394]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (Ed) (1995) : Theoretical approaches to African linguistics
[400]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (2001) : Tone in the infinitive in Kinande: an OT analysis
[459]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1966) : Distributsia i grammaticheskoe znachenie predkornevykh affiksov v suahili [Distribution ad grammatical meaning of sub-root affixes of infinitive in Swahili]
[460]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1973) : K voprosy o sisteme immenych klassov v yazyke kipare (dialekt asu) [On the question of the system of noun classes in Kipare (Asu dialect)]
[461]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1974) : Morphonematicheskii analiz suffixov proizvodhnykh form glagola v yazyke suahili
[462]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1977) : Imennye klassy yazyka kuria [Noun classes of Kuria]
[466]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1997) : Kategorii vida, vremeni i nakloneniia v iazykakh bantu [The categories of aspect, tense and mood in Bantu languages]
[464]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (1990) : Vvedenie v bantuistiku: imya, glagol
[465]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (1994) : Jazyk kuriia [Kuria grammar]
[478]   Albert, Ethel M. (1964) : “Rhetoric”, “logic” and “poetics” in Burundi: culture patterning of speech behavior
[480]   Albertyn, A. P. J. (1984) : Die ensiklopedie van name in Suidwes-Afrika
[484]   Alcock, J. L. (1994) : The genitive construction in Zulu
[485]   Alcock, J. L. (2000) : Indefiniteness in the Zulu noun phrase (NP)
[483]   Alcock, Janet (1994) : Origin and diffusion of Bantu languages (supplement)
[486]   Alcock, Katherine J. & Dumaris Ngorosho (2003) : Learning to spell a regularly spelled language is not a trivial task: patterns of errors in Kiswahili
[487]   Alcock, Katherine J. & Dumaris Ngorosho (2004) : Interaction between phonological and gramatical processing in single word production in Kiswahili
[488]   Aleko, Hilaire & Gilbert Puèch (1988) : Notes sur la langue ngové et les Ngubi
[23480]   Alende, Régine K. T. (2000) : L’expression de la joie et de la peur en anglais et en lingala: essai d'analyse cognitive
[514]   Alexander, Neville (1992) : Harmonising Nguni and Sotho
[518]   Alexander, Neville (2001) : Key issues in language policy for southern Africa
[23632]   Alexander, Neville (2001) : Majority and minority languages in South Africa
[524]   Alexandre, Pierre (1955) : Manuel élémentaire de la langue bulu, sud-Cameroun
[525]   Alexandre, Pierre (1959) : Le bantu et ses limites
[527]   Alexandre, Pierre (1962) : Sur la voyelle suffixielle du bulu
[529]   Alexandre, Pierre (1963) : Aperçu sommaire sur le pidgin A70 du Cameroun
[530]   Alexandre, Pierre (1965) : Proto-histoire du groupe beti-bulu-fang: essai de synthèse provisoire
[531]   Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Système verbal et prédicatif du bulu (Cameroun)
[532]   Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Préliminaire à une présentation des idéophones bulu
[534]   Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Note sur la réduction du système des classes dans les langues véhiculaires a fonds bantu
[535]   Alexandre, Pierre (1968) : Le bantu et ses limites
[537]   Alexandre, Pierre (1969) : Sur certain aspects contradictoires de l’expansion nominale en bulu (Cameroun)
[538]   Alexandre, Pierre (1970) : Pre-initial elements in Bulu (A.74) nominals
[541]   Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : L’imperialisme du genre I en bulu (groupe bantu A70 - Cameroun)
[544]   Alexandre, Pierre (1981) : Les langues bantu: tableau d’ensemble; description sommaire de deux langues (swahili et bulu)
[545]   Alexandre, Pierre (1983) : Langue arabe et kiswahili
[548]   Alexandre, Pierre (1989) : La nébuleuse swahili
[23509]   Alexandre, Pierre (1964) : Aperçu sommaire sur le pidgin A70 du Cameroun
[560]   Alicete, Tomé Charles , Marcos Conde Chato , Júlio Francisco Massavala , Miguel Ndapassoa Passo & Castigo Tenesse (1991) : Bukhu ya kupfundzisa kuona na kulemba malongero a cisena/Manuel de alfabetização em língua sena
[561]   Alicete, Tomé Charles , Marcos Conde Chato , Júlio Francisco Massavala , Miguel Ndapassoa Passo & Castigo Tenesse (1995) : Bukhu ya kupfundzisa kuona na kulemba malongero a cisena/Manuel de alfabetização em língua sena
[562]   Alidina, M. M. H. (1993) : The Persian factor in Kiswahili
[584]   Allan, Keith (1983) : Anaphora, cataphora and topic focusing: functions of the object prefix in Swahili
[589]   Allen, Glover Morrill & Arthur Loveridge (1933) : Reports on the scientific results of an expedition to the southwestern highlands of Tanganyika Territory, II: mammals
[590]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1936) : Swahili examinations
[591]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1945) : Arabic script for students of Swahili
[592]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1945) : The name ‘Dar es Salaam’
[593]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1957-1978) : Manuscripts, papers, correspondences, etc.
[594]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1959) : The rapid spread of Swahili
[595]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1961) : The East African Swahili Committee
[596]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1961) : The elision of the subjective prefix and the use of negative questions in Swahili
[597]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1964) : A note on Dr Nyerere’s translation of Julius Caesar: preliminary thoughts on the value and importance of the translation
[598]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1965) : The case for developing Swahili
[599]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1967) : Swahili prosody
[600]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1967) : The Comoro Islands: a note on the names of languages
[601]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1968) : Arabic script for students of Swahili (amendment)
[607]   Allwood, Jens , Leif Grönkvist & A. P. Hendrikse (2003) : Developing a tagset and tagger for the African languages of South Africa, with special reference to Xhosa
[611]   Almeida, António de (1955) : Contribução para o estudo da toponímia dos Dembos (Angola)
[622]   Aloys, (1---) : Vocabulaire kikumu-kifransa
[627]   Alsina, Alex (1997) : A theory of complex predicates: evidence from causatives in Bantu and Romance
[623]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1990) : The syntax of applicatives in Chichewa: problems for a theta theoretic asymmetry
[624]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1991) : Object extraction and accessability of thematic information
[625]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1993) : Object asymmetries in the Chichewa applicative construction
[626]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1994) : Bantu multiple objects: analyse and fallacies
[630]   Alverson, Hoyt S. (1994) : Semantics and experience: universal metaphors of time in English, Mandarin, Hindi and Sesotho
[631]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1939) : Nações gramaticais da língua chisena
[632]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1951) : Dicionário etimológico bundu-português, ilustrado com muitos milhares de exemplos entre os quais 2000 provérbios indígenas
[633]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1957) : Dicionário português-chisena e chisena-português
[642]   Ambali, Aggrey , Harvey Kabwazi , Lawrence Malekano , George Mwale , Davie Chimwaza , John Ingainga , Naoki Makimoto , Setsuko Nakayama , Masahide Yuma & Yukiko Kada (2001) : Relationship between local and scientific names of fishes in Lake Malawi/Nyasa
[648]   Amboulou, C. (1998) : Le mbochi: langue bantu du Congo-Brazzaville (zone C, groupe C20)
[24915]   Ambouroue, Odette (2006) : De la tonalité des nominaux en orungu (B11b)
[25080]   Ambouroue, Odette (2007) : Eléments de description de l?orungu ; Langue bantu du Gabon (B11b)
[649]   Ambrose, Stanley Harmon (1982) : Archaeology and linguistic reconstructions of history in East Africa
[24760]   Amidu, Assibi (2007) : Semantic Assignment Rules in Bantu Classes; A Reanalysis Based on Kiswahili
[668]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1980) : Locative marking and locative choice in Swahili and their semantic and grammatical implications
[669]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The myth of the infinitive class in Kiswahili
[670]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The elimination of number from an intra-linguistic analysis of Kiswahili gender and noun classes and its implications for class classification in Bantu
[671]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1983) : The great morpho-syntactic split and lexical shifts in Kiswahili
[672]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1985/89) : Cultural contact and language preservation: the case of Kiswahili
[673]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : The case for a ‘progressive’ derivational affix in Kiswahili predicative items
[674]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : Observations on some derivational affixes in Kiswahili
[675]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : What is a class? A study of Kiswahili
[676]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : A ‘progressive’ derivational verbid in Kiswahili predicative items?
[677]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1995) : Kiswahili: people, language, literature and lingua franca
[678]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1995) : Kiswahili, a continental language: how possible it is? ; part 1
[679]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1996) : Kiswahili, a continental language: how possible it is? ; part 2
[680]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : Classes in Kiswahili: a study of their forms and implications
[681]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 1
[682]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 2
[683]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : Exploring new horizons in Kiswahili class descriptions and linguistic theory
[684]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2001) : Argument and predicate relations in Kiswahili: a new analysis of transitiveness in Bantu
[685]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Kiswahili language description and translational grammars
[23147]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Reflexives and reflexivization in Kiswahili grammar
[697]   Amutenya, A. P. (1996) : The work of the Oshindonga Curriculum Committee
[700]   Amvela, Ze & Martin Samuel Eno-Belinga (1978) : Caractéristiques linguistiques du Bulu utilisé dans l’épopée vraie du Mvet
[701]   Amwele, R. (1996) : The Kolteno project and national languages
[705]   Anaklet, G. P. (1980) : Description of derivational forms in Tumbuka
[9313]   Anciaux, L. (1----) : Le lingala véhiculaire
[717]   Andah, Bassey W. (1983) : The Bantu phenomenon: some unanswered questions of ethnolinguistics and ethnoarchaeology
[718]   Andeme Allogo, M.-F. (1991) : Morpho-syntaxe du ntumu, dialecte fang
[720]   Anders, H. D. (1934) : Foreign elements in the Xhosa language
[723]   Anders, H. D. (1937) : Observations on certain sound changes in Xhosa derivatives from Khoisan
[760]   Anderson, George N. (1942) : Tentative studies in Ilamba grammar and phonetics
[762]   Anderson, George N. (1956) : Iramba exercises
[758]   Anderson, L. K. (1935) : The Bafia language: a preliminary statement
[777]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (Ed) (1991) : Tone in five languages of Cameroon
[778]   Anderson, Stephen Craig & Bernard Comrie (Ed) (1991) : Tense and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon
[759]   Anderson, V. A. , W. F. McElroy & G. T. McKee (1939) : Dictionary of the Tshiluba language
[789]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1993) : Fattiga och rika i språkets värld
[791]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1997) : Seyeyi revisited: prospects for the future of a threatened language
[784]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Bo Ralph (1991) : Fanagalo: ett språk av sin tid
[785]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1991) : Languages and language use among students at the University of Botswana
[787]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1993) : Rich and poor languages in Botswana
[790]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1997) : Languages in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa
[793]   Andrade, Ernesto d? (1975) : Ordem das regras fonologicas (linguas de Angola e Moçambique)
[846]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1970) : La dérivation verbale dénominative dans les langues bantoues
[847]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Aspects de la phonétique et de la morphologie de l’ewondo
[851]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Jacques L. Vincke (1977) : Règles tonales ruwund
[849]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi (1973) : Aspects de la grammaire générative et transformationelle de la langue akoose du Cameroun
[850]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Jaap J. Spa & Yengo dya Meeso (1974) : Interprétation générative du phénomèmen de l’emprut linguistique
[848]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi & Jacques L. Vincke (1973) : Introduction to a theory of marking and transposition in language: a transformational anti-grammar of the Koose language of Cameroon
[857]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1979) : Standard Kiswahili: its history and development
[860]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1983) : Unity in diversity: a linguistic survey of the Abaluhyia of western Kenya
[861]   Angot, A. M. (1946) : Grammaire anjouanaise
[866]   Angoundou, Jean Jacques (19--) : Incidence de la linguistique enonciative anglaise sur l’étude d’une langue non indo-européenne: le lingala
[877]   Ankei, Yuji (1986) : Nomenclatures comparées de mammifères dans deux langues bantoues: songola (D24) et ombo (C69)
[878]   Ankei, Yuji (1986) : Connaissance populaire du poisson chez les Songola et les Bwari: ethnoichtyologie comparée ds pêcheurs du fleuve Zaïre et du Lac Tanzganyika
[879]   Ankei, Yuji (1989) : Folk knowledge of fish among the Songola and the Bwari: comparative ethnoichtyology of the Luabala River and Lake Tanganyika fishermen
[880]   Ankei, Yuji (1990) : Cookbook of the Songola: an anthropological study on the technology of food preparation among a Bantu-speaking people of the Zaïre Forest
[25283]   Anonyme (1881) : Dictionnaire pongoué-français précédé des principes de la langue pongouée
[25319]   Anonymous (2010) : Yasa-French wordlist
[900]   Ansre, Gilbert (1974) : Language standardisation in sub-Saharan Africa
[910]   Antwi-Akowuah, Thomas (1996) : Lingala-English/English-Lingala dictionary and phrasebook
[915]   Ao, B. (1991) : Kikongo nasal harmony and context-sensitive underspecification
[916]   Aoki, Paul K. (1974) : An observation of vowel contraction in Xhosa
[918]   Appleby, L. L. (19--) : A Luluhya-English dictionary
[919]   Appleby, L. L. (1947) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[920]   Appleby, L. L. (1961) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[966]   Aramazani, Birusha (1975) : Description de la langue havu (bantu J 52): grammaire et lexique
[22529]   Aramazani, Birusha & Yvonne [Angenot] Bastin (1991) : Les réflexes du protobantou en havu, langue bantoue de la zone J.: le cas des Bahavu du Zaïre
[976]   Ardener, Edwin W. (1956) : Coastal Bantu of the Cameroons
[989]   Argyle, W. John (1986) : The extent and nature of Khoisan influence on Zulu
[990]   Argyle, W. John (1986) : On the medial clicks in Zulu
[991]   Argyle, W. John (1994/95) : Khoisan-southern Bantu livestock exchanges: reinterpreting the linguistic evidence (summary)
[8951]   Armitage, Maria Teresa Vergani de Andrade (1983) : Analyse numérique des idéogrammes Tshokwe de l’Angola: expressions symboliques du nombre dans une culturelle traditionelle africaine
[1003]   Armor, Arthur (1---) : Notes on the grammar gramme of Sesotho
[1005]   Armstrong, Lillias Eveline (1940) : The phonetic and tonal structure of Kikuyu
[1024]   Arnaud, L. (192-) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica II
[1025]   Arnaud, L. (1922) : English grammar for Nyanja
[1026]   Arnaud, L. (1922) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica
[1029]   Arnold, Thierry (1980) : La conjugaison composée en rwanda
[23120]   Arnold, Thierry (1977) : Une spécificité de la grammaire du kinyarwanda: la conjugaison composée comme auxialisation du temps
[1047]   Aron, M. L. (1958) : An investigation of the nature and incidence of stuttering among a Bantu group of school-going children
[1049]   Arosi, J. T. & James James Ranisi Jolobe (1948) : Xhosa grammatical terminology/Amazwi emigaqo yentetho yesi Xhosa
[1054]   Arua, Arua E. & Keoneng Magocha (2002) : Patterns of language use and language preference of some children and their parents in Botswana
[1056]   Arvanites, Linda (1976) : Kimbundu tones: tone patterns in two contexts
[1057]   Arvanites, Linda (1979) : Two developments in Bantu negation: comparative evidence
[1058]   Asamboa, Edenga (1986) : Phonologie et morphologie comparées d’une langue bantu et d’une langue non-bantu à classes: cas de lingombe et de mondunga
[1060]   Asangama, Natisa (1983) : Le budu, langue bantu du nord-est du Zaïre: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale
[1061]   Asangama, Natisa (1988) : Mabadiliko ya kifonetiki ya *D ya Kibantu katika Kiswahili Sanifu na Kiswahili cha Zaire
[1062]   Asano, M. (1999) : The problem of NC configurations and phonological opacity in Bantu languages
[1070]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1935) : The ‘idea’ approach to Swahili
[1071]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1935) : The structure of a Bantu language, with special reference to Swahili; or form and function through Bantu eyes
[1072]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1937) : The e and o of Luganda and the o of Swahili
[1073]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1944) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1074]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1945) : Notes on form and structure in Bantu speech
[1075]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1947) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1076]   Ashton, Ethel O. , Enoch M. K. Mulira , E. G. M. Ndawula & Archibald Norman Tucker (1954) : A Luganda grammar
[23861]   Asobo, Irene Swiri (1989) : The noun class system of Kole
[1095]   Assobeatisio, Bafau?ndey (1985) : Les formes et les temps verbaux en kibudu
[1101]   Atindogbe, Gratien G. (1996) : Bankon (A40): éléments de phonologie, morphologie et tonologie
[23844]   Atindogbe, Gratien G. (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du bankon, dialecte lombe
[25328]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2011) : Encoding Ordinary Information through Emphatic Structure in Barombi
[1103]   Atkins, Guy (1950) : The parts of speech in Nyanja
[1104]   Atkins, Guy (1950) : Suggestions for an amended spelling and word division of Nyanja
[1105]   Atkins, Guy (1953) : The tonal structure of Portuguese loan words in Kimbundu
[1106]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : An outline of Hungu grammar
[1107]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : The structure of the disyllabic tense suffix in Cokwe
[1108]   Atkins, Guy (1955) : The one-word tenses in Cokwe
[1109]   Atkins, Guy (1955) : A demographic survey of the Kimbundu-Kongo language border in Angola
[1110]   Atkins, Guy (1961) : Notes on the concords and classes of Bantu numerals
[23868]   Atta, Samuel Ebongkome (1993) : The phonology of Lukundu (Bakundu)
[1114]   Attas, Ali (1991) : Swahi’lî
[1122]   Auber, Jacques (1958) : Français, Malgache, Bantus, Arabes, Turcs, Chinois, Canaques ... Parlons-nous une même langue? Essai de sémantique comparée
[1125]   Augustiny, Julius (1929) : Laut- und Formenlehre der Sukuma-Sprache
[1126]   Ausiku, Kashindi J. (2001) : Developing languages in Namibia: a brief insight
[1127]   Austen, Cheryl Lynn (1975) : Aspects of Bukusu syntax and phonology
[22525]   Austen, Cheryl Lynn (1974) : Anatomy of the tonal system of a Bantu language
[25152]   Avelar, Juanito , Sonia Cyrino & Charlotte Galves (2009) : Locative Inversion and Agreement Patterns: Parallelisms Between Brazilian Portuguese and Bantu Languages
[1133]   Avermaet, E. van (1945) : Les tons en kiluba-samba et le tambour-téléphone
[1135]   Avermaet, E. van (1955) : Langage rythmé des Baluba
[1134]   Avermaet, E. van & Benoît Mbuyà (1954) : Dictionnaire kiluba-français
[1131]   Avermaet, J. van (1942) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 1
[1132]   Avermaet, J. van (1943) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 3
[23777]   Awde, Nicholas (2000) : Swahili-English/English-Swahili dictionary
[1199]   Aymemi, Antonio (1928) : Diccionario español-bubi
[1202]   Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002) : Intelligibility testing of Bafia among Lefa speakers
[1231]   Baaitse, Montlenyane & Ahmed el Amin (1992) : Setswana: time for a revolution
[1236]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1987) : Doppelreflexe von Proto-Bantu *p in den Sprachen der Zone C
[1237]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1988) : Zum “Fortis/Lenis-Kontrast” in den nordwestlichen Bantusprachen
[1238]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1989) : Zum Fortis/Lenis-Kontrast in den nordwestlichen Bantusprachen
[1261]   Baerts, M. & autres (1997) : Paroles et cultures bantoues: mélanges en hommage à F. M. Rodegem
[1277]   Bagein, R. P. (1951) : Grammaire kirundi à l’usage des commençants
[1287]   Bahuchet, Serge (197-) : Les pygmées Aka et Baka: contribution de l’ethnolinguistique a l’histoire des populations forestieres d’Afrique centrale
[1289]   Bahuchet, Serge (1985) : Les pygmées Aka et la forêt centrafricaine: éthnologie écologique
[1288]   Bahuchet, Serge (Ed) (1979) : Pygmées de Centrafrique: études ethnologiques, historiques et linguistiques sur les “Ba.Mbenga” (aka/baka) du nord-ouest du bassin congolais
[23724]   Bahuchet, Serge & Gérard Philippson (1998) : Les plantes d’origine américaine en Afrique bantoue: une approche linguistique
[1290]   Bahuchet, Serge & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1986) : Linguistique et histoire des pygmées de l’ouest du bassin congolais
[1293]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1938) : Línguas de Angola: elementos de gramática ganguela, segundo os estudos do lecomte
[1294]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : Dicionário ganguela-português: lingua falada nas regioes do Cobango, Nhemba e Luchaze, provincia de Angola
[1295]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : Elementos de gramática ganguela: idioma falado na região do Cubango província de Angola
[1296]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : O kimbundu sem mestre
[1297]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1940) : O kimbundu pratico ou guia de conversação em portugues-kimbundu: idioma falado nas regioes de Luanda e de Malange
[1298]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1976) : Copi phonology and morphotonology
[1302]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1987) : A critical evaluation of Proto-Bantu lexical reconstructions
[1303]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1995) : Issues in the phonology and orthography of Chopi (ciCopi S 61)
[1304]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1995) : The Bantu languages of South Africa: towards a sociohistorical perspective
[1315]   Baka, Jean (2000) : L’adjectif en bantu
[23238]   Baka, Jean (2005) : Pourquoi une forme de type *-pái “nouveau” en protobantou?
[1318]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (1997) : Morphologie du lokonda
[1319]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2001) : Equisse du parler lohangó
[23407]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2004) : Notes descriptives sur le lontomb’e njale
[1323]   Bakari, Mohamed (1985) : The morphophonology of the Kenyan Swahili dialects
[1324]   Bakatumana, Ntumba (1986) : Les réflexes dans les phonèmes proto-bantu en kinyakasenga
[1335]   Baker, Mark C. (1988) : Theta theory and the syntax of applicatives in Chichewa
[1336]   Baker, Mark C. (1990) : Elements of a typology of applicatives in Bantu
[1339]   Baker, Mark C. (1992) : Thematic conditions on syntactic structures: evidence from locative applicatives
[1343]   Bakhressa, Salim K. (1992?) : Kamusi ya maana na matumizi
[1346]   Bal, Willy (1962) : Prénoms portugais en kikongo
[1347]   Bal, Willy (1974) : O destino de palavras de origem portuguesa num dialecto quicongo
[1349]   Balau, João Lopes (19--) : Vocabulário de português-macua
[1356]   Baldi, Sergio (1976) : A contribution to the Swahili maritime terminology
[1359]   Baldi, Sergio (1982) : Les emprunts arabes en swahili et haoussa
[1361]   Baldi, Sergio (1988) : A first ethnolinguistic comparison of Arabic loanwords common to Hausa and Swahili
[1363]   Baldi, Sergio (1989) : I prestiti portoghesi in Swahili
[1370]   Baleke, M. (1979) : Étude géolinguistique des dialectes yaka (phonologie et morphologie)
[1371]   Balembo-Mfumu (1977) : Étude morphologique de la dérivation en laari H16f
[1373]   Balibatsu, Maniragaba (2000) : Le potentiel ontologique des langues bantu face à l’ontologie classique
[1462]   Bampembe, Sangadji (1981) : Réflexes du proto-bantu en ndengese
[1463]   Bancel, Pierre (1986) : Étude comparée des noms de mammifères dans les langues du groupe bantou A70
[1464]   Bancel, Pierre (1988) : Double reflexes in Bantu A.70 languages
[1465]   Bancel, Pierre (1989) : Ébène: un emprunt de l’égyptien ancien à une langue négro-africaine de 3ème millénaire av. J.-C. ; partie 1
[1466]   Bancel, Pierre (1989) : Ébène: un emprunt de l’égyptien ancien à une langue négro-africaine de 3ème millénaire av. J.-C. ; partie 2
[1467]   Bancel, Pierre (1991) : The three-way vowel harmony in Nènì (Bantu A.44, Cameroon)
[1469]   Banda, Felix (1998) : The classification of languages in Zambia and Malawi
[1471]   Banda, Felix (2004) : A survey of literacy practices in Black and Coloured communities in South Africa: towards a pedagogy of multiliteracies
[1472]   Bangamwabo, François-Xavier (1985) : L’expression de l’organisation de l’espace rwandais: les déictiques locatifs
[1473]   Bangs, G. & Arthur Loveridge (1933) : Reports on the scientific results of an expedition to the southwestern highlands of Tanganyika Territory, III: birds
[1504]   Banoum, Bertrade B. Ngo-Ngijol (2004) : Bantu gender revisited through an analysis of Basaá categories: a typological perspective
[1534]   Barbosa, Adriano (1973) : Dicionário não publicado quioco-português
[1535]   Barbosa, Adriano (1989) : Dicionário cokwe-português
[1548]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. (2002) : Language-in-education policy: students’ perceptions of the status and role of Xhosa and English
[1545]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2000) : The role of Xhosa in an Eastern Cape army camp
[1546]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2000) : Language contact and ethnolinguistic identity in an Eastern Cape army camp
[1547]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2002) : The role of Xhosa in a South African prison: 'The situation is leading you'
[1550]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1927) : The use of the copula with the Kikuyu verb
[1551]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1951) : Studies in Kikuyu grammar and idioms
[1552]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (Ed) (1975) : English-Kikuyu dictionary
[1562]   Barnard, R. (1987) : Die situatief in Noord-Sotho
[1564]   Barnard, R. (1988) : Relationship between situative and relative in Northern Sotho
[1567]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1931) : Relationships in Mashonaland
[1568]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1932) : A vocabulary of the dialects of Mashonaland in the new orthography
[1569]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1934) : The progress of the new Shona orthography
[1566]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert & Clement Martyn Doke (1929) : The pronunciation of the Bemba language
[1573]   Barney, J. (1934) : Notes on the Bangala language
[1574]   Barnouw, Adrian J. (1934) : Language and race relations in South Africa
[1601]   Barreteau, Daniel & Keith H. Beavon (1989) : Les categories grammaticales en koozime, langue bantu parlée au sud-est du Cameroun
[1600]   Barreteau, Daniel & Robert Hedinger (Ed) (1989) : Description de langues camerounaises
[1608]   Barreteau, Daniel , Evelyne Ngantchui & Terri R. Scruggs (1993) : Bibliographie des langues camerounaises
[1616]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : The syntax and interpretation of the relative clause construction in Swahili
[1617]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : o epenthesis: a positional treatment of Swahili pronominal clitics
[1618]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1987) : Phonological allomorphy in Swahili: on the form of inanimate pronominal clitics
[1619]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1988) : NP switch in inalienable possession constructions in Swahili
[1621]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1995) : Subject and object markers as agreement and pronoun incorporation in Swahili
[1620]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] & Michael Rochemont (1992/94) : On the syntax of possessor raising in Swahili
[1632]   Bartens, Angela (2000) : Ideophones and sound symbolism in Atlantic Creoles
[1636]   Barton, H. D. (1980) : Language use among Ilala residents
[1637]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda & Eleonore Adwiraah (1990) : Die deutschsprachigen Swahili-Lehrbücher: ein Überblick
[1638]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda & Ridder Samson (1994) : Sprichwörter und ihr Gebrauch
[1639]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda , Ludwig Gerhardt & Ridder Samson (1994) : Arbeitsvokabular Deutsch-Swahili
[1640]   Basema, David Milton (1996) : Child code switching between typologically different languages, Lusoga and English: a case study
[1734]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (192-) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[1735]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (1928) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[1736]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (1937) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[23591]   Bastin, Rene (1971) : Observations sur le role phonologique de la hauteur en rundi
[1738]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1970) : Un mot pour “jeune fille” en bantou
[1739]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1971) : Les substantifs à suffixe thématique
[1740]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1975) : Bibliographie bantoue sélective
[1741]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1975) : “Même” dans les langues bantoues
[1742]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1977) : Les mots pour “tout” et “seul” dans les langues bantoues
[1743]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1978) : Les langues bantoues
[1745]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1979) : Statistique grammaticale et classification des langues bantoues
[1746]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1980) : Statistique grammaticale et innovations en bantoue
[1747]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Essai de classification de quatre-vingts langues bantoues par la statistique grammaticale
[1748]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : La finale verbale ‘-ide’ et l’imbrication en bantoue
[1750]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : L’adjectif
[1751]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Les formes pronominales: connectifs possessifs, demonstratifs, numéraux, interrogatifs, substitutifs, ‘tout / seul / même / autre’
[1752]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1985) : Les relations sémantiques dans les langues bantoues
[1753]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1986) : Les suffixes causatifs dans les langues bantoues
[1755]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : El prefijo locativo de la clase 18 y la expresión del progresivo presento en Bantu
[1756]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : Les déverbatifs bantous en -e
[1757]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Reconstruction formelle et sémantique de la dénomination de quelques mammifères en bantou
[1758]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Essai d’analyse des formatifs de type -a- en bantou central
[1760]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1997) : Réflexions diachroniques à propos de quelques thèmes pour “sang” en bantou
[1761]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1998) : Les themes pour ‘os’ en bantou: perspectives diachroniques
[1764]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2003) : The interlacustrine group (Zone J)
[24916]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2006) : Un PV i?- à la première personne du singulier en bantou
[1762]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] & Pascale Piron (1999) : Classifications lexicostatistiques: bantou, bantou et bantoïde. De l’intérêt des “groupes flottants”
[1744]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1979) : Statistique lexicale et grammaticale pour la classification historique des langues bantoues
[1749]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1983) : Classification lexicostatistique des langues bantoues (214 relevés)
[1754]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1989) : Position lexicostatistique du bantu G42 swahili
[1763]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Michael Mann (1999) : Continuity and divergence in the Bantu languages: perspectives from a lexicostatistic study
[1759]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez , Bernard de Halleux & Colette Marchal-Nasse (1994) : Lexicostatistique appliquée à la zone B du bantu
[1765]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez , Kankawa Evariste Mumba & Thilo C. Schadeberg (2003) : Reconstructions lexicales bantoues 3 = Bantu lexical reconstructions 3
[1768]   Bates, George Latimer & Silas Franklin Johnson (1926) : Handbook of Bulu, with Bulu-English vocabulary
[1770]   Batibo, Herman M. (1976) : A new approach to Sukuma tone
[1771]   Batibo, Herman M. (1977) : Le kesukuma, langue bantou de Tanzanie: phonologie et morphologie
[1772]   Batibo, Herman M. (1977) : La fonction expressive des phonèmes en kesukuma
[1773]   Batibo, Herman M. (1981) : Some hypotheses on the origin of tonal displacement in Kisukuma: a study based on comparative Bantu tonology
[1774]   Batibo, Herman M. (1983) : Phonetics and the traditional Sukuma orthography
[1775]   Batibo, Herman M. (1985) : Le kesukuma (langue bantou de Tanzanie): phonologie, morphologie
[1776]   Batibo, Herman M. (1985) : Some linguistic contributions to the cultural history of the people of the Great Lakes
[1777]   Batibo, Herman M. (1986) : Autosegmental phonology and the Bantu tone systems
[1778]   Batibo, Herman M. (1987) : The challenge of linguistics in language development: the case of Kiswahili in Tanzania
[1779]   Batibo, Herman M. (1987) : Le statut morphosyntaxique du referent sujet en langues bantu
[1780]   Batibo, Herman M. (1988) : Root affixation rules in Zairean Swahili as evidence of earlier Bantu rules
[1781]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : The position of Kiswahili among the lingua francas of Africa
[1782]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Les parlers ruraux de Zanzibar: “dialectes” swahili? Premiers résultats d’une enquête lexicostatistique
[1783]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Evolution et dialectalisation du swahili standard
[1784]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Algumas considerações fundamentais sobre a concepção da ortografia de línguas bantu
[1785]   Batibo, Herman M. (1990) : Vowel length: the forgotten distinctive feature in Swahili?
[1787]   Batibo, Herman M. (1991) : The tone structure of the Sukuma nominal forms
[1788]   Batibo, Herman M. (1991) : The two-directional tone melody spread in Sukuma
[1789]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : Term development in Tanzania
[1791]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : The fate of ethnic languages in Tanzania
[1792]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : Morphological and semantic regularity in lexical expansion process: the case of nominal derivation in Kiswahili
[1793]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : The peopling of Busukuma: a linguistic account
[1794]   Batibo, Herman M. (1994) : Does Kiswahili have diphtongs: interpreting foreign sounds in African languages
[1796]   Batibo, Herman M. (1995) : The growth of Kiswahili as language of education and administration in Tanzania
[1797]   Batibo, Herman M. (1996) : Loanword clusters nativization rules in Tswana and Swahili: a comparative study
[1798]   Batibo, Herman M. (1996) : The role of language in the discovery of cultural history: reconstructing Setswana speakers’ cultural past
[1802]   Batibo, Herman M. (1997) : Double allegiance between nationalism and western modernization in language choice: the case of Botswana and Tanzania
[1806]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : A lexicostatistical survey of the Bantu language of Botswana
[1807]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : The Proto-Bantu cultural vocabulary in southern Bantu: the case of Setswana
[1809]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : A lexicostatistical survey of the Setswana dialects spoken in Botswana
[1811]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : The grammaticalization process in Setswana
[1812]   Batibo, Herman M. (2000) : The state of spirantization in Sukuma-Nyamwezi: a historical account
[1815]   Batibo, Herman M. (2000) : The linguistic situation of Tanzania
[1819]   Batibo, Herman M. (2002) : The evolution of the Kiswahili syllable structure
[1820]   Batibo, Herman M. (2004) : Setswana: an under-exploited national resource?
[1821]   Batibo, Herman M. (2004) : The role of the external setting in language shift process: the case of Nama-speaking Ovaherero in Tshabong
[1816]   Batibo, Herman M. & Birgit Smieja (Ed) (2000) : Botswana: the future of the minority languages
[1808]   Batibo, Herman M. & D. Mae (1999) : The tone pattern of Setswana nominal forms
[1790]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (1992) : The minimality condition in Swahili word forms
[1795]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (1994) : The markedness principle and Swahili syllable structure
[1818]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (2001) : The adoption of Datooga loanwords in Sukuma and its historical implications
[1800]   Batibo, Herman M. , Joyce Thambole Mathangwane & Naledi M. Mosaka (1997) : Prospects for sociolinguistic research undertaking in Botswana: priorities and strategies
[1803]   Batibo, Herman M. , Naledi M. Mosaka & James [Motlhagolela] Moilwa (1997) : The historical implications of the linguistic relationship between Makua and Sotho
[1826]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1970) : More on the indigenous languages of SWA
[1827]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1972) : The Wambo languages of South West Africa and Angola
[1830]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1975) : The phonology of proto-Wambo
[1828]   Baucom, Kenneth L. & P. P. P. Nambundunga (1974) : Pocket oshiNdonga dictionary
[1832]   Baudet, Guibert (1947) : Eléments de grammaire kinande, suivis d’un vocabulaire kinande-français et français-kinande
[1835]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1964) : ’n Klank- en vormleerstudie van Songa
[1836]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1966) : The locative in Tsonga
[1837]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1967) : Introductory remarks on the copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 1
[1838]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1968) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 2
[1839]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : The phonetics and diachronical phonology of Xironga
[1840]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 3
[1841]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : Klankveranderinge wat plaasvind wanneer deverbatiewe in klas 9 in Venda gevorm word
[1842]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1970) : Introduction to the grammar of Xironga
[1843]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1970) : ’n Klassifikasie van die Tsongadialekte van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika
[1844]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1972) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; part 1
[1845]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1973) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; part 2
[1846]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1974) : Introduction to the speech sounds and speech sound changes of Tsonga
[1847]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1975) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; parts 3-4
[1849]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (198-) : Tentative orthography of Fwe (as spoken in the Caprivi)
[1850]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (198-) : Tentative orthography of Subiya (as spoken in the Caprivi)
[1851]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1981) : Notes on Tsonga noun classes 1a and 5a
[1852]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1981) : Tsonga phonetics and sound changes
[1853]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1985) : Pre-Tsonga noun class prefixes and verb suffixes
[1854]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1987) : Analytical Tsonga grammar
[1856]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1992) : The Tsonga rule
[1857]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1997) : Languages of the Eastern Caprivi
[1848]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (Ed) (1978) : Proceedings of the 2nd African languages congress of UNISA/Tweede Afrikatale-kongres van UNISA
[1855]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (Ed) (1987) : African languages (honours): only study guide for BLANGO-Q
[1868]   Bawman, E. (1949) : Gramática lomué
[1882]   Bayisa-ba-Nkaniku (1975) : Étude comparative des formes pronominales en français et en manyaanga
[1884]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1974?) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[1885]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1978) : Pronom de liaison en bantu: le cas du kinande (D.42)
[1886]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1982) : Le kinande, langue bantue de l’est du Congo (D 42): phonologie et morphologie
[1887]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1983) : Synthématique du verbe nande (D 42)
[1888]   Beach, Douglas Martyn (1924) : The science of tonetics and its application to Bantu languages
[25121]   Beapami, R.P. , R. Chatfield , G. Kouarata & A. Waldschmidt (2000) : Dictionnaire mbochi-français
[1893]   Beardsley, R. Brock & Carol M. Eastman (1971) : Markers, pauses and code switching in bilingual Tanzanian speech
[1900]   Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Wortstellung, Topik und Fokus
[1901]   Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Sein und Nichtsein/Kuwa na kutokuwa
[1904]   Bearth, Thomas (1997) : Inferential and counter-inferential grammatical markers in Swahili dialogue
[1907]   Bearth, Thomas (2003) : Syntax
[24986]   Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Procédés de cohésion dans le discours
[1909]   Beattie, John H. M. (1957) : Nyoro personal names
[1910]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1996/97) : Exploration of the semantic difference between the two negative markers ha- and (-)si(-) in Swahili
[1911]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1999) : Formatives of tense, aspect, mood and negation in the verbal construction of standard Swahili
[1912]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa , Derek Nurse & Sarah Rose (2004) : Pronominal object marking in Bantu
[1916]   Beavon, Keith H. (1979) : Studies in the discourse grammar of Konzime, a Bantu language of Cameroon
[1917]   Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : The relative clause in Koozime
[1918]   Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : Provisional description of the segmental phonemes and noun classes of the Mpyémó language (Bìjúgí dialect)
[1919]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : A phonology of Konzime
[1920]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : Expressions of location in Koozime
[1921]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : Cours d’initiation à l’orthographe de la langue koozime
[1922]   Beavon, Keith H. (1984) : A partial typology of Konzime (Bantu) discourse
[1923]   Beavon, Keith H. (1984) : Tone and intonation in Konzime
[1924]   Beavon, Keith H. (1985) : Two relativization strategies in Koozime discourse
[1925]   Beavon, Keith H. (1986) : Anaphora, pronouns and reference in Konzime
[1928]   Beavon, Keith H. (1991) : Koozime verbal system
[22881]   Beavon, Keith H. (1977) : Phonological analysis of the Konsime language (dialect of Lomié)
[25398]   Beavon, Keith H. (2003) : Njyem-French-English Lexicon
[1926]   Beavon, Keith H. & Ann Elisabeth Johnson (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Bekwel
[1927]   Beavon, Keith H. & Ann Elisabeth Johnson (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Mpyemo
[23680]   Beavon, Keith H. & Mary Beavon (1996) : Lexique kóonzime-français
[23334]   Bebey, Moukodi C. (1981) : Étude du système verbo-temporel français-douala: étude linguistique constrastive, le mode indicatif
[1939]   Bechon, S. (2000) : Description de la langue sangu, langue bantu du sud-ouest de la Tanzanie
[1950]   Beck, Rose Marie (2001) : Texte auf Textilien in Ostafrika: Sprichwörlichkeit als Eigenschaft ambiger Kommunikaiton
[1952]   Beck, Rose Marie (2003) : Perceptions of gender in Swahili language and society
[1948]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2000) : Swahili Forum VII
[1949]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2001) : Swahili Forum VIII
[1951]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2002) : Swahili Forum IX
[1940]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1994) : Swahili Forum I
[1943]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1995) : Swahili Forum II
[1944]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1996) : Swahili Forum III
[1946]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1998) : Swahili Forum V
[1947]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1999) : Swahili Forum VI
[1945]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider , Werner Gräbner & Bernd Heine (1997) : Swahili Forum IV
[1954]   Becker, Lee A. & David Phineas Bhukanda Massamba (1980) : Ci-Ruri tonology (a preliminary view)
[1959]   Beckett, H. W. (1951) : Handbook of Kiluba
[1961]   Beckman, Jill N. (1993) : Feature organization and the strong domain hypothesis in Zulu [labial] phonology
[1962]   Beckman, Jill N. (1995) : Shona height harmony: markedness and positional identity
[1963]   Beckman, Jill N. (1997) : Positional faithfulness, positional neutralization and Shona vowel harmony
[22909]   Bedrosian, Patricia L. (1996/97) : The Mboshi noun class system
[1968]   Beecher, Leonard James & Gladys S. B. Beecher (1935) : A Kikuyu-English dictionary, with a general introduction to the phonetics, orthography and spelling of Kikuyu
[1972]   Begne, Leopold Prosper (1980) : The phonology of Bikele, a Cameroonian language
[23696]   Behrs, Jan & others (1980) : Learning Chichewa: teacher’s manual
[1998]   Beidelman, Thomas Owen (1964) : Some Kaguru trees and plants: terms, names and uses
[1999]   Beidelman, Thomas Owen (1974) : Kaguru names and naming
[2014]   Bell, Alan (1972) : The development of syllabic nasals in the Bantu noun class prefixes mu-, mi- and ma-
[2008]   Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent & George Wynn Brereton Huntingford (1942) : Kiswahili
[25332]   Belliard, François (2005) : Instruments, chants et performances musicales chez les Kwakum de l’arrondissement de Doume (Est-Cameroun). Etude ethnolinguistique de la conception musicale d’une population de langue bantoue A91.
[25333]   Belliard, François (2007) : Parlons kwàkúm. Langue bantu de l’est Cameroun : langue et culture.
[2025]   Bellusci, David Christian (1991) : Serialization patterns in Shona verbal morphology
[2026]   Bellusci, David Christian (1993) : Bantu: from SOV to SVO
[2034]   Bemon-Musubao, B. (1971) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[2036]   Bender, C. J. (1922) : Die Volksdichtung der Wakweli: Sprichwörter, Fabeln und Märchen, Parabeln, Rätsel und Lieder
[2079]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1987) : Some possible African creoles
[2141]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1989) : The Niger-Congo languages: a classification and description of Africa’s largest language family
[23598]   Benjamin, Martin & Ann [Joyce] Biersteker (2001) : The Kamusi Project edit engine: a tool for collaborative lexicography
[2149]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1967) : Dahl’s law in Thagicu
[2150]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1968) : An eight vowel in Thagicu
[2151]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1969) : A comparative study of four Thagicû verbal systems
[2152]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1970) : The problem of class in Kikuyu
[2153]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1970) : Sesotho-Lozi: a clue to the evolution of multi-level tonal systems
[2154]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : Identification, classification and Bantu linguistics
[2155]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : Heny vs Givon - Pardon, may I cut in?
[2156]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : A phonological history of N.E. Victoria Bantu
[2158]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1976) : Some problems of Bantu lexicostatistics
[2164]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1981) : Proto-Thagicu lexical reconstructions
[2165]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1983) : Patterns in linguistic geography and the Bantu origins controversy
[2168]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1986) : Suggestions for the transcription of 7-vowel Bantu languages
[2169]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1986) : Grammar in the lexicon: two Bantu cases
[2161]   Bennett, Patrick R. & Jan P. Sterk (1977) : South Central Niger-Congo: a reclassification
[2167]   Bennett, Patrick R. , Ann [Joyce] Biersteker , Waithira [Lucy] Gikonyo , Susan Hershberg , Joel Kamande , Carolyn Harford [Perez] & Martha Swearingen (1985) : Gîkûyû nî kîoigire: a first course in Kikuyu
[2159]   Bennett, Tina L. (1976) : Tonally irregular verbs in Chishona
[2162]   Bennett, Tina L. (1977) : Interrogatives
[2160]   Bennett, Tina L. & Larry Michael Hyman (1976) : Bibliography of Bantu tone studies
[2170]   Bennie, William Govan (1931) : A practical orthography for Xhosa
[2171]   Bennie, William Govan (1937) : Notes on the new Xhosa orthography
[2172]   Bennie, William Govan (1939) : A grammar of Xhosa for the Xhosa-speaking
[2175]   Benson, C. W. (1953) : A checklist of the birds of Nyasaland
[2177]   Benson, Thomas Godfrey (1964) : A century of Bantu lexicography
[2176]   Benson, Thomas Godfrey (Ed) (1964) : Kikuyu-English dictionary
[2181]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : The syntactic effects of animacy in Bantu languages
[2182]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1997) : Variation in Bantu verbal agreement
[2183]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1998) : The marking of grammatical relations in Swahili
[2184]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1999) : Head-marking vs dependent-marking in Swahili, Kikuyu and Chichewa
[23608]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : Animacy and pronominal systems in Bantu
[2185]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (2001) : Chichewa
[2195]   Berchem, Jörg (1989/90) : Sprachbeziehungen im Bereich des Kulturwortschatzes zwischen den Bantusprachen und dem Malagasy
[2197]   Berg, A. S. (1994) : Taalafwykings van ’n proefgroep Noord-Sothoskoolleerlinge van Mamelodi
[2198]   Berger, Paul (1937/38) : Die mit B. -île gebildeten Perfektstämme in den Bantusprachen
[2203]   Berghe, Pierre van den (1968) : Language and ‘nationalism’ in South Africa
[2211]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1983) : Wh-questions and island constraints in Kikuyu: a reanalysis
[2212]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1985) : A typology of empty categories for Kikuyu and Swahili
[2213]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : Focus in Kikuyu and universal grammar
[2214]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : The position and properties of in situ and right-moved questions in Kikuyu
[2222]   Bernarder, Elisabeth (1969) : Swahili
[2225]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (1990) : The integration of English loans in Shona: social correlates and linguistic consequences
[2227]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (1998) : Runyakitara: Uganda’s ‘new’ language
[23684]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (2000) : Using alternative sources for advanced literacy skills: some Shona examples
[2226]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham & Carol Myers-Scotton (1993) : English loans in Shona: consequences for linguistic systems
[2279]   Berthoud, Paul (1920) : Eléments de grammaire ronga
[2283]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1973) : A tentative frequency list of Swahili words
[2284]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1985) : Quantitative analysis of Swahili vocabulary
[2285]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1990) : The use of Swahili verbal markers in narrative and non-narrative literary discourse
[2286]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1991) : Reported speech in Swahili literature
[2287]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Zwei homonyme ka-Markierer
[2288]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Idiomatische Wendungen
[2289]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1997) : Swahili verbs in modern fiction
[2290]   Berwouts, Kris (1988) : Language and modernization: Kiswahili lexical expansion in the domain of the organisation of the modern nation/state
[2292]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1974) : A socio-linguistic description of Kimaa and its points of contacts with Kishambala
[2293]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1985) : A study of tense and aspect in Shambala
[2294]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : Mood in Bantu languages: an exemplification from Shambala
[2295]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : A study of tense and aspect in Kishambala
[2296]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1990) : The languages of Kilwa: a historical excursion
[2297]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1991) : The acquisition of Swahili by adult Maasai speakers: possible areas of conflict
[2298]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1993) : A classified vocabulary of the Shambala language with outline grammar
[2299]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (2000) : Miundo ya urejeshi katika Kishambala
[23659]   Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga (1982) : La traduction des formes verbales du present français en bafia
[2300]   Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga & Igor A. Mel?cuk (1983) : Un modèle formel de la conjugaison bafia (à l’indicatif)
[2303]   Best, Catherine T. , Gerald W. McRoberts & Nomathemba M. Sithole (1988) : Examination of perceptual reorganisation for nonnative speech contrasts: Zulu click discrimination by English-speaking adults and infants
[2310]   Betbeder, Paul & John Jones (1949) : A handbook of the Haya language
[2313]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1959) : Tonomorphology of the Tsonga noun
[2314]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (196-) : Unpublished notes on Tsonga
[2315]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1961) : The qualificative and the pronoun in Tsonga
[2316]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1962) : Additional notes on the tonomorphology of the Tsonga noun
[2317]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 1
[2318]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : The verb in Zulu ; part 1
[2319]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 2
[2320]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : The verb in Zulu ; parts 2-3
[2321]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1965) : The verb in Zulu
[2322]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The perfect tense in Zulu
[2323]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The verb in Zulu ; part 4
[2324]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] & Derek F. Gowlett (1981) : S. Sotho woordeboek/S. Sotho dictionary
[2325]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1920) : Handbook of the Pedi-Transvaal-Suto language: practical grammar with exercises, phrases, dialogues and vocabularies
[2326]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1925/26) : Sotho-Vogelnamen
[2327]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1927) : Arzneipflanzen der Sotho-Neger: ein Beitrag zur südafrikanischer Materia Medica
[2344]   Biandji, Dieudonné (1989) : La classification nominale de la langue mpyemo
[2345]   Biandji, Dieudonné (1991) : Le verbe en mpyémo, langue bantu
[2348]   Bibang-Oyee, Julián & Jesucristo Riquelme Pomares (1990) : Curso de lengua Fang
[2360]   Bickford, J. Albert (1986) : Possessor ascension in Kinyarwanda
[24729]   Bickmore, Lee (2007) : High-toned Mora Insertion Between Onsetless Morphemes in Cilungu
[2362]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1989) : Kinyambo prosody
[2363]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1989) : Tone in Kinyambo
[2364]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1990) : Branching nodes and prosodic categories: evidence from Kinyambo
[2365]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1991) : Compensatory lengthening in Kinyambo
[2367]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1995) : Tone and stress in Lamba
[2368]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1997) : Problems in constraining high tone spread in Ekegusii
[2369]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1998) : Opacity effects in Optimal Domains Theory: evidence from Ekegusii
[2370]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1998) : Metathesis and Dahl’s Law in Ekegusii
[2371]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1999) : Tones and glides in Namwanga
[2372]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1999) : High tone spread in Ekegusii revisited: an optimality theoretic account
[2373]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (2000) : Downstep and fusion in Namwanga
[2366]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen & Michael T. Doyle (1995) : Lexical extraprosodicity in Chilungu
[2381]   Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Fernandian: the Bubi language of Bioco/Fernando Po (some notes and comments)
[2383]   Biddulph, Joseph (1993) : Meet me in Windhoek: notes on four Bantu languages of Namibia
[2388]   Biddulph, Joseph (2001) : Bantu byways: some explorations among the languages of central and southern Africa
[2389]   Biddulph, Joseph (2002) : Towards a linguistic history of Africa
[2391]   Biebuck, Brunhilde (1980) : Nkundo-Mongo tales: a study of form and content
[2392]   Biehler, Edward (1927) : English-Chiswina dictionary with an outline Chiswina grammar
[2393]   Biehler, Edward (1950) : A Shona dictionary, with an outline Shona grammar
[2394]   Biersteker, Ann [Joyce] (1984) : Verbal and case role patterning in Embu tales
[2395]   Biersteker, Ann [Joyce] (1996) : Kujibizana: questions of language and power in nineteenth and twentieth century poetry in Kiswahili
[2405]   Bigangara, Jean-Baptiste (1982) : Eléments de linguistique burundaise
[2408]   Bill, Mary C. (1974) : The influence of the Hottentot languages on the Bantu languages
[2409]   Bill, Mary C. (1982) : The blankets of darkness: problems in translating from a Bantu language into English in South Africa
[2410]   Bill, Mary C. (1994) : Refusal to eat and drink: a metaphor for ‘safe sex’ in Tsonga folktales
[2411]   Bill, Mary C. (1995) : Berthoud’s ‘Leçons de sigwamba’ (1883): the first Tsonga grammar
[2412]   Biloa, Edmond (1989) : Tuki gaps: null resumptive pronouns or variables?
[2413]   Biloa, Edmond (1990) : Resumptive pronouns in Tuki
[2414]   Biloa, Edmond (1993) : Clitic climbing in Bantu
[2415]   Biloa, Edmond (1995) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[2416]   Biloa, Edmond (1996/97) : Agreement and verb movement in Ewondo
[2417]   Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Tuki
[2418]   Biloa, Edmond (2001) : Data building for a syntactic analysis of an African language
[22586]   Biloa, Edmond (1992) : The syntax of operator constructions in Tuki
[22596]   Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[2420]   Bilodeau, Jacques (1979) : Sept contes sangu dans leur contexte et linguistique: éléments de phonologie du sangu, langue bantou de Tanzania; textes des contes avec traduction et notes
[2421]   Bilongo Bweya, N?zemba-Baala (1971/72) : Essai d’une morphologie comparée des formes nominales et pronominales des langues sonde et ngongo
[2424]   Bing, T. B. (1982) : The Sotho orthographies: yesterday, today and tomorrow
[2428]   Binns, [Reverend] H. K. (1925) : Swahili-English dictionary
[2429]   Binsbergen, Wim M. J. van (1994) : Minority language, ethnicity and the state in two African situations: the Nkoya of Zambia and the Kalanga of Botswana
[2445]   Birkeli, Emil (1---) : Bausi, Malagasy, Bisa and Lala
[2453]   Bishop, H. L. (1922) : The “descriptive complement” in the Shironga language compared with that in Sesotho and Zulu
[2454]   Bishop, H. L. (1925) : On the use of the proclitic ‘a’ in si-Ronga
[2456]   Bissila, S. B. (1991) : Description phonologique du laale (dialecte teke du Congo)
[2461]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1988) : Le système verbal du bàsàa
[23528]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (2005) : The vitality of Cameroonian languages in contact with French
[23948]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1984) : Le basaá parlé à Omeng
[2462]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (1996/97) : Le vocatif en bantou
[2463]   Biton, Alexander (1969) : Dictionnaire ndumu-mbede-français et français-ndumu-mbede
[2464]   Bittremieux, Leo (19--) : Grammaire du dialecte ancien du yombe, non-publié
[2465]   Bittremieux, Leo (1922) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2466]   Bittremieux, Leo (1926) : Onomatopee en werkwoord in ’t kongoleesch
[2467]   Bittremieux, Leo (1927) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2468]   Bittremieux, Leo (1934) : Mayombsche Namen
[2469]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De spraakkundige prefixen en het wegwallen van sommige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2470]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : Inleiding op een mayombsch kruidwoordenboek
[2471]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De weglating van het prefix in het Kikongo
[2472]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : A propos de la langue unifiée
[2473]   Bittremieux, Leo (1944) : De spraakkundige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2474]   Bittremieux, Leo (1945) : Oude voornamen in Mayombe
[2475]   Bittremieux, Leo (1946) : Het bantoe koppelwoordje -a
[2476]   Biwandu, K. (1978) : L’harmonie vocalique, l’harmonie nasale et l’haplologie en “ntandu”
[2477]   Bizimana, Simon (1983) : La quantité vocalique en rwandais
[2478]   Bizimana, Simon (1985) : Accords morphosyntaxiques en rwandais
[22977]   Black, Cheryl A. (1995) : Boundary tones on word-internal domains in Kinande
[2488]   Blacking, John (1961) : The social value of Venda riddles
[2491]   Blackledge, [Reverend] George Robert (1921) : A Luganda-English and English-Luganda vocabulary
[470]   Bladon, Anthony , Christopher Clark & Katrina Mickey (1987) : Production and perception of sibilant fricatives: Shona data
[2496]   Blakney, C. P. (1963) : On “banana” and “iron”: linguistic footprints in African history
[2499]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1994) : Dictionnaire informatisé pounou-français
[2500]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La numération
[2501]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La relativisation
[2502]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1984) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2504]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les classes nominales 9, 10 et 11 dans le groupe bantou B40
[2505]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les voyelles finales des nominaux en i-nzèbi (B52)
[2506]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Malcolm Guthrie et la tonalite des nominaux nzèbi
[2507]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Relèvements tonals en eshira et en massango: première approche d’une tonologie comparée du groupe bantou B40
[2508]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Une langue mixte en voie de disparition: le geviya
[2509]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Tonalité des nominaux à thème disyllabique dans le groupe bantou B 20
[2510]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1989) : Le wumvu de Malinga (Gabon): tonalité des nominaux
[2511]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : The great *HL split in Bantu group B40
[2512]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : Noms composés en massango et en nzèbi de Mbigou (Gabon)
[2513]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1991) : Le pounou (B43), le mpongwè (B11a) et l’hypothèse fortis/lenis
[2514]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1991) : Faire un dictionnaire d’une langue bantoue sur Macintosh avec Hypercard 2.0
[2516]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1992) : Nouvel examen de la tonalité des noms en laadi de Brazzaville (H.16f)
[2518]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1997) : Les formes nominales de citation a prefixe haut en pounou (bantu B43)
[2520]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1998) : Note sur l’histoire du système vocalique nzèbi
[2521]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1998) : Semantic/pragmatic conditions on the tonology of the Kongo noun-phrase: a diachronic hypothesis
[2523]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2525]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : ‘Tone cases’ in Bantu group B.40
[2526]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (2000) : Bipartition des nom polysyllabiques réflexes du type tonal *BH dans les zones B.40 et H.12
[2524]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Denis Creissels (Ed) (1999) : Issues in Bantu tonology
[2503]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & François Nsuka-Nkutsi (1984) : Détermination des classes tonales des nominaux en ci-vili, i-sangu et inzèbi
[2517]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Jean-Noël Nguimbi Mabiala (1993) : Défini, référentiel et générique en kiyoombi: étude synchronique
[2519]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Laurent Mouguiama (1997) : Les thèmes à initiale vocalique et la tonalité du verbe conjugué en eshira de Manji (Gabon)
[2515]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & M. Alihanga Martin (1992) : Notes sur la morphologie du lempiini de Eyuga
[2527]   Blanchy, Sophie (1987) : L’interprête mahorais-français et français-mahorais
[22475]   Blanchy, Sophie (1996) : Dictionnaire mahorais-français/français-mahorais
[2533]   Blavier, André (1953) : Dictionnaire/woordenboek: français-lingala-néerlandais, nederlands-lingala-français, lingala-français-néerlandais
[23915]   Blavier, André (1958) : Dictionnaire/woordenboek: lingala-français-néerlandais, français-lingala-néerlandais, nederlands-lingala-français
[2569]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : Recent developments in African language classification and their implications for prehistory
[2571]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : New developments in the classification of Bantu languages and their historical implications
[2574]   Blench, Roger M. (1994/95) : Linguistic evidence for cultivated plants in the Bantu borderland
[2583]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : The languages of Africa: macrophyla proposals and implications for archaeological interpretation
[2610]   Block, H. P. (1948) : Swahili anthology with notes and glossaries
[2613]   Blois, Kornelis Frans de (1970) : The augment in Bantu languages
[2614]   Blois, Kornelis Frans de (1975) : Bukusu generative phonology and aspects of Bantu structure
[2616]   Blok, H. P. (1948) : Notes on localisms in African languages
[2617]   Blok, H. P. (1949) : Opmerkingen naar aanleiding van eenige Bantoe-werkwoordsformen
[2618]   Blok, H. P. (1950) : Afrikanistische taalwetenschap: problemen, taak en doel
[2619]   Blok, H. P. (1951) : Iets over die zogenaamde “geïntensiveerde” fonemen in het Ganda en Nyoro
[2620]   Blok, H. P. (1952) : Nieuwe aanwinsten op het gebied van geluidsopnamen van afrikaanse talen aan de Rijks-Universiteit te leiden
[2621]   Blok, H. P. (1953) : Negro-African linguistics
[2622]   Blok, H. P. (1955/56) : Localism and deixis in Bantu linguistics
[2623]   Blok, H. P. (1957) : De studie van de bantoetalen in Nederland
[2624]   Blokland, Henny W. (1987) : Two Nyamwezi texts: an exercise in transöation and understanding
[2627]   Blommaert, Jan (1990) : Standardization and diversification in Kiswahili: a note on language attitudes
[2628]   Blommaert, Jan (1986) : Notes on the Bantu ku-prefix
[2630]   Blommaert, Jan (1991) : Some problems in the interpretation of Swahili political texts
[2631]   Blommaert, Jan (1992) : Codeswitching and the exclusivity of social identities: some data from Campus Swahili
[2632]   Blommaert, Jan (1994) : Ethnocoherence and the analysis of Swahili political style
[2633]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : The impact of state ideology on language: Ujamaa and Swahili literature in Tanzania
[2634]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : State ideology and language: the politics of Swahili in Tanzania
[2636]   Blommaert, Jan (1998) : The other side of history: grassroots literacy and autobiography in Shaba, Congo
[2637]   Blommaert, Jan (1999) : Reconstructing the sociolinguistic image of Africa: grassroots writing in Shaba (Congo)
[2638]   Blommaert, Jan (1999) : State ideology and language in Tanzania
[22530]   Blommaert, Jan (1989) : Remarks on lexical semantics: the case of the Bantu colour terms
[2625]   Blommaert, Jan (Ed) (1988) : Ethnolinguistics and Kiswahili rhetoric: “Elimu ya kujitegemea” undressed
[2629]   Blommaert, Jan (Ed) (1991) : Swahili studies: essays in honour of Marcel van Spaandonck
[2626]   Blommaert, Jan & Marjolein Gysels (1990) : On the functionality of English interferences in Campus Swahili
[2660]   Boas, Franz , Otto Dempwolff , Giulio Panconcelli-Calzia , Alice Werner & Diedrich Westermann (Ed) (1927) : Festschrift Meinhof: sprachwissenschaftliche und andere Studien
[2669]   Bodinga-Bwa-Bodinga, Sébastien & Lolke J. van der Veen (1993) : Plantes utiles des Evia: pharmacopée
[2689]   Boeck, Egide de (1920) : Leçons élémentaires de lingala, suivies d’un vocabulaire et de conversations pratiques
[2690]   Boeck, Egide de (1927) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2694]   Boeck, Egide de (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[2696]   Boeck, Egide de (1942) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2688]   Boeck, J. de (19--) : Vocabulaire lokonda-néerlandais/Vocabularium Lokonda
[2691]   Boeck, J. de (1927) : Sprookjes uit het Lokonda
[2693]   Boeck, J. de (1939) : Spraakkunst van het Lokonda [manuscrit remanié par N. van Everbroeck]
[2695]   Boeck, L. B. de (1942) : Premières applications de la géographie linguistique aux langues bantoues
[2697]   Boeck, L. B. de (1945) : Vergelijkende grammatica der Negertalen
[2698]   Boeck, L. B. de (1948) : La classification des langues en Afrique
[2699]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : La géographie linguistique au Congo belge
[2700]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : Dialectgroepen in het Ngiri-gebied
[2701]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : Taalkunde en de talenkwestie in Belgisch-Kongo
[2702]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Les prépréfixes dans les langues bantoues du nord-ouest du Congo Belge
[2703]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : La géographie linguistique et les langues bantoues
[2704]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Eigenaardige toonstructuur van enkele Bantoetalen en het noord-westen van Belgisch-Kongo
[2705]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Un b vibrant dans le bantou septentrional
[2706]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : De tonologie der naamwoorden te Ebuku
[2707]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : De tonologie der naamwoorden van Iniele en Bokonzi
[2708]   Boeck, L. B. de (1951) : Een greep uit de Mombesa-taal
[2709]   Boeck, L. B. de (1951) : De tonologie des parlers bantous du nord-ouest du Congo Belge
[2711]   Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Manuel de lingala, tenant compte du langage parlé et du langage littéraire
[2712]   Boeck, L. B. de (1953) : Contribution à l’atlas linguistique du Congo Belge: 60 mots dans les parlers du bassin du Haut-Congo
[2715]   Boelaert, Edmond (1937/38) : Vergelijkende taalstudie II
[2716]   Boelaert, Edmond (1937/38) : Vergelijkende taalstudie
[2717]   Boelaert, Edmond (1940) : Bij vergelijkende taalstudie III
[2718]   Boelaert, Edmond (1942) : Vergelijkende taalstudie: de vrouw bij de Nkundo-Mongo
[2719]   Boelaert, Edmond (1957) : Systematiek der bloedverwantschapstermen bij de Nkundo
[2720]   Boelaert, Edmond (1961) : La persistance des tons en lomongo
[2725]   Bofula, Lobebe (1977) : Étude des performatifs en kesengele approche: sémantique générative
[2738]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1974) : A counter example to Bach’s “questions”
[2739]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1975) : Observations on the immediate dominance constraint, topicalization and relativization
[2740]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Relativization in Bantu languages revisited
[2742]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Question formation in some Bantu languages
[2743]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of Wh-questions in Kikongo and Kiswahili
[2744]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of derivational verb suffixes in Bantu languages
[2748]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1977) : The impact of multilingualism on language structures: the case of central Africa
[2751]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1979) : Inversion as grammatical relation chaning rules in Bantu languages
[2752]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1979) : African linguistic research and publications from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1970-1979
[2758]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1985) : Verbal agreement as a noncyclic rule in Bantu
[2761]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1988) : Code-mixing, language variation and linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2769]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1993) : Language variation and change in pervasively multilingual societies: Bantu languages
[2760]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Nkonko Mudipanu Kamwangamalu (1987) : The significance of code-mixing to linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2737]   Bokamba, G. D. (1971) : Specificity and definiteness in Dzamba
[2771]   Bokongo, Nzanga (1979) : Esquisse phonologique du lingombe
[2772]   Bokula, F.-X. (1966) : Eléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire de la langue bodo
[2773]   Bokula, F.-X. (1970) : La langue bodo: formes nominales
[2776]   Bokula, Moiso (1979) : Les langues de la région du Haut-Congo
[2779]   Bokula, Moiso (1982) : A propos de l’application des règles transformationelles en kiswahili
[2781]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Thèses et travaux de fin d’études aux universités et I.S.P. du Zaïre concernant les langues de la région de l’Equateur (Zaïre 1971-1981)
[2782]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Le lingala au Zaire: défense et analyse grammaticale
[2783]   Bokula, Moiso (1984) : Le point des recherches sur la classification des langues Niger-Congo-Kordofaniennes
[2784]   Bokula, Moiso & Litanga Ngandi (1985) : Numération cardinale dans les langues bantu du haut-Zaïre
[2790]   Bokungulu, Bonsao wa Yotsi (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique: formes nominales et pronominales de la langue ndengese
[2791]   Bolados Carter, A. (1---) : Elementos de la gramatica pamue
[2792]   Bold, John D. (1949) : Fanagalo is becoming the lingua franca of southern Africa
[2793]   Bold, John D. (1951) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2794]   Bold, John D. (1952) : Fanagalo dictionary
[2795]   Bold, John D. (1953) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2796]   Bold, John D. (1955) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2797]   Bold, John D. (1958) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2798]   Bold, John D. (1964) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo, the lingua franca of southern Africa
[2799]   Bold, John D. (1968) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2800]   Bold, John D. (1977) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2801]   Bold, John D. (1990) : Fanagalo: phrasebook, grammar, dictionary
[2812]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1984) : Description du système phonético-phonologique de la langue bubi du nord-est (comparée à l’espagnol et au français)
[2813]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1987) : El aumento o actualizador definido en lengua bubi
[2814]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1991) : Curso de lengua bubi
[2826]   Bona-Baisi, Ignace J. (1960) : Ikani-Ngambo: Oruhaya
[2827]   Bona-Baisi, Ignace J. (1960) : Amateca g’oruhaya (gramatica)
[2828]   Bonalumi, João (196-) : Vocabulário makua-lomwe-portuguàs
[2829]   Bonalumi, João (1965) : Lingua makua-lomwe-portuguàs
[2831]   Bonde, C. V. (1933) : Note on the Swahili names of certain fishes of Zanzibar
[2832]   Bongo, A. (1956) : Esquisse de phonologie et morphologie de la langue nkucu, dialecte ohendo
[2833]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1940) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 1
[2834]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1947) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 2
[2836]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 3
[2837]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1956) : Grammaire pounoue et lexique pounou-français
[2835]   Bonneau, L. R. P. Henri (1950) : Dictionnaire français-kirundi
[2838]   Bonnefoux, Benedicto M. (1940) : Dicionário olunyaneka-português
[2840]   Bontinck, Frans (1985) : L’étymologie du terme bosenji
[2841]   Bontinck, Frans (1989) : Toponymie kongo
[2842]   Bontinck, Frans (1991) : L’ethnonyme “mongo”
[2843]   Bontinck, Frans (1992) : L’étymologie des ethnonymes Yombe et Ndombe
[2844]   Bontinck, Frans (1993) : Le toponyme Ngiri-Ngiri reexaminé (avec la réponse de Motingea Mangulu)
[2845]   Bontinck, Frans (1994) : Marginalia “kuba”
[25139]   Bonvini, Emilio (2009) : Revisiter, trois siècles après, Arte da lingua de Angola de Pedro Dias S.I. (1697), Première Grammaire du Kimbundu
[22450]   Boone, Douglas W. & Kenneth S. Olson (2004) : Bwa bloc survey report
[2860]   Boone, Douglas W. , David P. Bradley & Caroline A. Grant (1992) : Central Yambasa survey report
[2857]   Boone, O. (1961) : Carte ethnique du Congo: quart sud-est
[2858]   Boone, O. (1973) : Carte ethnique du Congo: quart sud-ouest
[2865]   Booysen, J. J. & Philippus Smit (1983) : Tsonga language centenary, 1883-1983: language maps
[2864]   Booysen, J. M. (1982) : Otjiherero: ’n volledige grammatika met oefeninge en sleutels in Afrikaans
[2866]   Booysen, J. M. & J. Muharupu (1987) : Otjiherero terminologielys/terminology
[2874]   Borland, Colin H. (1970) : Eastern Shona: a comparative dialect study
[2875]   Borland, Colin H. (1972) : Some tone patterns of Shona
[2876]   Borland, Colin H. (1982) : How basic is “basic” vocabulary?
[2877]   Borland, Colin H. (1984) : Conflicting methodologies of Shona dialect classification
[2878]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : Internal relationships in southern Bantu
[2879]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : Problems in the linguistic reconstruction of Zimbabwean prehistory
[2880]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : The linguistic reconstruction of prehistoric pastoralist vocabulary
[2881]   Borland, Colin H. (1992) : Computing African linguistic prehistory
[2882]   Borowsky, Toni (1983) : Geminate consonants in Luganda
[2883]   Borowsky, Toni (1983) : On glide insertion in Luganda
[2885]   Bosch, Johannes L. (1964) : Die Shambiu van die Okavango: ’n volkenkundige studie
[3109]   Bösch, P. Fridolin (19--) : Kinyamwezi-Deutsch, A-I
[2886]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1985) : Subject and object agreement in Zulu
[2889]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1995) : The nature of ‘possession’ in Zulu - a re-examination
[2891]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1997) : Possible origins of the possessive particle -ka- in Zulu
[2893]   Bosch, Sonja E. (2000) : On the conceptualization of possession in Zulu
[2894]   Bosch, Sonja E. (2001) : Project on computational morphology (with special reference to Zulu) within the framework of human language technologies
[2896]   Bosch, Sonja E. & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2002) : ‘Abbreviated nouns’ in African languages: a morphological, semantic and lexicographic perspective
[2890]   Bosch, Sonja E. & George Poulos (1996) : The categorial status of the possessive in Zulu: a new perspective
[2895]   Bosch, Sonja E. & Laurette Pretorius (2002) : The significance of computational morphological analysis for Zulu lexicography
[2887]   Bosch, Sonja E. & P. C. Taljaard (1989) : Handbook of IsiZulu
[2897]   Bosha, I. (1993) : Taathira za kiarabu katika kiswahili pamoja na kamusi thulathiya, kiswahili-kiarabu-kiingereza [The influence of Arabic language on Kiswahili with a trilingual dictionary, Swahili-Arabic-English]
[24719]   Bosire, Mokaya (2006) : Hybrid Languages: The Case of Sheng
[2906]   Boss, Georg (1934) : Aus dem Pflanzenleben Südwestafrikas
[2907]   Bostock, Peter Geoffrey (1996) : A tentative short dictionary: English into Kidawida (or Kitaita)
[2908]   Bostock, Peter Geoffrey (1996) : A tentative short dictionary: Kidawida (or Kitaita) into English
[2909]   Bostoen, Koen (1997) : Het Shaba-Swahili: geschiedenis en bronne
[2910]   Bostoen, Koen (1999) : Aspects phonétiques et phonologiques de l’intonation en cilubà (L31A)
[2911]   Bostoen, Koen (1999) : Katanga Swahili: the particular history of a language reflected in her structure
[2912]   Bostoen, Koen (2001) : Osculance in Bantu reconstructions: a case study of the pair *-kádang-/*-káng- (‘fry’, ‘roast’) and its historical implications
[2913]   Bostoen, Koen (2003) : Introduction à l’intonation du cilubà
[2914]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : Linguistics for the use of African history and the comparative study of Bantu pottery vocabulary
[2915]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : Étude comparative et historique du vocabulaire relatif à la poterie en bantou
[2916]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : The vocabulary of pottery fashioning techniques in Great Lakes Bantu: a comparative onomasiological study
[23244]   Bostoen, Koen (2005) : Comparative notes on Bantu agent noun spirantization
[24639]   Bostoen, Koen (2008) : Bantu Spirantization : Morphologization, lexicalization and historical classification
[24723]   Bostoen, Koen (2007) : Bantu Plant Names as Indicators of Linguistic Stratigraphy in the Western Province of Zambia
[22635]   Bostoen, Koen & Jacky Maniacky (Ed) (2005) : Studies in African comparative linguistics, with special focus on Bantu and Mande: essays in honour of Yvonne Bastin and Claire Grégoire
[3110]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1962) : La description phonologique du basaá (mbene)
[3111]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1964) : Les tons en basa
[3113]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1970) : Nexus et nominaux en basaá
[3115]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1977) : L’adjectif qualicatif dans trois langues bantu du nord-ouest: duala, basaa, bulu
[3117]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1985) : Les classes nominales en douálá
[2917]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1997) : Structure syllabique et lois morphémiques du yasa
[2918]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1997) : La nominalisation en yasa
[2919]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1998) : Temps verbaux et aspects du yasa
[23847]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1986) : Les substituts ou representants en ba sa a
[2934]   Botha, J. (1981) : Teaching Bantu languages for special purposes: an experiment with ‘Xhosa for factories’
[2930]   Botha, J. J. (1974) : Die kwalifikatief in Xhosa
[2931]   Botha, J. J. (1975) : Die saamgestelde onderwerp in Xhosa
[2938]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Semantic evidence against the autonomy of the lexicon
[2932]   Botha, T. J. R. (1977) : Watername in Natal
[2942]   Botne, Robert Dale (1980) : Phonological and morphological aspects of verbal structures in Kinyarwanda
[2943]   Botne, Robert Dale (1981) : On the nature of tense and aspect: studies in the semantics of temporal reference in English and Kinyarwanda
[2944]   Botne, Robert Dale (1982) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2945]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : The semantics of tense in Kinyarwanda
[2946]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2947]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : On the notion “inchoative verb” in Kinyarwanda
[2948]   Botne, Robert Dale (1986) : The temporal role of eastern Bantu -ba and -li
[2949]   Botne, Robert Dale (1987) : Semantics and pragmatics of tense in Kikerebe and Kinyarwanda
[2950]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : The function of auxiliary -bá in Kinyarwanda
[2951]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Reconstruction of a grammaticalized auxiliary in Bantu
[2952]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Quelques remarques sur les roles du morpheme -ra-: une response a Y. Cadiou
[2953]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989/90) : The historical relation of Cigogo to Zone J languages
[2954]   Botne, Robert Dale (1990) : The origins of the remote future formatives in Kinyarwanda, Kirundi, Giha (J61)
[2955]   Botne, Robert Dale (1990/91) : Verbal prosody in Ciruri
[2956]   Botne, Robert Dale (1991) : Variation and word formation in Proto-Bantu: the case of *-yikad-
[2958]   Botne, Robert Dale (1992) : Double reflexes in eastern and southern Bantu
[2959]   Botne, Robert Dale (1992) : Phonemic split in Nen (A44): a case of tonal conditioning of glottalic Proto-Bantu consonants
[2960]   Botne, Robert Dale (1993) : Differenciating the auxiliaries -ti and -va in Tumbuka (N.21)
[2961]   Botne, Robert Dale (1993) : Noun incorporation into verbs: the curious case of “ground” in Bantu
[2964]   Botne, Robert Dale (1995) : The pronominal origin of an evidential
[2965]   Botne, Robert Dale (1998) : The evolution of future tenses from serial ‘say’ constructions in central eastern Bantu
[2967]   Botne, Robert Dale (1998) : Prosodically-conditioned vowel shortening in Chindali
[2968]   Botne, Robert Dale (1999) : Future and distal -ka-’s: Proto-Bantu or nascent form(s)?
[2969]   Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Lega (Beya dialect) (D25)
[2970]   Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Dissociation in tense, realis and location in Chindali verbs
[2971]   Botne, Robert Dale (2004) : Specificity in Lusaamia infinitives
[2972]   Botne, Robert Dale (2005) : Cognitive schemas and motion verbs: ‘coming’ and ‘going’ in Chindali (Eastern Bantu)
[22623]   Botne, Robert Dale (2002) : Towards a typology of die verbs in African languages
[2957]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1991) : A learner’s Chichewa-English, English-Chichewa dictionary
[2963]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1995) : A learner’s Chichewa and English dictionary
[2966]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1998) : Asymmetric corodination in Lega
[2962]   Botne, Robert Dale & Kisanga Salama-Gray (1994) : A Lega and English dictionary, with an index to Proto-Bantu roots
[2973]   Boucher, Evelyn (1983) : Développement du swahili en Afrique noire et recule de l’anglais dans le sud-est asiatique
[2974]   Boucneau, Jacques (1987) : A tentative linguistic bibliography of Swahili 1964-1984: basics, phonology & morphophonology, syntax, lexicography
[23910]   Bouh Ma Sitna, Charles Lwanga (2004) : Le syntagme nominal du yasa
[2976]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1994) : L’accord des adjectifs du protobantou en zone H
[22908]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1989) : Teke and its dialects in Congo: status of the research
[25260]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1995) : Structures phonologiques et structures prosodiques : le modèle bekwel
[25261]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1996) : Eléments de phonologie diachroinique du bekwel (bantou, A85b)
[25264]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi & Didier Demolin (1996) : Quelques changements phonétiques en bekwel
[2975]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi & Josué Ndamba (1991) : Essai de classification lexicostatistique des langues bantoues de Congo-Brazzaville
[2982]   Boulinier, Georges (1976) : Bibliographie linguistiques comorienne
[2985]   Boum, Marie Anne (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en basaá
[2988]   Boungou, Pierre (19--) : Étude morphologique du bembe
[2995]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1967) : Some data for a comparative study of Birom (northern Nigeria) and Proto-Bantu
[2996]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1968) : Birom et bantou commun
[2999]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1973) : Quelques réflexions sur le système phonologique du rundi
[3003]   Bouquiaux, Luc (Ed) (1979) : Multilingualisme dans les domaines bantou du nord-ouest et tchadique: le point de la question en 1977
[3004]   Bouquiaux, Luc (Ed) (1980) : L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3001]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1976) : Une aire de génération de tons en Afrique centrale: problèmes tonals dans quelques langues oubanguiennes et bantoues périphériques
[3011]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1994) : Quelques problèmes comparatifs de langues bantoues C10 des confins oubanguiens: le cas du mbati, du ngando et de l’aka
[3013]   Bourdin, Jean-François (1983) : Bibliographie analytique des langues parlées en Afrique subsaharienne, 1970-1980
[3014]   Bourdonnec, P.-M. (1948) : La langue sanga
[3015]   Bourdonnec, P.-M. & André Coupez (1968) : Fichier du dictionnaire sanga
[3020]   Bourquin, Walther (1922) : The prefix of the locative in Kafir
[3021]   Bourquin, Walther (1923) : Neue Ur-Bantu-Wortstämme, nebst einem Beitrag zur Erforschung der Bantu-Wurzeln
[3022]   Bourquin, Walther (1927) : Die Sprache der Phuthi
[3023]   Bourquin, Walther (1932/33) : Entstehung von Nasalen durch den Influss von i im Bantu
[3024]   Bourquin, Walther (1946) : The so-called article in Xhosa
[3025]   Bourquin, Walther (1949) : The use of the demonstrative pronoun in Xhosa
[3026]   Bourquin, Walther (1951) : Click-words which Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho have in common
[3027]   Bourquin, Walther (1951) : Schnalzwörter als geschichtliche Urkunden
[3028]   Bourquin, Walther (1952) : Notes on the concords in Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho, their differences and general aspects
[3029]   Bourquin, Walther (1953/54) : Weitere Ur-Bantu-Wortstämme
[3030]   Bourquin, Walther (1955) : Notes on the “close vowels” in Bantu
[3032]   Bousacq, E. (1929) : Les langues du Congo
[3037]   Bowern, Claire & Victoria Lotridge (Ed) (2002) : Ndebele
[3039]   Boyce, William Binnington (1956) : Grammar of the Kafir language
[3049]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Tone feature analysis: applications to Grassfields Bantu languages
[3060]   Boyeldieu, Pascal , Luc Bouquiaux , Xavier Guinet & Judith Hedger (1973) : Problèmes de phonologie (yakoma, rundi, sungor, wolof)
[3133]   Bradford, N. H. G. (1962) : Bunyoro adult literacy campaign
[3144]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1999) : Consonant-tone interaction in African languages
[3147]   Brain, James Lewton (1961) : Swahili slang
[3148]   Brain, James Lewton (1966) : Basic structures of Swahili
[3149]   Brain, James Lewton (1969) : Basic structures of Swahili, part II: a background to the Swahili language and advanced exercises
[3150]   Brain, James Lewton (1969) : A short dictionary of social science terms for Swahili speakers
[3151]   Brain, James Lewton (1976) : A comparison of Bantu terms in east and west Tanzania
[3152]   Brain, James Lewton (1980) : Luguru bird names
[3153]   Brakel, Anne van , Joyce Hoogeveen , Frank van Pelt , Katrijn Raaijmakers & Christian Rapold (1994) : Ejebele: a wordlist of culinary terminology in Ngombe
[3156]   Brand, H. S. P. & J. C. le Roux (1990) : Devokalisasie in Xhosa: ’n herinterpretasie
[3158]   Brandon, Frank Roberts (1974) : The structure of the verb in Swahili
[3159]   Brandon, Frank Roberts (1975) : A constraint on deletion in Swahili
[3169]   Branford, William & John S. Claughton (2002) : Mutual lexical borrowings among some languages of southern Africa: Xhosa, Afrikaans and English
[3190]   Brassil, Dan (2003) : Patterns in Kirundi reduplication
[3191]   Braun, Willie (1989) : Aspekte der Lexikographie des Swahili: die Wortverbindungen des Verbs piga
[3199]   Brauner, Siegmund (1979) : Aktuelle Tendenzen der Entwicklung der Konkordanzbeziehungen im Swahili
[3204]   Brauner, Siegmund (1986) : Zum Verhältnis von Kultur- und Sprachgeschichte: chinesische Lehnwörter im Swahili
[3207]   Brauner, Siegmund (1990) : Zur Prosodik (Intensität) moderner Nominalkompositionen des Swahili
[3209]   Brauner, Siegmund (1993) : Innovationsprozesse im Verbalsystem des Shona
[3210]   Brauner, Siegmund (1995) : A grammatical sketch of Shona, with historical notes
[3211]   Brauner, Siegmund (1998) : Die Bantuperfekt und sein Schicksal im Schona
[3198]   Brauner, Siegmund & Irmtraud Herms (1979) : Lehrbuch des modernes Swahili
[3193]   Brauner, Siegmund & Joseph Kasella Bantu (1964) : Lehrbuch des Swahili
[3208]   Brauner, Siegmund & Samson Huni (1993) : Einführung ins Schona
[3218]   Breedveld, Anneke (1985) : Reflexes of Proto-Bantu alveolar consonants (in Bamileke, A.40, A.50 and A.60)
[3229]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1987) : East-African beekeping vocabularies: KiZigua
[3230]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1987) : Die sprachliche und kulturelle Stellung der Mbugu (Ma’a)
[3239]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1994) : Language loyalty and social environment
[3234]   Brenzinger, Matthias (Ed) (1992) : Language death: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa
[3254]   Bresnan, Joan (1991) : Locative case vs. locative gender
[3256]   Bresnan, Joan (1993) : Interaction between grammar and discourse in Chichewa (Bantu)
[3257]   Bresnan, Joan (1994) : Locative inversion and the architecture of universal grammar
[3259]   Bresnan, Joan (1995) : Category mismatches
[3260]   Bresnan, Joan (1997) : Mixed categories and head sharing constructions
[3251]   Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1989) : Locative inversion in Chichewa: a case study in factorization in grammar
[3255]   Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1992) : The thematic hierarchy and locative inversion in UG: a reply to Schachter’s comments
[3250]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1988) : Applicatives in Kivunjo (Chaga): implications for argument structure and syntax
[3252]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1990) : Object asymmetries in comparative Bantu syntax
[3245]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : Verb agreement in Chichewa
[3246]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1986) : Grammatical and anaphoric agreement
[3247]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3248]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3249]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3258]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1995) : The lexical integrity principle: evidence from Bantu
[23418]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : On topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3262]   Breton, F. H. le (1936) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3263]   Breton, F. H. le (1937) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3264]   Breton, F. H. le (1940) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3265]   Breton, F. H. le (1941) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3266]   Breton, F. H. le (1948) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3267]   Breton, F. H. le (1951) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3268]   Breton, F. H. le (1958) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3269]   Breton, F. H. le (1968) : Up-country Swahili exercises (Swahili simplified), for the farmer, merchant, businessman and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country African
[3270]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1981) : Groupe A10: Lundu-Mbo, Oroko-Ngoe. Map of Oroko-Ngoe language group of SW Cameroon
[3275]   Bridges, R. C. (1968) : A manuscript Kinika vocabulary and a letter of J. L. Krapf
[25027]   Brisard, Frank & Michael Meeuwis (2009) : Present and perfect in Bantu: The case of Lingála
[3281]   Brisson, Robert (19--) : Vocabulaire bira
[3284]   Britz, R. M. J. (1973) : ’n Strukturele ondersoek van die meerlettergrepige naamwordstamme in Xhosa
[23140]   Brock-Utne, Birgit (2005) : The continued battle over KiSwahili as the language of instruction in Tanzania
[3290]   Brockmann, Heinrich (1941) : Einführung in die Hererosprache
[3291]   Brockmann, Karin (1996) : Interner und externer Sprachwandel am Beispiel des Xhosa
[3294]   Bromber, Katrin (1991) : “Kujitegemea”: Versuch einer semantischen Beschreibung
[23219]   Brookes, H. (2005) : What gestures do: some communicative functions of quotable gestures in conversations among Black urban South Africans
[3298]   Broomfield, G. W. (1930) : The development of the Swahili language
[3299]   Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : The re-bantuization of the Swahili language
[3300]   Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[3303]   Broselow, Ellen I. & Alice Niyondagara (1990) : Feature geometry of Kirundi palatalization
[3304]   Broselow, Ellen I. & Alice Niyondagara (1991) : Morphological structure in Kirundi palatalization: implications for feature geometry
[3316]   Broughall Woods, R. E. (1924) : A short introductory dictionary of the Kaonde language, with English-Kaonde appendix
[3342]   Brown-Edminston, A. B. (1932) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language
[3334]   Brown, David (1989) : Speaking in tongues: apartheid and language in South Africa
[3328]   Brown, Gillian (1968) : The dialect situation in Bugisu
[3329]   Brown, Gillian (1969) : Syllables and redundancy rules in generative phonology
[3330]   Brown, Gillian (1971) : On the function of redundancy rules
[3331]   Brown, Gillian (1972) : Phonological rules and dialect variation: a study of the phonology of Lumasaaba
[3323]   Brown, John Tom (1925) : Secwana dictionary: English-Secwana and Secwana-English
[3324]   Brown, John Tom (1925/65) : Secwana dictionary: English-Secwana and Secwana-English
[3340]   Brown, John Tom (1993) : Setswana-English-Setswana dictionary
[3348]   Bruens, A. (1937) : A grammar of Lundu
[3350]   Bruens, A. (1948) : Het Londo (Brits-Kameroen)
[3374]   Brutel, E. (1921) : Vocabulaire français-kiswahili, kiswahili-français
[3375]   Brutel, E. (1930) : Vocabulaire français-kiswahili, kiswahili-français
[3378]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1937) : The “archaic” perfect tense in old and modern Swahili
[3382]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1948) : Swahili pocket dictionary
[3386]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1959) : The Bantu languages of Africa
[3391]   Bryant, Alfred T. (1958) : An abridged English-Zulu word-book
[3392]   Bryant, Alfred T. (1963) : Bantu origins: the people and their language
[3415]   Buchanan, Patricia (1996/97) : The Munukutuba noun class system
[3414]   Buchanan, Patricia & Jeannine Wadlegger (1974) : Concord in Tswana locatives
[3417]   Buck, H. (1924) : A Mashona dictionary
[3422]   Buckley, Eugene (1996) : Bare root nodes in Basaa
[3428]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1969) : Inter-Ethnische Namen in Südwestafrika
[3430]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1980) : Die Volker Südwestafrikas (5): die Vierfalt der Sprachen
[3431]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1985) : Inter-etniese name in SWA
[3433]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1987) : Inter-ethnic relations as expressed in name-giving and cultural mimicry
[3434]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1988) : Inter-ethnic names for white men in South West Africa
[3437]   Buell, Leston (2000) : Swahili relative clauses
[3438]   Buell, Leston (2002) : Swahili amba-less relatives without head movement
[24751]   Buell, Leston (2009) : Evaluating the Immediate Postverbal Position as a Focus Position in Zulu
[25214]   Buell, Leston (2005) : Issues in Zulu Verbal Morphosyntax
[3441]   Bugingo, T. B. M. (1980) : Some dependency relations between verbs and nouns in Haya
[3442]   Bugingo, T. B. M. (1989) : The -an- morpheme in Swahili
[3542]   Bühlmann, P. Walbert (1950) : Die christliche Terminologie als Missions-methodisches Problem: dargestellt am Swahili und an andern Bantusprachen
[3543]   Bühlmann, P. Walbert (1953) : Principles of phonetic adaption in Swahili applied to Christian names
[3445]   Bujra, J. (1974) : Pumwani: language usage in an urban Muslim community
[3454]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Début de vocabulaire de dialecte de pentaan
[3455]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire: dialecte kinuni, parlé à bandundu
[3456]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire et début de vocabulaire de kisaghata
[3457]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1948) : Les recherches linguistiques au Congo Belge: résultats acquis, nouvelles enquêtes à entreprendre
[3461]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1949) : Manuel de linguistique bantoue
[3463]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1950) : Classification des groupes de langues en Afrique selon Westermann
[3464]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1951) : Cinquante ans de bantouistique dans l’école de C. Meinhof
[3465]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Langues bantou
[3470]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Les deux cartes linguistiques du Congo Belge
[3472]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van & Peter E. Hackett (1956) : Report of the eastern team: Oubangui to Great Lakes
[3467]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : International Bantu-Sudanese Team
[3468]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : Taalstudie op de Bantu-taalgrens, Juni 1949 - Jan. 1951 (International Bantu-Sudanese Team)
[3471]   Bulck, V. van (1954) : Orthographie des noms ethniques au Congo belge, suivi de la nomenclature des principales tribus et langues du Congo belge
[3473]   Bulkens, Annelies (19--) : Les réflexes du proto-bantou en nyamwezi (F22)
[3474]   Bulkens, Annelies (1999) : Linguistic indicators for the use of calabashes in the Bantu world
[3475]   Bulkens, Annelies (1999) : La reconstruction de quelques mots pour “mortier” en domaine bantou
[23611]   Bulkens, Annelies (1997) : Some nominal stems for ‘canoe’ in Bantu languages
[3476]   Bulley, M. W. (1925) : A manual of Nyanja, as spoken on the shores of Lake Nyasa, for the use of beginners
[3479]   Bunduki, K-Nzaaza (1975) : Essai de lexique linguistique français-ciluba
[3478]   Bunduki, P. (1965) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue pheende
[3483]   Burbridge, A. (1938) : The use of the ideophone
[3486]   Burger, J. P. (1960) : An English-Lozi vocabulary
[3488]   Burk, Ellen I. (1940) : A small handbook of the Kilega language
[3489]   Burke, S. J. (19--) : A spectographic study of some tonal pairs in Chichewa
[3502]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1936) : Het tshiluba en de phonologische ‘Africa’ spelling
[3504]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het luba: het ‘hoofdtelwoord’
[3505]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de copula di in het tshiLuba
[3506]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Het partikel -A in het tshiLuba
[3507]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het aanwijzend woord in het tshiLuba
[3508]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het substitutieve pronomen in het tshiLuba
[3509]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Linguistisch onderzoek in Centraal-Katanga: het kiLuba als toontaal
[3510]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Le tšílúbà, langue à intonation
[3511]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologische schets van het tshiluba (Kasayi, Belgisch Kongo)
[3512]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Le luba, langue à intonation, et le tambour-signal
[3513]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1946) : Manuel de tshiluba (Kasayi, Congo Belge)
[3514]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1950) : Vorm en tonen de infinitief in het amashi
[3515]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1952) : Le numéraux en amashi
[3516]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1953) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de possessief met nominale stam in het amashi
[3517]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1954) : Inleiding tot de studie van de Kongolese bantoetalen/Introduction à l’étude des langues bantoues du Congo Belge
[3519]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Die konnektieve konstruktie in het Swahili
[3520]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1971) : Die possessiefe konstruktie in het Swahili
[3521]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1972) : La notation des langues négro-africaines: signes typographiques à utiliser
[3503]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. & [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van Bulck (1937) : Accent in de kongoleesche talen
[3523]   Burssens, Nico (1991) : Noms des jumeaux dans la région de Bandundu
[3524]   Burssens, Nico (1993) : Lexique et texte wongo (Bandundu-Z)
[24414]   Burssens, Nico (1989) : Dictionnaire Français-Buma
[3526]   Burton, Michael & Lorraine Kirk (1976) : Semantic reality of Bantu noun classes: the Kikuyu case
[3527]   Burtt, B. D. (1936) : List of plant names in vernaculars
[3529]   Busse, Joseph (19--) : Nyakyusa manuscript dictionary
[3530]   Busse, Joseph (1940/41) : Lautlehre des Inamwanga
[3531]   Busse, Joseph (1943) : Lautlehre und Grammatik des Nyiha (Deutsch-Ostafrika)
[3532]   Busse, Joseph (1960) : Die Sprache der Nyiha in Ostafrika
[3535]   Butaye, [Révérend] [Père] Réne (19--) : Dictionnaire français-kikongo (ntandu) et kikongo-français
[3536]   Butaye, [Révérend] [Père] Réne & P. Meulenijzer (1927) : Dictionnaire de poche kikongo-français et français-kikongo (ntandu), avec notions de grammaire
[3544]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue ngwii
[3545]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1970) : Esquisse de grammaire de lingala
[3547]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1972) : J’apprend de lingala tout seul en trois mois
[3546]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1971) : Notes mbuum, non-publié
[3549]   Bwenge, Charles M. T. (1989) : Lexicographical treatment of affixational morphology: a case study of four Swahili dictionaries
[3550]   Byandala, G. (19--) : The Lusoga orthography
[3551]   Byandala, G. (1947) : The Lusoga language
[3553]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1975) : An examination of the segmental phonology of Haya
[3556]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1976) : Strategies in loan phonology
[3558]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1977) : On the phonological status of p/h and d/l
[3559]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1977) : Word list
[3554]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa & Sarah Tenenbaum (1976) : Agreement and word order: a case for pragmatics in Haya
[3557]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , Alessandro Duranti & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1977) : Haya grammatical structure: phonology, grammar, discourse
[3555]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , Larry Michael Hyman & Sarah Tenenbaum (1976) : Tone, accent and assertion in Haya
[3552]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , U. A. Turuka & Saida Yahya-Othman (1973) : Some notes on force and instrument in Swahili and Haya: a comparative survey
[3563]   Bynon, Theodora & Michael Mann (1973) : Papers on ‘Comparative Bantu’: an introduction
[23717]   Byrd, Steven (2005) : Calunga, an Afro-Brazilian speech of the Triângulo Mineiro: its grammar and history
[3567]   Cabral, António Augusto Pereira (1924) : Vocabulário português, shironga, shitsua, guitonga, shishope, shisena, shinhungue, shishuabo, kikua, shi-yao e kissuahili
[3568]   Cabral, António Augusto Pereira (1924/75) : Empréstimos linguísticos nas línguas moçambicanas
[3571]   Cabrera, Lydia (2001) : Vocabulario congo, el bantú que se habla en Cuba: español-congo y congo-español
[3576]   Cadiou, Yves (1983) : La structure du mot en kiyarwanda
[3577]   Cadiou, Yves (1985) : Sur un problème de syntaxe: la relation verbe-complément en kinyarwanda
[3578]   Cadiou, Yves (Ed) (1985) : Le kinyarwanda: études de morpho-syntaxe
[3580]   Cadwell, R. (1955) : Chinyanja simplified
[3581]   Caeneghame, R. van (1943) : Het prefix ka-tu in Luba
[3582]   Caeneghame, R. van (1946) : Het prefix ku
[3585]   Cahill, W. (1970) : Kamusi ya kwanza Kiswahili-Kiingereza
[3622]   Calley, S. (1964) : Dictionnaire fang-français suivi d’une grammaire fang
[3629]   Calonne-Beaufaict, A. de (19--) : Les Ababua
[3630]   Calteaux, K. V. (1987) : Die demonstratief in Noord-Sotho
[3631]   Calteaux, K. V. (1989) : Study guide for Ndonga I: phonetics and phonology
[23699]   Calteaux, Karen (1996) : Standard and non-standard African language varieties in the urban areas of South Africa
[3641]   Cameron, Barbara & Janet Kunkel (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Dhimba language
[3644]   Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Phonology and morphology of Ekegusii, a Bantu language of Kenya
[23577]   Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Igikuria phonology and morphology, a Bantu language of south-west Kenya and north-west Tanzania
[3642]   Cammenga, Jillert (1993) : Kuria vowel height and iterative local spreading
[3643]   Cammenga, Jillert (1994) : Kuria phonology and morphology
[3645]   Campbell, Alec C. (1972) : 100 Tswana proverbs
[3646]   Campbell, Alec C. & Robert Karl Hitchcock (1985) : Some Setswana names of woody plants
[3650]   Cancel, Robert (1986) : Broadcasting oral traditions: the ‘logic’ of narrative variants - the problem of the ‘message’
[3651]   Cancella, Luíz (1920) : Elementos para o estudo do Kimbundu
[3654]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1989) : Imisindo yesiZulu: a simple introduction to Zulu phonology
[3655]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3656]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3657]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : Subclasses of Zulu nouns
[3658]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : Xhosa and Zulu compared: a simple intrductin to Xhosa from a Zulu point of view
[3659]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3660]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1992) : Swati and Zulu compared: Swati from a Zulu point of view
[3661]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3662]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3663]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : The Nguni languages: a simple presentation and comparison of Zulu, Xhosa and Swati
[3664]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : Elements of Zulu morpho-syntax
[3670]   Cantrell, J. V. (1946) : Some aspects of Mpondo and its relation to Xhosa and Zulu
[3671]   Cantrell, J. V. (1967) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3672]   Cantrell, J. V. (1969) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3673]   Cantrell, J. V. (1972) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 1
[3674]   Cantrell, J. V. (1973) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 2
[3675]   Cantrell, J. V. (1974) : Some characteristics of Mpondo
[3676]   Cantrell, J. V. (1975) : The relationship between Mpondo and Xesibe dialects
[3685]   Capell, A. (1951) : Bantu and North Australian: a study in agglutination
[3711]   Capon, M. (1953) : Les noms vernaculaires des principales essences forestières à yangambi (chez les turumbu)
[3736]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre , Marcel Diki-Kidiri & others (Ed) (1982) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 4: l’expansion des langues Africaines: peul, sango, kikongo, ciluba, swahili
[22805]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1967) : “Ovatjimba” em Angola
[22806]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966) : “Olumbali” do distrito de Moçâmedes: achegas para o seu estudo
[22807]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966) : “Olumbali” do distrito de Moçâmedes: achegas para o seu estudo
[3764]   Carmichael, Lesley (1999) : The morphosyntactic structure of NPs in Ronga
[3785]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : Compte rendu: Working papers in Kiswahili
[3793]   Carpaneto, G. M. & F. P. Germi (1989) : The mammals in the zoological culture of the Mbuti pygmies in north-eastern Zaïre
[3794]   Carpenter, G. W. (1934) : The Kikongo language situation
[3802]   Carrington, John F. (1940) : The tonetics of the Lokele language
[3803]   Carrington, John F. (1942) : Coalescing and non-coalescing vowel roots in Lokele
[3804]   Carrington, John F. (1943) : The tonal structure of Kele (Lokele)
[3805]   Carrington, John F. (1944) : The drum language of the Lokele tribe
[3806]   Carrington, John F. (1947) : Notes sur la langue olombo (turumbu)
[3807]   Carrington, John F. (1947) : The iniatiation language: Lokeke tribe
[3808]   Carrington, John F. (1947) : Notes sur la langue Olombo
[3809]   Carrington, John F. (1947) : A comparative study of some central African gong-languages
[3812]   Carrington, John F. (1949) : A comparative study of some central African gong-languages
[3813]   Carrington, John F. (1954) : Lingala and tribal languages in the Belgian Congo
[3814]   Carrington, John F. (1959) : Notes on Dr Sim’s Yalulema vocabulary
[3815]   Carrington, John F. (1961) : An English-Lingala-French phrase book
[3816]   Carrington, John F. (1961) : Vocabulaire anglais-lingala-français
[3817]   Carrington, John F. (1972) : Coalescing and non-coalescing vowel roots in Lokele
[3818]   Carrington, John F. (1972) : Esquisse de grammaire lokele, non-publié
[3819]   Carrington, John F. (1976) : Wooden drums for inter-village telephony in central Africa
[3820]   Carrington, John F. (1977) : Esquisse morphologique de la langue likile (Haut-Zaïre)
[3827]   Carstens, Vicky May (1991) : The syntax and morphology of determiner phrases in Kiswahili
[3828]   Carstens, Vicky May (1993) : On nominal morphology and DP structure
[3829]   Carstens, Vicky May (1997) : Empty nouns in Bantu locatives
[3831]   Carstens, Vicky May (2005) : Agree and EPP in Bantu
[3830]   Carstens, Vicky May & Frederick Parkinson (Ed) (1999) : Advances in African linguistics: papers presented at the 28th annual conference on African linguistics, held July 18-22, 1977, Cornell University
[3832]   Carter, Hazel (19--) : An outline grammar of Tonga
[3833]   Carter, Hazel (19--) : Conversational Shona
[3834]   Carter, Hazel (1956) : Stabilization in the Manyika dialect of the Shona group
[3835]   Carter, Hazel (1962) : Notes on the tonal system of Northern Rhodesian Plateau Tonga
[3836]   Carter, Hazel (1963) : Coding, style and the initial vowel in Northern Plateau Tonga: a psycholinguistic study
[3837]   Carter, Hazel (1964) : Some problems of double prefix distribution in Northern Rhodesian Tonga
[3839]   Carter, Hazel (1970) : Consonant reinforcement and Kongo morphology
[3841]   Carter, Hazel (1971) : Morphotonology of Zambian Tonga: some developments of Meeussen’s system ; part 1
[3842]   Carter, Hazel (1972) : Morphotonology of Zambian Tonga: some developments of Meeussen’s system ; part 2
[3843]   Carter, Hazel (1973) : Syntax and tone in Kongo
[3844]   Carter, Hazel (1973) : Tonal data in ‘Comparative Bantu’
[3846]   Carter, Hazel (1974) : Negative structures in the tone-phrasing system of Kongo
[3847]   Carter, Hazel (1977) : Abstraction and precision in Kongo ethical terminology
[3848]   Carter, Hazel (1978) : Syntactic tone and Proto-Bantu
[3850]   Carter, Hazel (1980) : Consolidated Kongo-English vocabulary
[3851]   Carter, Hazel (1980) : The Kongo tonal system revisited
[3853]   Carter, Hazel (1984) : Geminates, nasals and sequence structure in Kongo
[3855]   Carter, Hazel (1987) : Kongo language course = Maloïngi makikongo: a course in the dialect of Zoombo, northern Angola
[25240]   Carter, Hazel (2002) : An Outline of Chitonga Grammar
[3845]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1973) : A second Shona reader
[3849]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1979) : Kuverenga chishóna: an introductory Shona reader with grammatical sketch
[3852]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1981) : Shona language course
[3854]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1986) : Kuverenga chishóna: an introductory Shona reader with grammatical sketch
[3840]   Carter, Hazel & João Makondekwa (1970) : Kongo course/Maloongi makikoongo (dialect of Zoombo, Angola)
[3870]   Casalis, [J.] Eugène (1930) : Sesuto and English exercises
[3872]   Casalis, [J.] Eugène (1938) : Sesuto and English exercises
[3869]   Casalis, A. (1925) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3871]   Casalis, A. (1937) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3873]   Casalis, A. (1945) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3874]   Casalis, A. (1955) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3875]   Casalis, A. (1972) : English-Sesuto vocabulary
[3876]   Casalis, A. (1989) : English Sotho vocabulary
[3877]   Cassels, D. A. (1984) : Vowel intrusion and change in Swahili words of Arabic origin
[3878]   Cassett, A. (192-) : Citonga grammar and vocabulary for use of settlers between Livingstone and Kafue
[3880]   Cassimjee, Farida (1983) : An autosegmental analysis of Venda nominal tonology
[3883]   Cassimjee, Farida (1986) : An autosegmental analysis of Venda tonology
[3885]   Cassimjee, Farida (1990) : OCP-effects in Venda tonology
[3886]   Cassimjee, Farida (1992) : Fundamental principles of Venda tonology
[3888]   Cassimjee, Farida (Ed) (1998) : Isixhosa tonology: an optimal domains theory analysis
[3881]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1984) : Downstep in Venda
[3882]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1985) : Three cases of downstep in Venda
[3884]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1989) : Shingazidja nominal accent
[3887]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1992) : The tonology of depressor consonants: evidence from Mijikenda and Nguni
[3889]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1998) : Optimal domains theory and Bantu tonology: a case study from Isixhosa and Shingazidja
[3890]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1999) : A conspiracy argument for optimality theory: Emakhuwa dialectology
[3891]   Cassimjee, Farida & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (2003) : Eerati tone: towards a tonal dialectology of Emakhuwa
[3895]   Castex, [Dr] (1938) : Vocabulaire comparé des principaux dialectes avant actuellement cours en Haut-Ogoué
[3896]   Castro, [Padre] Francisco Manuel de (1933) : Apontamentos sobre a língua èmakua: gramática, vocabulário, contos e dialecto de Angoche
[3897]   Castro, [Padre] Francisco Manuel de (1934) : Apontamentos da língua emacua
[3903]   Caumartin, P. B. (1---) : Runyoro grammar
[3907]   Cavicchioni, A. C. (1923) : Vocabulario Italiana-Swahili
[3910]   Cele, John F. (1973) : Nasi-ke isiZulu/So this is Zulu! A basic Zulu grammar suitable for higher primary and junior secondary pupils
[3912]   Centis, Gino (198-) : Dicionário macua-português
[3913]   Centis, Gino (1985) : Método macua
[3915]   Cernicenko, A. S. (1969) : Soglasovatel’nye modeli i sistema imenych klassov v jazyke Luganda [Congruence model and system of nominal classes in Luganda]
[3916]   Cernicenko, A. S. (1969) : Klassy v jazyke Luganda [Classes in the Luganda language]
[3949]   Césard, [Révérend] [Père] Edmond (1934) : Dictionnaire kihaya-français
[3948]   Ceyssens, Rik (1998) : Balungu: constructeurs et destructeurs de l’état en Afrique centrale
[3947]   Ceyssens, Rik & Jan van de Koppel (1972) : Les lubaphones nomment les oiseaux: essai de nomenclature de la faune ornitologique du Kasai Occidental (tshiluba, français, anglais, latin)
[3954]   Chafulumira, E. W. (1966) : Grammar wa Chinyanja
[3955]   Chagas, Jeremy E. (1976) : The tonal structure of Olusamia
[3956]   Chagas, Jeremy E. (1977) : The preprefix
[3973]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1986) : L’accentuation du verbal en shindzuani (anjouanais, Iles Comores)
[3975]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1992) : Lexique comorien (shindzuani)-français
[3976]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (199-) : Comorien
[3977]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1991) : Le shindzuani (Comores): phonologie, morphologie, lexique
[22454]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (199-) : Dictionnaire français-comorien
[3971]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed & Noël-Jacques Gueunier (1977) : Recherches sur l’instrumentalisation du comorien: les problèmes de graphie d’après la version comorienne de la loi du 23 novembre 1974
[3972]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed & Noël-Jacques Gueunier (1979) : Le dictionnaire comorien-français et comorien-français du R. P. Sacleux
[3974]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed , Michel Lafon & Jean-Luc Sibertin-Blanc (1988) : Projet d’orthographe pratique du comorien
[3982]   Chanakira, Elijah J. (196-) : Shona grammar for junior secondary schools
[3985]   Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1973) : Essai sur l’aspect phonétique des substantifs bemba d’origine anglaise
[3986]   Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1974) : Du proto-bantu au nkore
[3987]   Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1975) : Éléments de grammaire générative et transformationnelle de la langue nkore
[3983]   Chanda, Musamba V. (1986) : Notes on Wongo phonology and morphology
[3989]   Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1990) : Le syntagme nominal en comorien
[3990]   Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1991) : Les formes verbales fléchies du comorien
[3994]   Chaphole, S. R. (1988) : A study of the auxiliary in Sesotho
[3995]   Chaphole, S. R. (1992) : The tense system of Southern Sotho
[3996]   Chaphole, S. R. (1997) : New South Sotho dictionary
[4003]   Chatelain, Ch. W. (1923) : Pocket dictionary Thonga (Shangaan)-English, English-Thonga (Shangaan)
[4004]   Chatelain, Ch. W. (1933) : Pocket dictionary Thonga (Shangaan)-English, English-Thonga (Shangaan)
[4005]   Chatelain, Ch. W. (1952) : Pocket dictionary Tsonga-English, English-Tsonga
[4010]   Chauke, Osborn Risimati (2004) : The Xitsonga songs: a sociolinguistic study
[4011]   Chaula, Edigio Hangaika Yamligile (1989) : Aspects of Ki-Bena phonology: the case of Ki-Mavemba variety
[4012]   Chauma, Amos M. , Moira [Primula] [Frances] Chimombo & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1997) : Problems and prospects for the introduction of vernacular languages in primary education: the Malawi experience
[4013]   Chawner, C. A. (1938) : Step by step Thonga: a series of lessons in the Thonga language
[4015]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1991) : Étude contrastive des constructions verbales en tswana et en français
[4016]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1993) : A Kalanga summary grammar
[4017]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1994) : The history of the Kalanga alphabet
[4018]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1994) : Review of the tentative Kalanga sound system of the 1989 first Kalanga orthography conference
[4021]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1996) : Intersuffixing in Setswana
[4024]   Chebanne, Andy M. (2000) : The Sebirwa language: a synchronic and diachronic account
[4025]   Chebanne, Andy M. (2002) : Glides in Setswana
[23605]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1992) : The Setswana i(n) verbal prefix
[23606]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1993) : The imbrication of suffixes in Setswana
[4019]   Chebanne, Andy M. & Michael K. Rodewald (1994) : Kalanga tone and word division
[4020]   Chebanne, Andy M. , Michael K. Rodewald & Klaus W. Pahlen (1995) : Ngatikwaleni Ikalanga: a manual for writing Kalanga (as spoken in Botswana)
[4031]   Chelo, Lotsima (1973) : Phonologie et morphologie de la langue olombo (turumbu)
[4032]   Chen Su-I, & Gloria B. Malambe (1998) : Palatalization in SiSwati: an optimality theoretical approach
[4033]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1979) : Ikorovere Makua tonology ; part 1
[4034]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1980) : Ikorovere Makua tonology ; part 2
[4035]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1981) : High tone doubling in two Makua dialects
[4036]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1981) : Ikorovere Makua tonology ; part 3
[4037]   Cheng Chin-Chuan, & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1982) : Tone-bearing nasals in Makua
[4041]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1954) : The essentials of Luganda
[4042]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1959) : The essentials of Luganda
[4043]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1963) : The essentials of Luganda
[4044]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1967) : The essentials of Luganda
[25263]   Cheucle, Marion (2008) : Vers une description de la langue bekwel (A85b) du Gabon : approche synchronique, approche diachronique
[4058]   Chick, J. Keith (2002) : Intercultural miscommunication in South Africa
[4049]   Chick, J. Keith & M. Seneque (1987) : The role of the applied linguist in language planning: the medium of instruction problem in Kwazulu, Natal
[4059]   Chifundera, Kusamba & Ngandu-Myango Malasi (1989/90) : La connaissance des ophidiens dans le bulega (Kivu, est du Zaïre)
[4061]   Chikanza, Juliet (1986) : Borrowing on Shona
[4072]   Childs, George Tucker (1994) : The status of Isicamtho, an Nguni-based urban variety of Soweto
[4076]   Childs, George Tucker (1996) : Where have all the ideophones gone? The death of a word category in Zulu
[4077]   Childs, George Tucker (1997) : The status of Isicamtho, an Nguni-based urban variety of Soweto
[4079]   Childs, George Tucker (2004) : An introduction to African linguistics
[4062]   Childs, Gladwyn Murray (19--) : Lições de mbundu
[4081]   Chilipaine, Francis Aliponse (1992) : Expressions of tense and aspect in Chichewa
[4082]   Chilipaine, Francis Aliponse (1994) : Morpho-syntaxe contrastive du verbe français-chichewa (Malawi)
[4085]   Chimbutane, Feliciano S. , Alfredo Chamusso , Bento Sitoe , Gabriel Simbine , Jorge Maiela Gujamo & Karl Erland Gadelii (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Citshwa
[4086]   Chimbutane, Feliciano S. , Almeida Magaia , Bento Sitoe , Carlos Luís dos Santos Honwana , Gosnell L. Yorke , Samina Patel & Vieira Manala (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Xirhonga
[4084]   Chimbutane, Feliciano S. , Almeida Magaia , Bento Sitoe , Celeste Joaquim Matavele , Félix dos Santos Viana Khosa & Sozinho Francisco Matsinhe (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Xichangana
[4087]   Chimerah, Rocha (1998) : Kiswahili: past, present and future horizons
[4088]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1979) : Some problems relating to the incorporation of loanwords in the lexicon
[4089]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1983) : Adoption and adaption in Shona
[4090]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1987) : Pragmatic translation and language elaboration
[4091]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1992) : Standard Shona: myth and reality
[4093]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1992) : The vernacularization of African languages after independence
[4097]   Chimhundu, Herbert (1993) : The vernacularization of African languages after independence
[4092]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1992) : Report on the African Languages Lexicon Project (ALLEX): planning and training workshop, Harare, 21-25 September 1992
[4095]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1993) : The ALLEX project: first progress report
[4096]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1993) : Report on the second ALLEX project: planning and training workshop, Harare, 20-24 September, 1993
[4098]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1994) : The ALLEX project: second progress report (October 1993 - September 1994)
[4099]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1995) : Report on the third ALLEX project: planning and training workshop, Harare, 19-24 September, 1994
[4100]   Chimhundu, Herbert & others (Ed) (1996) : Duramazwi rechishona
[4102]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] (1987) : Early stages in the acquisition of Chichewa negation
[4105]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] (1994) : The language of politics in Malawi: influences on the Chichewa vocabulary of democracy
[4103]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1989) : Interaction of tone, syntax and semantics in the acquisition of Chichewa negation
[4107]   Chimuka, S. S. (1977) : Zambian languages: orthography approved by the Ministry of Education
[4116]   Chinjavata, James C. (1958) : Luvale note book
[4119]   Chiomio, Giovanni (1948) : L’articolo determinativo proclitico in alcune lingue e dialetti bantu
[4120]   Chisala, Laston (1954) : English-Bisa dictionary
[4127]   Chitiga, Miriam (1995) : Prizing Shona lightly
[4128]   Chitiga, Miriam (1996) : Behind the multilingual mask
[4129]   Chiwome, Emmanuel (1992) : Term creation: the case of Shona
[4131]   Chiwome, Emmanuel (1992) : The role of a language in translation in the development of literature: the case of Cishona
[4130]   Chiwome, Emmanuel & Juliet Thondhlana (1992) : Sociolinguistics and education: a survey concerning attitudes on the teaching of Shona through the media of Shona and English
[4136]   Chokoe, Sekgaila (2001) : The quest for meaning: the role of meaning dominance in Northern Sotho ambiguity
[4138]   Chomba, D. S. (1975) : The verbal morphology of Pimbwe
[4142]   Christeller, Suzanne (1960) : English-Sotho, Sotho-English pocket dictionary
[4143]   Christeller, Suzanne (1961) : English-Sotho, Sotho-English pocket dictionary
[23126]   Christensen, Dag H. (1978) : Afrika: språk
[4144]   Christensen, James Boyd (1963) : Utani: joking, sexual license and social obligations among the Luguru
[4145]   Christensen, James Boyd (1983) : Luguru verbal art
[4149]   Christie, J. J. (1970) : Locative, possessive and existential in Swahili
[4155]   Chum, Haji (1994) : Msamiati wa pekee wa Kikae/Kae specific vocabulary
[4154]   Chum, Haji & H. E. Lambert (1962/63) : A vocabulary of the Kikae dialect
[4171]   Churma, Donald G. (1988) : In defense of morpheme structure rules: evidence from vowel harmony
[4173]   Chuwa, A. R. (1988) : Foreign loan words in Kiswahili
[4174]   Chuwa, A. R. (Ed) (2001) : Junior English-Swahili dictionary
[4175]   Cichon, Peter (Ed) (1996) : Das sprachliche Erbe des Kolonialismus in Afrika und Lateinamerika: Bestandsaufnahme und Perspektiven aus romanistischer Sicht
[4181]   Claessen, A. (1985) : An investigation into the patterns of non-verbal communication behaviour related to conversational interaction between mother tongue speakers of Swahili
[4193]   Clark, Mary Morris (1988) : An accentual analysis of the Zulu noun
[23593]   Clark, Raymond C. & Ann Katherine Hawkinson (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: teacher’s handbook
[23586]   Clark, Raymond C. & David B. Hopkins (1979) : Setswana: teacher’s handbook
[4201]   Clarke, P. H. C. (1962) : A note on school slang
[4211]   Claudi, Ulrike (1997) : Some thoughts on the origin of gender marking (or, Wings were not developed for flying)
[4212]   Claughton, John S. (1983) : The tones of Xhosa inflections
[4213]   Claughton, John S. (1992) : The tonology of Xhosa
[4217]   Cleire, R. (1941) : Le sens des préfixes nominaux en mashi
[4218]   Cleire, R. (1942) : Talen rond het Kivu-Meer
[4219]   Cleire, R. (1955) : Grammaire mashi
[4224]   Clements, George N. (1978) : Syllable and mora in Luganda
[4227]   Clements, George N. (1981) : An outline of Luganda syllable structure
[4230]   Clements, George N. (1984) : Binding domains in Kikuyu
[4231]   Clements, George N. (1984) : Principles of tone assignement in Kikuyu
[4233]   Clements, George N. (1986) : Compensatory lengthening and consonant gemination in Luganda
[4236]   Clements, George N. (1991) : Vowel height assimilation in Bantu languages
[4237]   Clements, George N. (1992) : Vowel height assimilation in Bantu languages
[4238]   Clements, George N. (1993) : Un modèle hiérarchique de l’aperture vocalique: le cas bantou
[4228]   Clements, George N. & John Anton Goldsmith (Ed) (1984) : Autosegmental studies in Bantu tone
[4225]   Clements, George N. & Kevin C. Ford (1979) : Kikuyu tone shift and its synchronic consequences
[14068]   Clements, George N. & Kevin C. Ford (1977) : On the phonological status of downstep in Kikuyu
[4240]   Clements, Nick (2000) : Phonology
[4241]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1920) : Supplément à la grammaire pratique de la langue luba
[4244]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1925) : Le verbe en langue luba
[4245]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1929) : Nouvelle grammaire luba
[4246]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1931) : Rytme et parallélisme en langue luba
[4247]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1934/35) : Lubataal-Studie ; deele 1-3
[4248]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1935/36) : Lubataal-Studie ; deel 4
[4249]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1936) : Dictionnaire luba, I: luba-français
[4250]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1936) : Dictionnaire luba: luba-français, français-luba
[4251]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1937) : Dictionnaire luba, II: français-luba
[4254]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1960) : Dictionnaire tshilubà-français
[4252]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de & Amaat F. S. Burssens (1946/47) : Langage luba
[4253]   Clercq, J. C. de (1958) : Die kopulatief of nie-verbale predikaat in Nguni en Sotho: met besondere verwysing na Zulu en Suid-Sotho
[4255]   Clercq, J. C. de (1961) : Verledetyd, subjunktief en konsekutief in Zoeloe
[4256]   Clercq, J. C. de (1968) : Die fonologie van die woordgroep en die sin in Zoeloe
[4242]   Clercq, L. de (1921) : Grammaire du kiyombe
[4243]   Clercq, L. de (1921) : Le verbe kikongo
[4267]   Cloarec-Heiss, France & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1978) : L’aka, langue bantoue des pygmées de Mongoumba (Centrafrique). Introduction à l’étude linguistique: phonologie
[4277]   Closs Traugott, Elizabeth (1967) : Some copula constructions in Swahili
[4278]   Closs Traugott, Elizabeth , Ali Kondo & Salma Mbaye (1967) : Some copula patterns in standard Swahili
[4285]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1990) : Bibliography: the codification and elaboration of Namibian languages
[4286]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1991) : Languages in contact and conflict in Africa: an ethnolinguistic survey of the languages of Namibia
[4297]   Cobb, Margaret (1995) : Vowel harmony in Zulu and Basque: the interaction of licensing constraints, h-licensing and constituent structure
[25385]   Cocchi, Gloria (2008) : Verbal Extensions in Tshiluba
[4302]   Coertze, Pieter Johannes (1936) : Die betekenis en funksie van die voorvoegsel van die sewende klas van selfstandige naamwoorde in die Sotho-Tswana groep van bantoetale
[4303]   Coetser, Attie (1999) : Die invloed van Afrikaans op Phuti
[4309]   Coetzee, C. G. & A. Christel Stern (1985) : Die beleid wat gevolg is by amptelike pleknaamgewing in Duits-Suidwes-Afrika
[4352]   Cohen, David , Marie-Claude Simeone-Senelle & Martine Vanhove (2002) : The grammaticalization of “say” and “do”: an areal phenomenon in East Africa
[4353]   Coillie, G. van (1948) : Korte Mbagani-spraakkunst de taal van de “Babindji” ; deel 1
[4354]   Coillie, G. van (1949) : Korte Mbagani-spraakkunst de taal van de “Babindji” ; deel 2
[4359]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1949) : Notes on the phonological relationships of Tswana vowels
[4360]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1949) : South Africans are taking more and more interest in Bantu languages
[4361]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1951) : Classified catalogue of Bantu languages
[4362]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1952) : Introductory notes on the Tswana language
[4363]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1953) : Fanagalo en die Bantoe-tale van Suid-Afrika
[4364]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1953) : Fanagalo and the Bantu languages in South Africa
[4365]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : Notes on Mokwena
[4366]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : An introduction to Tswana grammar
[4367]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955/75) : An introduction to Tswana grammar
[4368]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1957) : Bantu linguistic studies in South Africa
[4369]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1959) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[4370]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1959) : Doke’s classification of Bantu languages
[4372]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1960) : African linguistic studies, 1943-1960
[4373]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1961) : Doke’s classification of Bantu languages
[4374]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1961) : African linguistic studies, 1943-1960
[4377]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1964) : Fanagalo and the Bantu languages of South Africa
[4378]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1964) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4379]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1965) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4380]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1967) : The prefix of Bantu noun class 10
[4381]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1967) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4382]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1969) : Tonal morphology in Tswana
[4383]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1969) : Bantu linguistic studies in South Africa
[4384]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1971) : Fredoux’s sketch of Tswana grammar
[4385]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1971) : The history of Bantu linguistics to 1945
[4388]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1990) : Old Tswana and New Latin
[4389]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1991) : Old Tswana and New Latin
[4390]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1995) : Setswana - animals and plants (Setswana - ditshedi le dithlare)
[4371]   Cole, Desmond Thorne & Dingaan Mpho Mokaila (1960) : Tswana vocabulary list
[4375]   Cole, Desmond Thorne & Dingaan Mpho Mokaila (1962) : A course in Tswana
[4398]   Collard, H. J. (1920) : Petite grammaire du lala-lamba, tel qu’il se parle de Sakania à Elisabethville
[4399]   Colldén, D. & Lisa Colldén (197-) : Kisakata, grammatik
[4400]   Colldén, D. & Lisa Colldén (197-) : Ordbok kisakata-svenska, svenska-kisakata
[4402]   Colle, P. (1928) : Inleiding tot de Samenspraak in de Swahilische taal, voorafgegaan door een korten inhoud der Swahilische spraakleer
[23315]   Collinge, N. E. (1985) : Appendix IV: Dahl’s Law in Bantu
[4408]   Collins, B. (1958) : Elementary Tonga grammar with exercises and key
[4409]   Collins, B. (1958) : Tonga-English vocabulary
[4410]   Collins, B. (1962) : Tonga grammar
[4436]   Comaroff, John L. (1975) : Talking politics: oratory and authority in a Tswana chiefdom
[4441]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1977) : Afrikaanse persoonsnaamskunde as studiegebied
[4447]   Conceição, Manuel da & Susan McBurney (1999) : A brief look at the sociolinguistics of Ronga and other languages spoken in Mozambique
[4456]   Connell, Bruce A. (Ed) (1997) : Mòkpè (Bakweri) - English dictionary
[4470]   Connelly, Michael J. (1984) : Basotho children’s acquisition of noun morphology
[4471]   Connelly, Michael J. (1987) : Basotho children’s early development of speech
[24660]   Contini-Morava, Ellen (2008) : Human relationship terms, discourse prominence, and asymmetrical animacy in Swahili
[4487]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1974) : Semantics of the Swahili locative system
[4488]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1976) : Statistical demonstration of a meaning: the Swahili locatives in existential assertions
[4489]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1977) : What is a “negative equivalent”? Data from the Swahili tenses
[4490]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1983) : Tense and non-tense in Swahili grammar: semantic asymmetry between affirmative and negative
[4491]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1983) : Relative sense in discourse: the inference of time orientation in Swahili
[4492]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1989) : Discourse pragmatics and semantic categorization: the case of negation and tense-aspect with special reference to Swahili
[4493]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1991) : Negation, probability and temporal boundedness: discourse functions of negative tenses in Swahili narrative
[4494]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1996) : ‘Things’ in a noun class language: semantic functions of agreement in Swahili
[4495]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1997) : Noun classification in Swahili: a cognitive-semantic analysis using a computer database
[4496]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1997) : Swahili phonology
[4497]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (2000) : Noun class as number in Swahili
[22636]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (2002) : (What) do noun class markers mean?
[4498]   Cook, Albert R. (1921) : A medical vocabulary in Luganda
[4516]   Cooper, Paul V. & Oliver Rice (1965) : Tumbuka basic course: lessons 1-30 with pre-recorded tapes
[4519]   Cooper, Robin (1974) : Some problems for a higher clause
[4520]   Cooper, Robin (1976) : Lexical and nonlexical causatives in Bantu
[4532]   Cope, Anthony T. (1956) : An investigation into the tonal system of Zulu, with special reference to nouns
[4533]   Cope, Anthony T. (1957) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[4534]   Cope, Anthony T. (1959) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[4535]   Cope, Anthony T. (1959/60) : Zulu tonology
[4536]   Cope, Anthony T. (1963) : Nomino-verbal constructions in Zulu
[4537]   Cope, Anthony T. (1966) : Zulu phonology, tonology and tonal grammar
[4538]   Cope, Anthony T. (1970) : Zulu tonal morphology
[4539]   Cope, Anthony T. (1971) : A consolidated classification of the Bantu languages
[4540]   Cope, Anthony T. (1982) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4541]   Cope, Anthony T. (1983) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4542]   Cope, Anthony T. (1984) : An outline of Zulu grammar
[4543]   Cope, Anthony T. (1984) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4544]   Copland, B. D. (1934) : Some Swahili nautical terms
[4546]   Corbett, Greville G. & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1987) : Gender agreement in Chichewa
[4550]   Cordell, E. A. (1963) : Course in Shona
[4549]   Cordell, O. T. (1941) : Gogo grammar, exercises, etc.
[4551]   Cordemans, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire “basakata”, non-publié
[4552]   Cordemans, A.-T. (19--) : Vocabulaire “bobaie”/mushie, non-publié
[4555]   Cork, [Miss] (1---) : Manuscript work on Ngombe
[4569]   Corum, Claudia (1991) : An introduction to the siSwati language: lessons and glossary
[23691]   Corum, Claudia (1980) : SiSwati special skills handbook
[23685]   Corum, Claudia & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1980) : SiSwati communication and culture handbook
[4570]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Essay in etymological derivations
[4571]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Sukuma family relationship terms
[4572]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Sukuma place names
[4573]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : The Zigula verb
[4574]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Luguru check-list of trees etc.: native names - botanical names
[4575]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Native plant names
[4576]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Vocabulary of English words translated into Kiswahili and Kinguu
[4577]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Upublished English-Haya vocabulary
[4578]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Etymology of Nyamwezi personal names
[4579]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Sukuma-Nyamwezi language group
[4580]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Unpublished/incomplete Haya-English glossaries
[4581]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Plant names in Sukuma, Nyamwezi, Nyiramba, Nyaturu, Taturu, Gogo, Masai, Shambala, Swahili, Nyambo, Luguru, and their use
[4582]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : Species [of trees and shrubs with] Wasukuma names
[4583]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (1939) : Glossary of Haya medical terms, Bukoba 1939: English-Haya & Kihaya-English
[4584]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (1951) : Place names in the Lake Province
[4591]   Coupez, André (1954) : Études sur la langue luba
[4592]   Coupez, André (1954) : Les phonèmes bantous g et j non précédés de nasale
[4593]   Coupez, André (1955) : Esquisse de la langue holoholo
[4594]   Coupez, André (1956) : Application de la lexicostatistique au mongo et au rwanda
[4598]   Coupez, André (1961) : Grammaire rwanda simplifiée
[4600]   Coupez, André (1967) : Notes rwanda
[4601]   Coupez, André (1968) : Fichier du dictionnaire rwanda
[4602]   Coupez, André (1969) : Une leçon de linguistique
[4603]   Coupez, André (1970) : Notes sanga, non-publié
[4605]   Coupez, André (1975) : La variabilité lexicale en bantou
[4606]   Coupez, André (1977) : Note sur la morphèmes prédicatifs en protobantou
[4607]   Coupez, André (1978) : Manuel de grammaire rwanda
[4608]   Coupez, André (1978) : Langues bantoues
[4609]   Coupez, André (1978) : Linguistic taboo concerning cattle among the interlacustrine Bantu
[4610]   Coupez, André (1980) : Abrégé de grammaire rwanda
[4611]   Coupez, André (1980) : Traces de dix voyelles en protobantou
[4612]   Coupez, André (1980) : L’expressivité dans la reconstruction du proto-bantou
[4613]   Coupez, André (1980) : Le lexique proto-bantou: acquis et perspectives
[4614]   Coupez, André (1980) : Aspects de la phonologie historique rwanda
[4615]   Coupez, André (1983) : Le rwandais, langue piégée
[4616]   Coupez, André (1983) : La tonalité du proto-bantou
[4617]   Coupez, André (1984) : Substantif, adjectif et mixte trois types de noms en rwanda (Bantou J61)
[4618]   Coupez, André (1985) : La dérivation verbale en rwanda (bantou J.61)
[4619]   Coupez, André (1987) : Lexicostatistique bantu: etat de la question
[4620]   Coupez, André (1987) : Traces d’harmonie vocalique à croisement de hauteur en nande (bantou D42)
[4622]   Coupez, André (1997) : Les variantes du suffixe causatif en rwanda
[4597]   Coupez, André & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1961) : Notation pratique de la quantité et de la tonalité en rundi en rwanda
[4621]   Coupez, André & Simon Bizimana (1988) : Les évitements verbaux en rwanda
[4595]   Coupez, André & Thomas Kamanzi (1957) : Rhytmes quantitatifs en poésie rwaanda
[4596]   Coupez, André & Thomas Kamanzi (1959) : Quelques noms géographiques rwanda
[4604]   Coupez, André , E. Evrard & Jan Vansina (1975) : Classification d’un énchantillon de langues bantoues d’apres la lexicostatistique
[4599]   Coupez, André , Thomas Kamanzi & Firmin M. Rodegem (1961) : Méthode rwanda à l’usage des européens
[23220]   Coupez, André , Thomas Kamanzi , Simon Bizimana , G. Sematama , G. Rwabukumba & Charles Ntazinda (2005) : Dictionnaire rwanda-français et français-rwanda/Inkoranya y’ikinyarwaanda mu kinyarwaanda nó mu gifaraansá
[4623]   Coupez, André , Yvonne [Angenot] Bastin & Kankawa Evariste Mumba (1998) : Reconstructions lexicales bantoues 2/Bantu lexical reconstructions 2
[25123]   Courboin, Albert (1908) : ‘Bangala?, langue commerciale du haute-Congo: éléments et manuel de conversation; lexique
[4624]   Courtecuisse, Regis (1995) : Taxonomy of some fungi used by the Songola people (Zaire)
[4645]   Cox, Elizabeth E. (1969) : Dictionary: Kirundi-English, English-Kirundi
[4646]   Cox, Elizabeth E. (1970) : Kirundi grammar
[4651]   Crabb, David Wendell (1962) : Nasals and nasalized roots in proto-Southwest Bantu
[4656]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1921) : A manual of Lu-Ganda
[4657]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1922) : Primitive speech. Part I: a study in African phonetics
[4658]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1922) : Primitive speech
[4659]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1923) : Elements of Luganda grammar, together with exercises and vocabulary
[4660]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1925) : The origin of the Bahima: supplementary note
[4661]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1927) : Consonant change in Bantu speech
[4662]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1931) : The N sound in Lu-Ganda
[4663]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1931) : Kavirondo - Correspondence to the editor
[25437]   Crane, Thera M. , Larry M. Hyman & Simon Nsielanga Tukumu (2011) : A Grammar of Nzadi [B865] : A Bantu Language of Democratic Republic of Congo
[4684]   Creider, Chet A. (1973) : Systems of conversational interaction: a study of three East African tribes
[4685]   Creider, Chet A. (1975) : The semantic system of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[4699]   Creider, Chet A. (1986) : Interlanguage comparisons in the study of the interactional use of gesture: progress and prospects
[4686]   Creider, Chet A. & J. Peter Denny (1975) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[4724]   Creissels, Denis (1994) : La tonalité des finales verbales et la distinction entre formes verbales conjointes et formes verbales disjointes en tswana
[4725]   Creissels, Denis (1995) : Lexique tswana-français
[4726]   Creissels, Denis (1996) : Conjunctive and disjunctive verb forms in Setswana
[4729]   Creissels, Denis (1998) : Expansion and retraction of H domains in Setswana
[4730]   Creissels, Denis (1998) : Auxiliaries et auxiliarisation: l’exemple du tswana
[4732]   Creissels, Denis (1999) : Remarks on the sound correspondences between Proto-Bantu and Tswana (S.31), with particular attention to problems involving *j (or *y), *i and sequences *NC
[4733]   Creissels, Denis (1999) : The role of tone in teh conjugation of Setswana
[4734]   Creissels, Denis (1999) : Bimoriac syllables in a language without length contrast and without consonants in coda position: the case of Siswati
[4735]   Creissels, Denis (2000) : Typology
[4736]   Creissels, Denis (2000) : A domain-based approach to Setswana tones
[4738]   Creissels, Denis (2002) : Valence verbale et voix en tswana
[22677]   Creissels, Denis (2001) : Setswana ideophones, whither hence? The need for a social theory of ideophones
[23241]   Creissels, Denis (2005) : L’émergence de systèmes à neuf voyelles en bantou S30
[4737]   Creissels, Denis & Andy M. Chebanne (2000) : Dictionnaire français-setswana, setswana-français
[4731]   Creissels, Denis & Stéphane Robert (1998) : Morphologie verbale et organisation discursive de l?énoncé : l?exemple du tswana et du wolof
[4727]   Creissels, Denis , Andy M. Chebanne & H. W. Nkhwa (1997) : Tonal morphology of the Setswana verb
[4739]   Crema [Chogatambule], Egidio (1987) : Sarufi ya lugha ya Kihehe [Grammar of the Hehe language]
[4745]   Cribb, P. J. & G. P. Leedal (1982) : The mountain flowers of southern Tanzania: a field guide to the common flowers
[4748]   Criper, Clive & Peter Ladefoged (1971) : Linguistic complexity in Uganda
[4751]   Cripps, A. S. (1934) : Language-making in Mashonaland
[4754]   Crisp, William (1924) : Notes towards a Secoana grammar with a series of exercises
[4755]   Cristini, Giovanni (2000) : Nouvelle grammaire kirundi/Indimburo y-ikirundi
[4756]   Cronjé, A. P. J. (1955) : Die Sotho-tale in die Bantu-lokasie van Pretoria: ’n studie van fonologiese aanpassing
[4760]   Crosby, J. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Ncheu
[4757]   Crosby, Oscar T. (1931) : Notes on Bushmen and Ovambo in South West Africa
[4761]   Cross-Upcott, A. R. W. (19--) : A comparative word-list of Ngindo dialects
[4767]   Crozon, Ariel (1992) : Parlons swahili: langue et culture
[4781]   Cuénod, R. (1967) : Tsonga-English dictionary
[4782]   Cullen, Wendy Ruth (1999) : Tense and aspect in Lubwisi narrative discourse
[25153]   Cumbane, Rui Marcelino Matsimbe (2009) : Introducing Double Object Construction in Xitshwa and in Portuguese as Second Language
[4845]   Daeleman, Jan (1956) : Vergelijkende studie van enkele noordwestelijke bantoetalen
[4846]   Daeleman, Jan (1958) : Dag- en jaarverdeling bij de Bakoongo
[4847]   Daeleman, Jan (1959) : Verkorting en “viermoren-wet” in het Kikoongo
[4848]   Daeleman, Jan (1961) : Kiholu (notes provisoires)
[4849]   Daeleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamwoord en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu) met ontleding van het foneemsystem
[4850]   Daeleman, Jan (1971) : Kongo words in Saramacca Tongo
[4851]   Daeleman, Jan (1972) : Kongo elements in Saramaccan Tongo
[4852]   Daeleman, Jan (1977) : A comparison of some zone B languages in Bantu
[4853]   Daeleman, Jan (1980) : Fréquence des préfixes dans les anthroponymes et des toponymes bantu
[4854]   Daeleman, Jan (1980) : Les étymologies africaines du FEW
[4856]   Daeleman, Jan (1982) : Durée consonantique en tetela
[4859]   Daeleman, Jan (1983) : Les réflexes du proto-bantu en ntandu (dialecte koongo)
[4860]   Daeleman, Jan (1983) : Tone-groups and tone-cases in a Bantu tone-language
[4861]   Daeleman, Jan (2004) : Notes grammaticales et lexique du kiholu
[4857]   Daeleman, Jan & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1983) : The tonology of the noun in Kongo (Ntandu)
[4858]   Daeleman, Jan & J. L. Pauwels (1983) : Notes d’ethnobotanique ntandu (Kongo). Principales plantes de la région de Kisaantu: nomes ntandu et noms scientifique
[4871]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1954) : Le substrat bantou en malgache
[4875]   Dahl, Otto Christian (1989) : Bantu substratum in Malagasy
[4900]   Dalby, David (1970) : Reflections on the classification of African languages, with special reference to the work of Sigismund Wilhelm Koelle and Malcolm Guthrie
[4905]   Dalby, David (1972) : The African element in American English
[4906]   Dalby, David (1975) : The prehistorical implications of Guthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’. Part 1: problems of internal relationship
[4907]   Dalby, David (1976) : The prehistorical implications of Guthrie’s ‘Comparative Bantu’. Part 2: interpretation of cultural vocabulary
[4913]   Dalby, David (2000) : “Inner”-Bantu
[23730]   Dalby, David (1964) : Provisional identification of languages in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[4914]   Dale, Desmond (1968) : Shona companion
[4915]   Dale, Desmond (1972) : Shona companion
[4916]   Dale, Desmond (1975) : A basic English-Shona dictionary
[4917]   Dale, Desmond (1981) : Shona mini companion: a guide to beginners
[4918]   Dale, Desmond (1981) : Duramazwi: a basic Shona-English dictionary
[4920]   Daleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamword en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu)
[4922]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1974) : Arguments for a unified treatment of y-initial and vowel-initial roots in Olutsootso
[4923]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1975) : Nasal interactions and Bantu vowel-initial roots: the morphological or phonological solution?
[4924]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1975) : The diachronic development of nasal deletion in OluTsootso
[4925]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1975) : On underlying and superficial constraints in OluTsootso
[4926]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : The morphophonemics of the OluTsootso dialect of (Olu)Luyia: issues and implications
[4927]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Passivizing locatives in OluTsootso
[4928]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Locative NPs, locative suffixes and grammatical relations
[4930]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Towards an explanation of diachronic and synchronic exceptions on OluTsootso and Kyamutwara (Haya)
[4931]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Past tense formation on (Oru)Haya
[4935]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1978) : The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Ki Vunjo (Chaga)
[4937]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1979) : The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Kivunjo (Chaga)
[4939]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1986) : /-a/ reduction phenomena in Luyia
[4929]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew & Gloria Sheintuch (1976) : On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations
[4932]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew & Gloria Sheintuch (1977) : On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations
[4940]   Dalle, Emile-Lesage (1981) : Origine ethnique et attitude à l’égard de l’enseignement de la langue Duala
[4943]   Dalrymple, Mary , Sam A. Mchombo & Stanley Peters (1994) : Semantic similarities and syntactic contrasts between Chichewa and English reciprocals
[4945]   Dalvit, Lorenzo (2004) : Attitudes of isiXhosa-speaking students at the University of Fort Hare towards the use of isiXhosa as a language of learning and teaching (LOLT)
[4946]   Dalvit, Lorenzo & Vivian de Klerk (2005) : Attitudes of Xhosa-speaking students at the University of Fort Hare towards the use of Xhosa as a language of learning and teaching (LOLT)
[4947]   Dames, J. J. (1967) : Ekegusii spelling
[4948]   Dammann, Ernst (1934/35) : Zur Kenntnis der Zaramo
[4950]   Dammann, Ernst (1950/51) : Das Demonstrativ in Bantu-Sprachen
[4951]   Dammann, Ernst (1951/52) : Die Präformativa der Demonstrativpronomina in den Bantusprachen
[4952]   Dammann, Ernst (1952) : Zur Bedeutung der Demonstrativa in Bantu-Sprachen
[4953]   Dammann, Ernst (1952/53) : Die Suffixe der Demonstrativa in Bantusprachen
[4954]   Dammann, Ernst (1953) : Phasen in der Erforschung der Bantusprachen
[4955]   Dammann, Ernst (1954) : Reziprok und Assoziativ in Bantusprachen
[4956]   Dammann, Ernst (1954/56) : Verwendung und Bedeutung von B. gi
[4957]   Dammann, Ernst (1956) : Das situative Formans ki in einigen Bantusprachen
[4958]   Dammann, Ernst (1956/57) : Die Sprache als Ausdruck des Denkens, erläutert an südwestafrikanischen Sprachen
[4959]   Dammann, Ernst (1957) : Stimmlose Nasale im Ndonga
[4960]   Dammann, Ernst (1957) : Studien zum Kwangali: Grammatik, Texte, Glossar
[4961]   Dammann, Ernst (1957/58) : Stimmlose Nasale im Kwangali
[4962]   Dammann, Ernst (1958/59) : Die sogenannten Kausativa auf -eka in Bantusprachen
[4963]   Dammann, Ernst (1959) : Inversiva und Repetitiva in Bantusprachen
[4966]   Dammann, Ernst (1961) : Das Applikativum in den Bantusprachen
[4967]   Dammann, Ernst (1962) : Erwägungen zur Bezeichnung des höchsten Wesens in einigen Bantusprachen
[4968]   Dammann, Ernst (1962/63) : Kontaktiva in Bantusprachen
[4969]   Dammann, Ernst (1962/63) : Zur Kenntnis des Kwambi
[4970]   Dammann, Ernst (1963/64) : Tierbezeichungen in der 3/4 Nominalklasse der Bantusprachen
[4971]   Dammann, Ernst (1966) : Das Determinativum im Swahili
[4972]   Dammann, Ernst (1967) : Der ‘inhumane Akkusativ’ und das Applikativum der Bantusprachen
[4974]   Dammann, Ernst (1969) : Der sog. Artikel im Zaramo
[4976]   Dammann, Ernst (1970) : Die Entwicklung des Suaheli zu einer modernen Sprache
[4977]   Dammann, Ernst (1970) : Zur Geschichte der deutschen Bantuistik
[4978]   Dammann, Ernst (1970) : Urbantu lîmu “Geist” und seine Derivate
[4979]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Deutsche Missionare als Erforscher der Sprachen im südlichen Afrika
[4980]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Zur sogenannten freien Nasalierung in Bantusprachen
[4981]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Suaheli als Verkehrssprache
[4982]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Vom Satz zum Wort in Bantusprachen
[4983]   Dammann, Ernst (1971/72) : Die Meinhofsche Gesetz
[4984]   Dammann, Ernst (1972) : Die religiöse Bedeutung des Bantuwortstammes -lungu
[4986]   Dammann, Ernst (1977) : Bantu thinking as reflected in their languages
[4987]   Dammann, Ernst (1977) : Das ‘-o of reference’ in Bantusprachen
[4988]   Dammann, Ernst (1977) : Some problems of the translation of the Bible into African languages
[4989]   Dammann, Ernst (1978) : Das Futurum in einigen Bantusprachen
[4991]   Dammann, Ernst (1983) : Extensiva in Bantusprachen
[4992]   Dammann, Ernst (1992) : Baraloni als Name für Lamu
[4993]   Dammann, Ernst (1996) : Einigs über omitandu
[4964]   Dammann, Ernst & Toivo Emil Tirronen (196-) : Sprichwörter
[5009]   Dauer, Sheila A. (1977) : Greetings
[5010]   Dauer, Sheila A. (1984) : Haya greetings: the negotiation of relative status
[5011]   Davey, Anthony S. (1965) : Morphology of the substantive in Subiya
[5012]   Davey, Anthony S. (1973) : The moods and tenses of the verb in Xhosa
[5014]   Davey, Anthony S. (1984) : Adjectives and relatives in Zulu
[5015]   Davey, Anthony S. (1988) : The tone of the past subjunctive negative in Zulu
[5017]   Davey, Anthony S. & Adrian Koopman (2000) : Adulphe Delegorgue’s ‘Vocabulaire de la langue zoulouse’
[5016]   Davey, Lydia & Christo van Rensburg (1993) : Afrikaans: sy ondergang in Tlhabane
[5021]   Davidson, J. (19--) : Dictionnaire ngombe, non-publié
[5022]   Davidson, J. (1939) : La langue lingombe
[5023]   Davidson, J. (1953) : Les verbs défectives dans la langue ngombe
[5029]   Davies, Ian R. L. & Greville G. Corbett (1994) : A statistical approach to determining basic color terms: an account of Xhosa
[5030]   Davies, Ian R. L. & Greville G. Corbett (1997) : Colour categorization in African languages: a test of the Berlin & Kay theory of colour universals
[5027]   Davies, Ian R. L. , C. MacDermid , Greville G. Corbett , H. McCurk , D. Jerrett , T. Jerrett & P. Sowden (1992) : Color terms in Setswana: a linguistic and perceptual approach
[5028]   Davies, Ian R. L. , Christina Davies & Greville G. Corbett (1994) : The basic colour terms of Ndebele
[5031]   Davies, William D. (1997) : Relational succession in Kinyarwanda possessorm ascension
[23419]   Davies, William D. (1994) : Resuscitating the relational succession law in Kinyarwanda
[5033]   Davis, Margaret Beatrice (1938) : A Lunyoro-Lunyankole-English and English-Lunyoro-Lunyankole dictionary
[5034]   Davis, Margaret Beatrice (1952) : A Lunyoro-Lunyankole-English and English-Lunyoro-Lunyankole dictionary
[5036]   Davy, James I. M. & Derek Nurse (1982) : Synchronic versions of Dahl’s law: the multiple applications of a phonological dissimilation rule
[24777]   De Cat, Cécile & Katherine Demuth (2008) : The Bantu-Romance Connection; A comparative investigation of verbal agreement, DPs, and information structure
[25259]   De Grauwe, Jan (2009) : Lexique yoómbe-français, avec index français-yoómbe (bantu H16c)
[5046]   Deboudaud, J. & Chombart de Lauwe (1939) : Carte schématique des populations du Cameroun
[5048]   Decapmaker, J. (1954) : L’emploi du passif dans le langage des Bakongo
[5051]   Deed, Florence Instone (1939) : Ideophones and onomatopoetics in Swahili
[5052]   Deed, Florence Instone (194-) : Giryama exercises
[5053]   Deed, Florence Instone (1964) : Giryama-English dictionary
[5055]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2003) : Agreement-less declaratives in Nairobi Swahili
[23317]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2004) : The acquisition of inflectional prefixes in Nairobi Swahili
[23805]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2005) : The acquisition of Swahili
[23986]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2006) : Subject agreement in Nairobi Swahili
[5060]   Dekker, A. M. & J. H. Ries (1958) : Woordeboek: Afrikaans-Zoeloe, Zoeloe-Afrikaans
[5074]   Delanaye, P. (1955) : Position des missions congolaises en matière de langues indigènes
[5079]   Delany, M. (1967) : A phonological contrastive analysis North American English - Standard Kiswahili
[25107]   Delaporte, Pacifique-Henri (1845) : Vocabulaire de la langue pongua, parlée au Gabon, en Afrique
[5086]   Delille, A. (1935) : Inleiding tot de Chichoksche spraakleer
[5088]   Delius, Siegfried (1927) : Grammatik der Suaheli-Sprache
[5089]   Delius, Siegfried (1939) : Wegweiser in die Suaheli-Sprache
[5102]   Dello, Jean & Bernard Seret (1994) : Glossaire de noms de poissons de mer en langue vili (Congo)
[5126]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1969) : Verbal constructions in the Korekore dialect
[5127]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1974) : Three Korekore dialects
[5128]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1978) : Reduplication in Shona and its semantic effect
[5129]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1979) : A syntactic classification of non-auxiliary verbs in Shona
[5130]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1979) : The syntax of sentential complements in Shona
[5131]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1981) : Remarks on some syntactic noun features in Shona
[5132]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1987) : The structure and function of the noun phrase in Shona
[5133]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1987) : A linguistic study of the verb in Korekore
[5134]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1989) : A elaboração de uma língua escrita: o contraste entre alfabeto e ortografia
[5135]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1993) : C. M. Doke’s contribution to Shona linguistic studies
[5136]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1995) : Secondary noun prefixes taken further with special reference to Shona
[5149]   Demolin, Didier , Hubert Ngonga-Ke-Mbembe & Alain Soquet (2002) : Phonetic characteristics of an unexploded palatal implosive in Hendo
[5144]   Demolin, Didier , Jean-Marie Hombert , Pierre Ondo & Christoph Segebarth (1992) : Étude du système vocalique fang par résonance magnétique
[5153]   Dempwolff, Otto (1931/98) : Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu
[5156]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1983) : Aspects of Sesotho language acquisition
[5159]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1986) : Prompting routines in the language socialization of Basotho children
[5160]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1987) : Pragmatic functions of word order in Sesotho acquisition
[5161]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1988) : Noun classes and agreement in Sesotho acquisition
[5163]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1989) : Discourse functions of independent pronouns in Setswana
[5164]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1989) : Maturation and the acquisition of Sesotho passives
[5166]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1989) : Unificação dos princípios organizacionais no desenvolvimento das convenções ortográficas
[5167]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1990) : Locatives, impersonals and expletives in Sesotho
[5168]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1991) : Acquisition of the Sesotho tonal system
[5169]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1992) : The acquisition of Sesotho
[5174]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1998) : Argument structure and the acquisition of Sesotho applicatives
[5177]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (2000) : Bantu noun class systems: loan word and acquisition evidence of semantic productivity
[5178]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (2003) : The acquisition of Bantu languages
[5172]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Carolyn Harford [Perez] (1996) : Verb raising and subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[5175]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Carolyn Harford [Perez] (1999) : Verb raising and subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[22624]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Christopher Odato (2002) : The acquisition of Sesotho double object constructions
[5171]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Jeffrey S. Gruber (1995) : Constraining XP-sequences
[5162]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Mark Johnson (1989) : Interaction between discourse functions and agreement in Setswana
[5165]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Mark Johnson (1989) : Discourse functions of agreement in Setswana
[5173]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Sheila Onkaetse Mmusi (1997) : Presentational focus and thematic structure in comparative Bantu
[5155]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Tholoana Sekhesa (1978/79) : Basic Sesotho: an oral approach - lessons and glossary
[5157]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , Nicholas G. Faraclas & Lynell Marchese (1985) : Niger-Congo noun class and agreement systems in historical and acquisition perspective
[5158]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , Nicholas G. Faraclas & Lynell Marchese (1986) : Niger-Congo noun classes and agreement systems in language acquisition and historical change
[5179]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , ?Malillo Matshepo Machobane , Francina L. Moloi & Christopher Odato (2005) : Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho double object constructions
[5184]   Denguika, Paul (1980) : Le phenomene de la derivation dans le conte kamba
[5185]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “babai”/bokoro, non-publié
[5186]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “kidia”/bokoro, non-publié
[5187]   Denis, [Révérend] [Père] J. (19--) : Vocabulaire “basa”/bokoro, non-publié
[5194]   Denny, J. Peter & Chet A. Creider (1976) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[5195]   Denny, J. Peter & Chet A. Creider (1986) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto Bantu
[5196]   Denolf, P. (1932) : Lukuba, taal der Bakuba, in ’t bizonder de gewesttaal der Mpianga
[5197]   Dent, George Robinson (1959) : Compact Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5198]   Dent, George Robinson (1961) : Compact Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5199]   Dent, George Robinson (1964) : Compact Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5201]   Dent, George Robinson (1975) : Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5203]   Dent, George Robinson (1996) : Kompakte Zoeloe woordeboek/Isichazimazwi sesibhunu nasesizulu: Afrikaans-Zoeloe, Zoeloe-Afrikaans
[5200]   Dent, George Robinson & C. L. Sibusiso Nyembezi (1969) : Scholar’s Zulu dictionary
[5202]   Dent, George Robinson & C. L. Sibusiso Nyembezi (1988) : Scholar’s Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[23540]   Dent, George Robinson & C. L. Sibusiso Nyembezi (1995) : Scholar’s Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu, Zulu-English
[5208]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1968) : Linguistic assimilation of an urban center on the Kenya Coast
[5209]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1970) : The identity of nominal, verbal and adjective roots in Swahili
[5210]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1971) : Educated urban Swahili
[5213]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1974) : The semantic content of class in Bantu and its syntactic significance
[5258]   Déreau, Léon (1955) : Cours de kikongo
[5259]   Déreau, Léon (1957) : Lexique kikongo-français, français-kikongo, d’après le dictionnaire de K. E. Laman
[25300]   Dereau, Léon (1957) : Lexique Kikôngo-Français - Français-Kikôngo, d'après le dictionnaire de K. E. Laman
[25301]   Dereau, Léon (1955) : Cours de kikôngo
[5236]   Detienne, P. (1956) : Dialectes du maindombe: essai de géographie linguistique
[5242]   Deumert, Andrea (1999) : Language planning in South Africa (review article)
[5245]   Devlieger, P. J. (1998) : Physical ‘disability’ in Bantu languages: understanding the relativity of classification and meaning
[24763]   Devos, Maud (2007) : A Grammar of Makwe
[5247]   Dewees, John W. (1971) : The role of syntax in the occurence of the initial vowel in Luganda and some other Bantu languages
[5248]   Dewees, John W. (1977) : Orthography and identity: movement toward inertia
[5283]   Diakifukila, Nl. (1981) : Quelques considérations morpho-sémantiques des formes pronominales en kimanyanga
[5308]   Diankenda, N. (1980) : Étude contrastive français-kimanyanga
[5342]   Diarra, Boubacar (1988?) : Gramática kimbundu
[5343]   Diarra, Boubacar (1989) : Gramática kikongo
[5345]   Diarra, Boubacar (1988) : Gramática cokwe
[5346]   Diarra, Boubacar (1990) : Gramática oxikwanyama
[5311]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: kikoongo
[5312]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: kimbundu
[5313]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: cokwe
[5314]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: mbunda
[5315]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: umbundu
[5316]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1985) : Esboço fonológico [e] alfabeto: kwanyama
[5318]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-kikoongo
[5319]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de administração português-kikoongo
[5320]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-kikoongo
[5321]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-kimbundu
[5322]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de administração português-kimbundu
[5323]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-kimbundu
[5324]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-kimbundu
[5325]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-cokwe
[5326]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-cokwe
[5327]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-cokwe
[5328]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-cokwe
[5329]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-mbunda
[5330]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-mbunda
[5331]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-mbunda
[5332]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de administração português-mbunda
[5333]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-mbunda
[5334]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxicos temáticos de agricultura, pesca, pecuária português-umbundu
[5335]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de administração português-umbundu
[5336]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-umbundu
[5337]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-umbundu
[5338]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-umbundu
[5339]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de saúde português-oxikwanyama
[5340]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1987) : Léxico temático de matemática português-oxikwanyama
[5341]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1988) : Léxico temático de matemática português-kimbundu
[5344]   Diarra, Boubacar (Ed) (1989) : Léxico temático de vida económica português-kikoongo
[5349]   Dias Rodrigues Minga, Amélia Arlete (19--) : Étude grammaticale de l’iwoyo
[5348]   Dias, Manuel Lázaro (1949) : O Quimbundo na escala evolutiva das línguas
[5353]   Dichabe, Soipati Bernice (1997) : Advanced tongue root harmony in Setswana
[5354]   Dick, J. Finlay (1978) : Owambo, South West Africa
[5358]   Dickens, Patrick John (1977) : Grammar simplification via rule inversion: the effect of historical deletion of nasals on modern Sotho
[5361]   Dickens, Patrick John (1978) : A preliminary report on Kgalakgadi vowels
[5362]   Dickens, Patrick John (1984) : Qhalaxari verb tone classes
[5363]   Dickens, Patrick John (1984) : The history of so-called strengthening in Tswana
[5365]   Dickens, Patrick John (1986) : Tone in Qhalaxarzi main verb constructions
[5366]   Dickens, Patrick John (1986) : Qhalaxarzi phonology
[5367]   Dickens, Patrick John (1987) : Qhalaxarzi consonants
[5364]   Dickens, S. M. (1985) : Western influences on the Zulu system of personal naming
[5375]   Dierks, F. A. J. (1969) : Die bydrae tot die Bantoetaalkunde wat deur Lichenstein, Appleyard and Bleek gelewer is
[5379]   Dieu, Michel (1976) : Les consonnes du ngumba: recherche en phonologie générative
[5381]   Dieu, Michel & Patrick Renaud (Ed) (1983) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: le Cameroun
[5388]   Dijkmans, Joseph J. M. (1974) : Kare-taal: lijst van woorden gangbaar bij het restvolk Kare
[23987]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel , Chérif M?Bodj & Atibakwa Baboya Edema (1997) : Des lexiques en langues africaines (sängö, wolof, lingála) pour l’utilisateur de l’ordinateur
[5403]   Diller, Jason , Kari Jordan-Diller & Cameron Hamm (2002) : Sentence repetition testing (SRT) and language shift survey of the Tuki language
[5405]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1976) : Aspekt van het Basaá
[5424]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1988) : Aspects du Basaa (bantou Zone A. Cameroun)
[5436]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : The emergence of tense marking in the Nilotic-Bantu borderland as an instance of areal adaptation
[5443]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2000) : Morphology
[5482]   Divage, P. (2002) : Fonologia da causativização em Gitonga
[5484]   Djamba, Ndjeka (1983) : Idéophones en otetela (C.71): essai d’analyse
[23882]   Djiafeua, Prosper (1989) : Esquisse phonologique du mpumpung, parler de Yokadouma
[5501]   Djongakodi Yoto, Joseph (1996) : Phonologie segmentale et phonologie syllabique du tetela: une approche paramétrique
[23905]   Djouonzo, Bernadette Florette (2005) : Nom en tèbèyà: morphologie et syntaxe
[23953]   Djouonzo, Bernadette Florette (2003) : Phonologie de tabeya
[5504]   Dlali, Mawande (2001) : Negative politeness and requests in isiXhosa
[5505]   Dlali, Mawande (2003) : The speech act of complaint in IsiXhosa
[5507]   Dlayedwa, Ntombizodwa Cynthia (2002) : Valency-reducing processes in Xhosa
[5508]   Dlouhy, Robert John (1981) : A tagmemic analysis of conversational exchanges in a Swahili folktale
[5511]   Dodo-Bounguendza, Eric (1988) : Le koko de Sogeland, langue bantou (A43) du Cameroun
[5512]   Dodo-Bounguendza, Eric (1992) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique du gisira, langue bantoue (B.41) du Gabon
[5513]   Dodt, Wolfgang (1986) : Zu einigen Problemen bei der Schaffung, Standardisierung und Verbreitung neuer Lexik des Swahili in Tansania
[5514]   Dodt, Wolfgang (1994) : Der Relativsatz
[5517]   Dogil, Grzegorz & Jörg Mayer (1998) : Selective phonoilogical impairment: a case of apraxia of speech
[5516]   Dogil, Grzegorz , Jörg Mayer & Justus Christiaan Roux (1997) : Syllables and unencoded speech: clicks and their accompaniments in Xhosa
[5518]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1921) : Some notes on the infinitive in Bantu
[5519]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1922) : The grammar of the Lamba language
[5520]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1923) : A dissertation on the phonetics of the Zulu language
[5521]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1923) : Notes on a problem in the mechanism of the Zulu clicks
[5522]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1924) : The phonetics of the Zulu language
[5524]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1925) : Die Bantoetale
[5525]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1925) : Bantu filologiese navorsing
[5526]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1926) : The phonetics of the Zulu language
[5528]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : A study in Lamba phonetics
[5529]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5530]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : The significance of class 1a of Bantu nouns
[5531]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : An outline of Ila phonetics
[5532]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : The linguistic situation of South Africa
[5533]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : The orthography of South African native languages
[5534]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : The need for a Bantu classification in Bantu grammar
[5535]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1929) : The problem of word-division in Bantu, with special reference to the language of Mashonaland
[5536]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1930) : Twenty-five years of Bantu development
[5537]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1931) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5538]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1931) : A comparative study of Shona phonetics
[5539]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1931) : Report on the unification of the Shona dialects, carried out under the auspices of the Government of Southern Rhodesia and the Carnegie Corporation
[5541]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1932) : The standardization of Bantu dialects and the development of literature in the vernacular
[5542]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1933) : A short Aushi vocabulary
[5543]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1933) : English-Lamba vocabulary
[5544]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1933) : A preliminary investigation into the state of the native languages in South Africa, with suggestions as to research and the development of literature
[5545]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1934) : The earliest vocabulary from Mashonaland
[5546]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1935) : Bantu linguistic terminology
[5547]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1935) : Early Bantu literature: the age of Brusciotto
[5549]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1936) : Word division and grammatical classification in Swahili
[5550]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1937) : Lamba-English dictionary
[5551]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1937) : Language
[5552]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1937) : Two Zulu language pioneers
[5553]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1938) : Textbook of Lamba grammar
[5554]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1938) : The earliest records of Bantu
[5555]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1939) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5556]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1939) : European and Bantu languages in South Africa
[5557]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1940) : Some principles of Bantu lexicography
[5558]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1940) : Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century
[5559]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1942) : The native languages of South Africa: a report on their present position with special reference to research and the development of literature
[5560]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : Text book of Lamba grammar
[5561]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : The growth of comparative Bantu philology
[5562]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : Outline grammar of Bantu
[5563]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1944) : Conjunctive writing for Bantu languages
[5564]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1944) : Études relative aux langues bantoues en Afrique du sud
[5565]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1947) : Text-book of Zulu grammar
[5566]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1945) : Bantu: modern grammatical, phonetical, and lexicological studies
[5569]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1948) : Bantu, a family of languages
[5570]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1948) : Suggestions for a programme of linguistic research in Bantu and other native languages of South Africa
[5571]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1950) : Bantu
[5572]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1950) : Bantu languages, inflexional with a tendency towards agglutination
[5574]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5575]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : The Southern Bantu languages
[5576]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : The concept of hope among the Bantu
[5577]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1955) : Zulu syntax and idiom
[5578]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1956) : The points of the compass in Bantu languages
[5583]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1959) : Ukuwulisisiwa kwamasiwi ambi amwibuku lyawalesa
[5584]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1959) : Early Bantu literature: the age of Brusciotto
[5585]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1959) : Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century
[5586]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1960) : The growth of comparative Bantu philology
[5587]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1960) : The earliest records of Bantu
[5589]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : English-Lamba dictionary
[5590]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : Graded Lamba grammar and exercises
[5591]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5568]   Doke, Clement Martyn & B. W. Vilakazi (1948) : Zulu-English dictionary
[5573]   Doke, Clement Martyn & B. W. Vilakazi (1953) : Zulu-English dictionary
[5580]   Doke, Clement Martyn & B. W. Vilakazi (1958) : Zulu-English vocabulary
[5592]   Doke, Clement Martyn & B. W. Vilakazi (1964) : Zulu-English dictionary
[5588]   Doke, Clement Martyn & Desmond Thorne Cole (Ed) (1961) : Contributions to the history of Bantu linguistics
[5540]   Doke, Clement Martyn & E. W. Grant (1932) : Graded Zulu exercises
[5567]   Doke, Clement Martyn & E. W. Grant (1946) : Graded Zulu exercises
[5579]   Doke, Clement Martyn & S. M. Mofokeng (1957) : Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar
[5593]   Doke, Clement Martyn & S. M. Mofokeng (1985) : Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar
[5581]   Doke, Clement Martyn , Daniel McKenzie Malcolm & J. M. A. Sikakana (1958) : English and Zulu dictionary: English-Zulu
[5582]   Doke, Clement Martyn , Daniel McKenzie Malcolm & J. M. A. Sikakana (1958) : English and Zulu dictionary
[5594]   Doke, Clement Martyn , Daniel McKenzie Malcolm , J. M. A. Sikakana & B. W. Vilakazi (1990) : English-Zulu, Zulu-English dictionary
[5639]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1965) : Bibliographie du programme Lolemi
[5640]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Données sur la classe 15 nominale en bantou
[5642]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Situation de la linguistique africaine aujourd'hui
[5645]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1971) : Deux études sur les interrogatifs en zone J du bantu
[5652]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1997) : Pour construire les étapes de la différenciation des langues bantoues, on peut tout aussi bien s’installer aux îles de l’ocean indien
[5649]   Doneux, Jean Léonce & Claire Grégoire (1977) : Une séquence vocalique à la finale de quelques thèmes en protobantou
[5655]   Donne, A. C. (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[5656]   Donnelly, Kevin G. (1981) : Shona verbal tones
[5657]   Donnelly, Simon Scurr (1991) : Phonology and morphology of the noun in Yeeyi
[5658]   Donnelly, Simon Scurr (1999) : Southern Tekela Nguni is alive: reintroducing the Phuthi language
[25202]   Donnelly, Simon Scurr (2009) : Aspects of tone and voice in Phuthi
[25399]   Dougère, Lucie (2010) : Lexique shiwa
[5673]   Dowling, Tessa (1988) : Isihlonipho sabafazi: the Xhosa women’s language of respect - a sociolinguistic exploration
[5674]   Dowling, Tessa (1992) : Isihlonipho sabafazi and the Xhosa-speaking speech community
[5675]   Dowling, Tessa (1998) : Speak Xhosa with us
[5676]   Downey, [Miss] (1---) : KiSukuma grammar, with a suggested seven-vowel orthography for kiSukuma
[5677]   Downing, Laura J. (1988) : Tonology of noun-modifier phrases in Jita
[5678]   Downing, Laura J. (1989) : Tone in Jita questions
[5679]   Downing, Laura J. (1989) : A bibliography of East African languages and linguistics, 1880-1980 (excluding Somali and Swahili): based on the holdings of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
[5680]   Downing, Laura J. (1990) : Problems in Jita tonology
[5681]   Downing, Laura J. (1990) : Local and metrical tone shift in Nguni
[5682]   Downing, Laura J. (1991) : The moraic representation of nasal-consonant clusters in Jita
[5683]   Downing, Laura J. (1991) : Jita glide epenthesis and the Maximality Principle
[5684]   Downing, Laura J. (1995) : The metrical domain of register raising in Jita: an optimality approach
[5685]   Downing, Laura J. (1995/97) : Correspondence effects in Siswati reduplication
[5686]   Downing, Laura J. (1996) : The tonal phonology of Jita
[5687]   Downing, Laura J. (1999) : Verbal reduplication in three Bantu languages
[5688]   Downing, Laura J. (1999) : Prosodic stem € prosodic word in Bantu
[5689]   Downing, Laura J. (2000) : Morphological and prosodic constraints on Kinande verbal reduplication
[5690]   Downing, Laura J. (2001) : How ambiguity of analysis motivates stem tone change in Durban Zulu
[5691]   Downing, Laura J. (2001) : Ungeneralizable minimality in Ndebele
[5692]   Downing, Laura J. (2001) : Liquid spirantisation in Jita
[5694]   Downing, Laura J. (2003) : Compounding and tonal non-transfer in Bantu languages
[5695]   Downing, Laura J. (2003) : Stress, tone and focus in Chichewa and Xhosa
[5696]   Downing, Laura J. (2004) : Bukusu reduplication
[5697]   Downing, Laura J. (2004) : What African languages tell us about accent typology
[5698]   Downing, Laura J. (2004) : Constraint and complexity in subsegmental representations
[23230]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : Morphology conditions minimality in Bantu languages
[23231]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : The emergence of the marked: tone in some African reduplicative systems
[23232]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : Jita causative doubling and paradigm uniformity
[23444]   Downing, Laura J. (2000) : Satisfying minimality in Ndebele
[5693]   Downing, Laura J. & Bryan Gick (2001) : Voiceless tone depressors in Nambya and Botswana Kalang’a
[5699]   Downing, Laura J. , Al[fred] D. Mtenje & Bernd Pompino-Marshall (2004) : Prosody and information structure in Chichewa
[5708]   Drexel, Albert (1921/22) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teil 1
[5709]   Drexel, Albert (1923/24) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teil 2
[5721]   Drexel, Albert (1931) : Der Ewe-Typus in seiner systematischen Eigenart und in seiner sprachgeschlichtigen Stellung
[5725]   Driever, Dorothea (1972) : Überlegungen zur Rollenstruktur deverbativer Verben im Swahili
[5726]   Driever, Dorothea (1976) : Aspects of a case grammar of Mombasa Swahili, with special reference to the relationship between informant variation and some sociological features
[5729]   Drolc, Ursula (1991) : Zum Perfekt im Swahili: theoretische Grundlagen und Corpusanalyse
[5730]   Drolc, Ursula (1992) : On the perfect in Swahili
[5731]   Drolc, Ursula (1998) : Language use in Monduli, Tanzania
[5732]   Drolc, Ursula (1999) : Swahili among the Maasai: on the interlanguage Swahili by Maa speakers
[5733]   Drolc, Ursula , Caroline Frank & Franz Rottland (1999) : A linguistic bibliography of Uganda
[5735]   Dryer, Matthew S. (1983) : Indirect objects in Kinyarwanda revisited
[5739]   Dube, Sibusisiwe (2000) : An investigation of the current Shona orthography: effects of its limitations and suggested solutions
[23429]   Dube, Sibusisiwe (2000) : The nature of the initial state Zulu L2 grammar and subsequent interlanguage development
[5741]   Dubinsky, Stanley & Mazemba Nzwanga (1994) : A challenge to Burzio’s generalization: impersonal transitives in Western Bantu
[5742]   Dubinsky, Stanley & Silvester Ron Simango (1996) : Passive and stative in Chichewa: evidence for modular distinctions in grammar
[5743]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1970) : [Grammatical description of Bantu languages]
[5745]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1974) : [Systems of verbal tenses in the Rwanda language]
[5746]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1975) : [Verbal categories of mood and tense the Rwanda language]
[5747]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1975) : [On the vowels and suprasegmental phonemes of the Rwanda language]
[5748]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1976) : [Grammatical and phonetic essay on the Rwanda language]
[5749]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1976) : [Deixis systems of Ganda and Rwanda languages (towards a typology of demonstrative pronouns in Bantu languages)]
[5750]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1979) : Yazyk ruanda
[5751]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1979) : [The main word-building means in the Rwanda language]
[5752]   Dubnova, Elena Zinov?evna (1984) : The Rwanda language
[5760]   Ducati, Bruno (1935) : L’amharico, il suaheli, il galla: dizionnaretto delle tre principali lingue parlate in Abissinia
[5769]   Dufberg, Mats (1984) : Labialiserade konsonanter i setswana: en akustisk analysis [Labialized consonants in Setswana: an acoustic analysis]
[5770]   Dufberg, Mats (1987) : Why two labialization strategies in Setswana?
[5771]   Duff, Frederico (1935) : Breve método de ensino nyaneka-português para os catequistas
[5773]   Dugast, Idelette (1949) : Inventaire ethnique du sud-Cameroun
[5776]   Dugast, Idelette (1967) : Lexique de la langue tùnen
[5777]   Dugast, Idelette (1971) : Grammaire du tùnen
[5772]   Dugast, R. (1948) : L’anatomie du corps humain et les causes de maladies (vocabulaire ndiki)
[5783]   Duke, Daniel [Joseph] (1996) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique parmi les mpiemo
[5784]   Duke, Daniel [Joseph] (2001) : Aka as a contact language: sociolinguistic and grammatical evidence
[5807]   Duminy, P. A. , A. H. MacHarty & E. D. Gasa (1980) : The introduction of Afrikaans and English to Zulu pupils in the primary school
[5812]   Dunham, Margaret (1994) : Première approche des sons du tshitshopi, langue bantu S61 du Mozambique
[5813]   Dunham, Margaret (1995) : Esquisse syntaxique du cicopi, langue bantu S61 du Mozambique
[5814]   Dunham, Margaret (1996) : Acoustique des voyelles du kilangi, langue bantu F33 de Tanzanie
[5815]   Dunham, Margaret (2001) : Description ethno-linguistique des Valangi de Tanzanie
[5816]   Dunham, Margaret (2005) : Éléments de description du langi, langue bantu F.33 de Tanzanie
[5817]   Dunham, Margaret (2005) : On the verbal system in Langi, a Bantu language of Tanzania (F.33)
[24473]   Dunham, Margaret (2007) : Le langi et la Vallée du Rift Tanzanien
[5819]   Dunjwa-Blajberg, Jennifer (1980) : Sprache und Politik in Südafrika: Stellung und Funktion der Sprachen unter dem Apartheidssystem
[5821]   Dunn, Andrea S. (1985) : Swahili policy implementation in Tanzania: the role of the National Swahili Council (BAKITA)
[5840]   Duran, James Joseph (1975) : The role of Swahili in a multilingual rural community in Kenya
[5841]   Duran, James Joseph (1979) : Non-standard forms in Swahili in west-central Kenya
[5843]   Duranti, Alessandro (1977) : Relative clauses
[5844]   Duranti, Alessandro (1977) : Contributi delle lingue bantu alla teoria della grammatica relazionale
[5845]   Duranti, Alessandro (1979) : Object clitic pronouns in Bantu and the topicality hierarchy
[5842]   Duranti, Alessandro & Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo (1977) : On the notion of ‘direct object’
[5872]   Dyers, Charlyn (1996) : Language attitudes among first year students at the University of the Western Cape
[5874]   Dyers, Charlyn (1999) : Xhosa students’ attitudes towards Black South African languages at the University of the Western Cape
[5875]   Dyk, P. R. van (1960) : ’n Studie van Lala: sy fonologie, morfologie en sintaksis
[5878]   Dysart, J. P. (1---) : Chindau lessons
[5883]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1979) : Dictionnaire lingala-français suivi d’une grammaire
[5885]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1988) : Adaptation de la langue lingala au contact socio-économique contemporain
[5886]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1993) : Nouveau dictionnaire illustré français-lingala
[5887]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1995) : Grammaire pratique du lingala illustrée
[5888]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1995) : Dictionnaire sémantique français-lingala, illustrée de la faune africaine, de l’autonomie humaine, animaux, possoins, oiseaux et l’art artisanal africaine
[25025]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (2003) : Grammaire pratique du lingala
[5884]   Dzokanga, Mwana-mboka (1979) : Dictionnaire sémantique illustré lingala-français
[5880]   Dz?ba, Dheli Susa (1972) : Esquisse grammaticale du bira
[4839]   D?hondt, E. (1959) : Le lingala pour tous
[4840]   D?hondt, Sigurd (1998) : Institutionalized identities in informal Kiswahili speech: analysis of a dispute between two adolescents
[5890]   Eans, Jack E. (1991) : Summary of the Kalanga orthography debate proceedings
[5898]   Eastman, Carol M. (1967) : An investigation of verbal extension in Kenya coastal dialects of Swahili, with special emphasis on KiMwita
[5899]   Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : A descriptive statement of the operative verbal extensions in Swahili
[5900]   Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : The status of the reversive extension in modern Kenya coastal Swahili
[5901]   Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : Some lexical differences among verbs in Kenya coastal Swahili dialects
[5902]   Eastman, Carol M. (1972) : Lunyole of the Bamenya
[5903]   Eastman, Carol M. (1975) : Ethnicity and the social scientist: phonemes and distinctive features
[5905]   Eastman, Carol M. (1981) : Kiswahili diglossia in Kenya: implications for language policy
[5906]   Eastman, Carol M. (1983) : Exclamations in Standard Swahili as cultural communication
[5908]   Eastman, Carol M. (1985) : Modern Swahili: is there a generation gap?
[5912]   Eastman, Carol M. (1991) : Loanwords in Swahili nominal inflection
[5916]   Eastman, Carol M. (1994) : Service, slavery (‘utumwa’) and Swahili social reality
[5897]   Eastman, Carol M. & Farouk M. Topan (1966) : The Siu: notes on the people and their language
[5907]   Eastman, Carol M. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1985) : Swahili gestures: comments (vielezi) and exclamations (viingizi)
[5909]   Eastman, Carol M. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1985) : Swahili gestures: comments (“vielezi”) and exclamations (“viingizi”)
[23866]   Ebah, Lydia Ebude (1990) : The noun class system of Lefo’
[5922]   Ebanda II, Samuel (1962-1982) : Lexique élémentaire duálá-français
[5925]   Eberle, [P.] Erich (1953) : Kiswahili: ein Führer in die Anfangsgründe
[5926]   Eberle, [P.] Erich & [Kapitän] Hilmar Pfenniger (1961) : Kiswahili: ein systematischer Lehrgang
[5942]   Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1951) : Grammatik des Neu-Kingoni
[5943]   Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1953) : Wörterbuch der Sprache des Neu-Kingoni
[5944]   Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1957) : Grammatik der kiMatengo-Sprache
[5945]   Ebobissé, Carl (1976) : Die Phoneme des Duala in ihrem Verhältnis zu Urbantu und Proto-Bantu
[5947]   Ebobissé, Carl (1985) : Les classes nominales de la langue oli
[5950]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1953) : Bibliografía linguística de los territorios españoles de Guinea
[5951]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1959) : Estudos guineos
[5952]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1960) : Morfologia y sintaxis de la lengua bujeba
[5953]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1961) : La clasificación decimal y las lenguas africanas
[5954]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1967) : Evolución de la clasificación nominal en las lenguas bantúes de la zona norte-oeste
[22833]   Echessa, P. G. (1990) : A study of the word structure and processes involved in word formation in Sheng: a case study of the Eastlands area in Nairobi
[6419]   Echu, George (2002) : Multilingualism as a resource: the lexical appropriation of Cameroon indigenous languages by English and French
[5960]   Eckl, Andreas (1997) : Kognition und Konzeptualisierung am Beispiel der Bezeichnungen für Farben und Musterungen von Rinderfellen im Herero
[25252]   Edelsten, Peter & Chiku Lijongwa (2010) : A Grammatical Sketch of Chindamba
[5966]   Edema, Atibakwa Baboya (1994) : Dictionnaire bangála-français-lingála suivi d’un lexique lingála-bangála-français et d’un index français-bangála-lingála
[5967]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2000) : Locative nouns in four Bantu languages
[5968]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2001) : Focus control in Kirundi
[23835]   Edika, E. Solange Félicité (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du bakoko, parler de Dibombari
[5979]   Edmiston, Althea Brown (1940) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language, as spoken by the Bushonga or Bukuba tribe who dwell in the Upper Kasai District, Belgian Congo, Central Africa
[5988]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1935/36) : The phonology of Soli spoken in north-west Rhodesia
[5989]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1936) : The grammar of Soli
[5990]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1941) : Inleiding tot die studie van Suid-Sotho
[5991]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1943) : Praktiese Suid-Sotho-lesse
[5992]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1956) : Zoeloe-grammatika
[6009]   Eggert, Manfred K. H. (1981) : Historical linguistics and prehistoric archaeology: trends and patterns in early iron age research in sub-Saharan Africa
[6019]   Ehret, Christopher (1964) : A lexicostatistic classification of Bantu, using Guthrie’s test languages
[6023]   Ehret, Christopher (1972) : Bantu origins and history: critique and interpretation
[6024]   Ehret, Christopher (1973) : Patterns of Bantu and central Sudanic settlement in central and southern Africa (ca. 1000 BC - 500 AD)
[6027]   Ehret, Christopher (1976) : Linguistic evidence and its correlation with archaeology
[6037]   Ehret, Christopher (1982) : Linguistic inferences about early Bantu history
[6045]   Ehret, Christopher (1988) : Language change and the material correlates of language and ethnic shift
[6053]   Ehret, Christopher (1999) : An African classical age: eastern and southern Africa in world history, 1000 BC to 400 AD
[6054]   Ehret, Christopher (1999) : Subclassifying Bantu: the evidence of stem morpheme innovations
[6055]   Ehret, Christopher (1999) : Nostratic - or proto-human?
[6060]   Ehret, Christopher (2001) : Bantu expansions: re-envisioning a central problem of early African history
[6061]   Ehret, Christopher (2001) : The establishment of iron-working in eastern, central and southern Africa: linguistic inferences on technological history
[6062]   Ehret, Christopher (2003) : Stratigraphy in African historical linguistics
[22582]   Ehret, Christopher (1997) : African languages: an historical introduction
[6032]   Ehret, Christopher & Margaret R. Kinsman (1981) : Shona dialect classification and its implications for iron age history in southern Africa
[6038]   Ehret, Christopher & Merrick Posnansky (Ed) (1982) : The archaeological and linguistic reconstruction of African history
[6022]   Ehret, Christopher & others (1971) : Outlining southern African history: a re-evaluation AC 100-1500
[6068]   Einarsson, Lasse (2001) : The choice of language of instruction and democratic autonomy in Zanzibar/Tanzania
[6069]   Einhorn, E. & L. Siyengo (1990) : Xhosa: a concise manual
[6075]   Eiselen, W. W. M. (1923/24) : Die Veränderung der Konsonanten durch ein vorgehendes “i” in den Bantusprachen
[6076]   Eiselen, W. W. M. (1927) : Nasalverbindungen im Thonga
[6077]   Eiselen, W. W. M. (1928/29) : Zur Erforschung des Lovelu-Dialektes
[6078]   Eisemon, T. O. , R. Prouty & J. Schwille (1989) : What language should be used for teaching? Language policy and school reform in Burundi
[23895]   Ekambi, Aline Etondi Boumda (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du nulibie, dialecte yambassa
[23858]   Eko, Jean Emile (1974) : Description phonologique du fang
[6088]   Ekombe, Ekofo (1991) : Les anthroponymes mongo dan l’épopée Nsong’a Lianja
[6101]   Ekwelie, Sylvanus A. (1971) : Swahili as a lingua franca: a study in language development
[6120]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1998) : Silozi in Namibia
[6122]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1999) : Word keys in Herero
[6123]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (2001) : Herero and Common Bantu
[6124]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (2003) : Herero (R31)
[6129]   Elge, C. (19--) : Eenige begrippen van Lingala, met woordenlijst en gebruikelijke volzinnen
[6130]   Elge, C. (1926) : Dictionnaire bangala-français-flamand
[6140]   Eliet, Edouard (1953) : Les langues spontanées, dites commerciales, du Congo : le monokotuba comparé au lingala et au lari de la région du Pool
[6141]   Eliet, Edouard (1953) : Le triple problème pratique, culturel et social des langues africaines dans les possessions européennes de l’Afrique bantoue
[6142]   Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : Noun tonology in Kombe
[23127]   Ellg?rd, Alvar (1989) : Afrika: språk
[6147]   Ellington, John Ernest (1970/71) : Tone and segmental sound change in a Bantu language
[6148]   Ellington, John Ernest (1977) : Aspects of the Tiene language
[6149]   Ellington, John Ernest (1982) : English-Lingala dictionary
[6157]   Elmslie, Walter Angus (1923) : Introductory grammar of the Tumbuka language
[6158]   Elokey, Emadiba (1986) : Formes verbales et pronominales comparées des dialectes ngombe de Dianga et de Bonjale
[6161]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1946) : Road to Swahili
[6162]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1949) : The standard Swahili examination
[6163]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1951) : Road to Swahili
[6189]   Emanatian, Michele (1990) : The Chaga consecutive construction
[6190]   Emanatian, Michele (1991) : Point of view and prospective aspect
[6191]   Emanatian, Michele (1992) : Chagga ‘come’ and ‘go’: metaphor and the development of tense-aspect
[6192]   Emanatian, Michele (1992) : Point of view and prospective aspect (corrected version)
[22810]   Emejulu, James D. (2001) : Éléments de lexicographie gabonaise
[6213]   Emongo, Osomba (1980) : Étude sémantique et pragmatique des termes de parenté tetele
[6214]   Empaako, (1991) : An agent of social harmony in Runyoro/Rutooro
[6216]   Endemann, Ch. (1---) : Versuch einer Venda-Grammatik
[6217]   Endemann, Ch. (1923) : Über den Tonfall im Sesotho ; Teil 1
[6218]   Endemann, Ch. (1924) : Über den Tonfall im Sesotho ; Teil 2
[6219]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1939) : Handleiding by die aanleer van Transvaal-Sotho (Sepedi)
[6220]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1939) : Sotho-woordelys, met die Afrikaanse ekwivalente versamel uit bestaande Sotho-literatuur
[6222]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1943) : Palatalisering en labialisering in Sepedi
[6223]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1952) : Die intonasie van Tsonga: ’n sinkroniese studie van Tsongaspreektone
[6224]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1960) : Die gebied en taak van die Bantoe-taalkunde
[6225]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1961) : Die affrikate van Nord-Sotho: ’n bydrae tot die vraagstuk rakende die fonematiese saamgesteldheid van die affrikate in Sotho
[6226]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1964) : Some morpho-phonological changes incident with the phoneme combination CVV, as observed in Northern Sotho
[6227]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1966) : ’n Voorlopige ondersoek na aspekverskynsels in Noord-Sotho
[6228]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1966) : Die junktuurverskynsel as foneem: ’n bydrae tot die identifisering van die foneme in Noord-Sotho
[6229]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1969) : ‘n Poging om die onderskeidingskenmerke van enkele vendafoneme tot ‘n patroon van klankopposisies
[6221]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth & E. F. N. Mudau (1941) : Phenda-luambo ya zwikolo zwa Venda
[6248]   Engelbrecht, H. J. M. (1968) : Die invloed van vreemde tale op Xhosa
[6249]   Engelbrecht, J. T. (1978) : The teaching of Bantu languages to white children in primary schools
[6243]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1925) : Suffixbildung in den südafrikanischen Bantusprachen mit besonderen Berücksichtigung hottentottischer Einflüsse
[6246]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1943) : Zoeloe-leerboek
[6247]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1957) : Notes on the imperative in Zulu
[6250]   Engelmann, Gudrun (1966) : Umtersuchungen zum Verbsystem des Altsuaheli
[6251]   Engelmann, Gudrun (1967) : Some problems in connection with the compilation of a German-Swahili dictionary
[6254]   Englert, Birgit (2003) : Bongo flava: hiphop from Tanzania
[6255]   Englert, Birgit (2003) : Bongo flava (still) hidden: “underground” rap from Morogoro, Tanzania
[6256]   Englert, Birgit (2004) : Africa raps back: reflections on hiphop from Tanzania and South Africa
[6259]   Englund, Harri (2001) : Chinyanja and language rights
[6260]   Engstrand, Olle & Abdulaziz Yusuf Lodhi (1985) : On aspiration in Swahili: hypotheses, field observations and an instrumental analysis
[6261]   Engstrand, Olle & Abdulaziz Yusuf Lodhi (1985) : On aspiration in Swahili
[6268]   Ennis, Elizabeth Logan (1945) : Women’s names among the Ovimbundu of Angola
[6271]   Epale, S. J. (1973) : Essentials in Douala grammar
[6272]   Epanga, Pombo (1981) : Les codes dialogiques en lingala de la zone de Bumba
[6273]   Epée, Roger (1973) : Notes on deverbal derivational morphology in Duala
[6274]   Epée, Roger (1975) : The case for a focus position in Duala
[6275]   Epée, Roger (1976) : On some rules that are not successive cyclic in Duala
[6276]   Epée, Roger (1976) : Generative syntactic studies in Duala
[6277]   Epstein, A. L. (1959) : Linguistic innovation and culture on the Copperbelt, Northern Rhodesia
[6278]   Erasmus, J. S. & Kenneth L. Baucom (1976) : Fanakalo through the medium of English: a language laboratory course
[6283]   Erickson, D. H. (1988) : The morphology and syntax of Shona: a lexical approach
[6280]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili 1
[6281]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili 2
[6282]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili grammar notes
[6289]   Ernst, Urs (1985) : Les dialectes kako
[6290]   Ernst, Urs (1985) : Phonologie du kako
[6291]   Ernst, Urs (1989) : Lexique kako-français, français-kako, avec tableaux de conjugaisons
[6292]   Ernst, Urs (1991) : Temps et aspects en kako
[6293]   Ernst, Urs (1991) : Description tonologique de l’énoncé nominal associatif en kako
[6294]   Ernst, Urs (1992) : Esquisse grammaticale du kako
[6295]   Ernst, Urs (1995) : Les formes verbales du kako
[6296]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Alphabet et orthographe du kako (kako-est)
[6297]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Marquage du ton en kako
[6298]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Tone orthography in Kako
[23569]   Ernst, Urs (1996) : Alphabet et orthographe du mbonjoo (kako-ouest)
[25248]   Ernst, Urs (1998) : Le groupe verbal et ses éléments en kak? (1ère partie)
[25249]   Ernst, Urs (1994) : Impératif et injonctif en kak?
[25250]   Ernst, Urs (1995) : Les formes verbales du kak?
[6302]   Esono, Salvador Ndongo (1956) : Gramática pamue
[6317]   Essen, Otto von (1971) : Bedeutungsbestimmende Silbentonhöhen in der Sprache der Herero
[6316]   Essen, Otto von & Emmi Kähler-Meyer (1969) : Prosodische Wortmerkmale im Nyakyusa
[6347]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercice
[6348]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1974) : Description phonologique du tuki (ati), langue Sanaga
[6349]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1980) : Morphologie nominale du tuki (langue sanaga)
[6351]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1993) : Description synchronique de l’ewondo (bantou A 72a du Cameroun): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[6352]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (2000) : L’ewondo, langue bantu du Cameroun: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[6350]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1989) : Dévelopement et modernisation de l’ewondo
[6355]   Esterhuyse, C. J. (1974) : Die ontwikkeling van die Noord-Sothoskryftaal
[6356]   Esterhuyse, C. J. (1975) : Die ontwikkeling van die skryftekenstelsel van Noord-Sotho
[6357]   Estermann, [Padre] Carlos (1962) : Confusões toponímicas e topográficas (Caconda, Cafima, Capangombe)
[6358]   Estermann, [Padre] Carlos (1963) : Aculturação linguística no sul de Angola
[6359]   Estermann, [Padre] Carlos (1970) : Valiosa contribuição para a linguistica banta em Angola: o dicionário português-nhaneca do António Joaquim da Silva
[6364]   Etia, Isaac Moume (1928) : Dictionnaire du langage francoduala contenant tous les mots usuels
[23851]   Eto, Roger Abessolo (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du bongo
[6366]   Etsio, Edouard (2003) : Parlons lingala: tobala lingala
[22494]   Etsio, Edouard (1999) : Parlons teke: langue et culture Congo et Gabon
[6367]   Etuembo, N. (1981) : Essai d’une analyse descriptivo-comparative des démonstratifs en bolia (C35b), sengele (C33) et ngombe (C41)
[6373]   Evans, M. S. (1980) : A surface word-order typology of Tswana
[6384]   Everbroeck, N. van (19--) : Schets van spraakkunst van het lokonda
[6385]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1956) : Lingala woordenboek: Lingala-Nederlands, Nederlands-Lingala
[6386]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1958) : Grammaire et exercises lingala
[6387]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1969) : Le lingala: parlé et écrit
[23914]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1985) : Maloba ma lokóta lingála / Dictionnaire lingala: lingála-français, français-lingála
[6388]   Evrard, E. (1966) : Étude statistique sur les affinités de cinquant-huit dialectes bantous
[23930]   Ewota, James (1973) : The phonology of Kole
[6390]   Extra, Guus & Jeanne Maartens (1998) : Constitutionally enshrined multilingualism: challenges and responses. Proceedings of the 15th annual conference of the South African Applied Linguistics Association, University of Stellenbosch
[6393]   Eyindanga, E. J. (1989) : Les langues du marché à Libreville: éléments pour une étude du plurilinguisme au Gabon
[6394]   Eynde, F. van der (1944) : Grammaire swahili, suive d’un vocabulaire
[6395]   Eynde, F. van der (1949) : Swahili spraakkunst
[22551]   Eynde, J. van den (1955) : Grammatikale studie van het Tshishokwe met een proeve van vergelijkende klankleer van het Tshishokwe
[6396]   Eynde, Karel van den (1960) : Fonologie en morfologie van het Cokwe
[6397]   Eynde, Karel van den (1968) : Éléments de grammaire yaka: phonologie et morphologie flexionelle
[6412]   Fabian, Johannes (1982) : Schratching the surface: observations on the poetics of lexical borrowing in Shaba Swahili
[6413]   Fabian, Johannes (1985) : Language on the road: notes on Swahili in two nineteenth century travelogues
[6414]   Fabian, Johannes (1986) : Simplicity on command: on pidginization of Swahili in Shaba (Zaire)
[6415]   Fabian, Johannes (1986) : Language and colonial power: the appropriation of Swahili in the former Belgian Congo 1880-1983
[6416]   Fabian, Johannes (1990) : History from below: the “vocabulary of Elisabethville” by André Tav - text, translations and interpretive essay
[6417]   Fabian, Johannes (1990) : Power and performance: ethnographic explorations through proverbal wisdom and theatre in Shaba, Zaïre
[6418]   Fabian, Johannes (1991) : Potopot: problems of documenting the history of spoken Swahili in Shaba
[6421]   Fabrio, R. del & F. Petterlini (1977) : Gramática kikongo
[6428]   Fagan, Brian M. & Roland Anthony Oliver (1968) : Wenner-Gren Research Conference on Bantu origins in sub-Saharan Africa
[6429]   Fagan, Brian M. , Roland Anthony Oliver & Tulli Grundemann (1968) : Wenner-Gren Research Conference on Bantu origins in sub-Saharan Africa, Chicago, March 24-29, 1968: summary report and recommendations
[6446]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1970) : Enigmas lubas-nshinga: étude structurale
[6447]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1976) : Devinettes tonales luba: tusumwinu
[6449]   Faïk-Nzuji Madiya, Clémentine (1991) : Système anthroponymique luba
[6464]   Fanshawe, D. B. & J. M. Mutimushi (1971) : A check list of plant names in the Lozi languages
[6495]   Farinha, António Lourenço (1946) : Elementos de gramática landina
[6498]   Farnsworth, E. M. (1952) : A Kamba grammar
[6499]   Farnsworth, E. M. (1957) : A Kamba grammar
[6500]   Farquhar, J. (1946) : A mass literacy campaign for Southern Rhodesia
[6501]   Farsi, A. A. (1965/66) : Some pronunciation problems of Swahili speaking students
[6502]   Farsi, Shaaban Saleh (1973) : Swahili idioms
[6512]   Faye, Carl U. (1925) : The influence of “hlonipha” on the Zulu clicks
[6521]   Fee, Dan & Jacko Moga (1997) : Dictionary ya Sheng
[6522]   Feeley, Gerald (1991) : Modern Swahili-English dictionary
[23281]   Feeley, Gerald (1994) : Modern Swahili/Modern English: the friendly Swahili-English dictionary
[6523]   Fehderau, W. Harold (19--) : The place of the Kituba language in Congo
[6524]   Fehderau, W. Harold (1962) : Descriptive grammar of the Kituba language: a dialectal survey
[6525]   Fehderau, W. Harold (1967) : The origin and development of Kituba, lingua franca kikongo
[6526]   Fehderau, W. Harold (1969) : Dictionnaire kikongo (ya leta)-anglais-français
[6529]   Feindt, Regina (1997) : Wissenschaftliche Fachsprache im Swahili: unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der medizinischen Terminologie
[6533]   Felberg, Knut (1996) : Nyakyusa-English-Swahili & English-Nyakyusa dictionary
[6534]   Felgas, Hélio Esteves (1960) : Grupos etnico-linguisticos do Congo portugues: sua origem, distribuicao e estabelecimento
[6535]   Fell, J. R. (1928) : Second Tonga primer: buku diabili dia ku bala
[6545]   Fernández, Galilea Leonicio (1951) : Diccionario español-kômbé
[6556]   Ferrão, Domingos (1970) : Grammatica cinyungwe
[6557]   Ferrão, Domingos (1970) : Curso de cinyungwe - ‘Método progressivo’
[6546]   Ferrari, Aurélia (2004) : Le sheng: expansion et vernacularisation d’une variété urbaine hybride à Nairobi
[6553]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1980) : Notes on a pidgin dialect
[6554]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1983) : Communication on the mines of southern Africa, with special reference to Namibia
[6555]   Ferraz, Luiz Ivens (1984) : Fanakalo: a pidgin caught in a crisis
[6558]   Ferreira, F. H. (1929) : Sethlapiñ nomenclature and uses of the indigenous trees of Griqualand West
[6560]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1948) : Klank- en vormleer van Lovedu
[6562]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1961) : Die gesnedenheid van foneemverbindings in Sotho
[6563]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1961) : Die fonemiese struktuur van die Sothotale: ’n sinchronies-vergelykende ontleding
[6564]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1964) : ’n Leerboek vir suid-Sesotho
[6566]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1968) : Morfofonemiese aanpassings in die Sothotale
[6567]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1969) : Beskrywingsprobleme in die Bantoetaalstudie
[6568]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1973) : Order-prioriteite vir die kwalifikatiewe in Suid-Sotho
[6569]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1973) : Uitbouing van bantoetaalstudie
[6571]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1977) : Morfologie van die voornaamwoorde in die Sothotale
[6565]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham & Adam Tsele Malepe (1968) : Tswana-leerboek
[6570]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham & Adam Tsele Malepe (1977) : Tswana-leerboek
[6559]   Ferreira, M. (1937) : Cinyanja hulpboekie
[6581]   Fetters, Emma Lou (1983) : A contrastive analysis of the simple locative construction in Siswati and English
[6601]   Fiedorova, N. G (1963) : [A Swahili textbook]
[6607]   Filankembo, H. (1957) : Petit vocabulaire lari-français
[6608]   Filimão, Estevão & John H. Heins (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cinyanja
[6609]   Filimão, Estevão & John H. Heins (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cinyungwe
[6610]   Filimão, Estevão & John H. Heins (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cisena
[6611]   Filimão, Estevão & John H. Heins (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cibalke
[6612]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1976) : Examples of arithmetical computations in a comparative study of Bantu languages
[6613]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1978) : A preliminary survey of hlonipha among the Xhosa
[6614]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1981) : Hlonipha: the women’s language of avoidance among the Xhosa
[6615]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1982) : Hlonipha: the women’s language of avoidance among the Xhosa
[6616]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1984) : The changing nature of isihlonipho sabafazi
[6617]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1986) : The Zulu dialect cluster
[6618]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1987) : Southern Bantu origins
[6620]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1992) : From past to present dynamics in Xhosa
[6621]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1993) : The changing face of Xhosa
[6622]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1995) : Women’s language of respect: isihlonipha sabafazi
[6627]   Finlayson, Rosalie (2002) : Women’s language of respect: isihlonipho sabafazi
[6626]   Finlayson, Rosalie (Ed) (1999) : African mosaic: festschrift for J. D. Louw
[6619]   Finlayson, Rosalie & others (1990) : Introduction to Xhosa phonetics
[6628]   Finlayson, Rosalie & Sarah Slabbert (2004) : ‘What turns you on!’: an exploration of urban South African Xhosa and Zulu youth texts
[6625]   Finlayson, Rosalie , Karen Calteaux & Carol Myers-Scotton (1998) : Orderly mixing: codeswitching and accommodation in South Africa
[6642]   Firmino, Gregório (2000) : Situação linguistiqica de Moçambique
[6641]   Firmino, Gregório , Albino Maheche , António José da Fonseca Maheme , Gosnell L. Yorke , Raimundo Garrine & Ruquia Fluce Abdula (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Cicopi
[6640]   Firmino, Gregório , Anchura Urcy , Gosnell L. Yorke & Raimundo Garrine (2000) : Proposta da ortografia do Gitonga
[6637]   Firmino, Gregório , Mateus Pequenino jnr & Katherine Alison Demuth (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Gitonga
[6638]   Firmino, Gregório , Mateus Pequenino jnr & Katherine Alison Demuth (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Cicopi
[6644]   Fisch, Maria (1977) : Einführung in die Sprache der Mbukushu, Ost Kavango, Namibia
[6645]   Fisch, Maria (1978) : Was ist eine Bantusprache?
[6646]   Fisch, Maria (1979/81) : Personennamen und Namensgebung: eine ethnologisch-etymologische Studie bei den Kavangostämme
[6647]   Fisch, Maria (1984) : Die Kavangofischer
[6648]   Fisch, Maria (1985/87) : Ursprung und Bedeutung des Namens Okavango
[6649]   Fisch, Maria (1998) : Thimbukushu grammar
[6650]   Fischer, [Père] François (1949) : Grammaire-dictionnaire comorien
[6654]   Fischer, Arnold , Elisabeth Weiss , Sonwabo Tshabe & Ernest Mdala (1985) : English-Xhosa dictionary
[6656]   Fischer, Arnold , Elisabeth Weiss , Sonwabo Tshabe & Ernest Mdala (1992) : English-Xhosa dictionary
[24416]   Fisher, M.K. (1963) : Lunda-Ndembu handbook
[6661]   Fivaz, Derek (1963) : Some aspects of the ideophone in Zulu
[6663]   Fivaz, Derek (1970) : Shona morphophonemics and morphosyntax
[6664]   Fivaz, Derek (1973) : Bantu classificatory criteria towards a critical examination and comparison of the language taxonomies of Doke and Guthrie
[6665]   Fivaz, Derek (1974) : Towards explanation in African linguistics
[6667]   Fivaz, Derek (1984) : Predication in Ndonga
[6668]   Fivaz, Derek (1986) : A reference grammar of Oshindonga
[6669]   Fivaz, Derek (2003) : A reference grammar of Oshindonga
[6662]   Fivaz, Derek & Jeanette Ratzlaff (1969) : Shona language lessons
[6666]   Fivaz, Derek & Patricia Elena Scott (1977) : African languages: a genetic and decimalised classification for bibliographic and general reference
[23437]   Flaherty, F. (1974) : The N-prefix in Swahili
[6672]   Fleisch, Axel (1993) : Die Sprachenkarte Angolas
[6673]   Fleisch, Axel (1994) : Die ethnographische und linguistische Situation in Angola
[6675]   Fleisch, Axel (1995) : Tempusaspekt und Modalität im Herero anhand von fiktiven und dokumentarischen erzähltexten
[6676]   Fleisch, Axel (2000) : Lucazi grammar: a morphosemantic analysis
[23401]   Fleisch, Axel (2005) : A cognitive semantic approach to the linguistic construal of UPPER SPACE in Southern Ndebele
[6703]   Flight, Colin (1980) : Malcolm Guthrie and the reconstruction of Bantu prehistory
[6704]   Flight, Colin (1981) : Trees and traps: strategies for the classification of African languages and their historical significance
[6705]   Flight, Colin (1988) : Bantu trees and some wider ramifications
[6706]   Flight, Colin (1988) : The Bantu expansion and the SOAS network
[6707]   Floor, Sebastian (1997) : Guia de ortografia de kimwani
[6708]   Floor, Sebastian (1998) : Vocabulário mwani-português
[6709]   Floor, Sebastian (1999) : The spirit world and spiritual beings in Mwani culture and language: perspectives on the worldview of an African Islam-animistic people
[6710]   Floor, Sebastian (1999) : Confirmative demonstratives
[23036]   Floor, Sebastian (2000) : Mwani grammatical sketch
[23039]   Floor, Sebastian (2004) : Tense-aspect switching in Mwani: the consecutive -ki- and the perfect verbs in narratives
[6717]   Fodor, István (1965) : Az afrikai nyelvek osztalyozasanak problemai [Problems of classification of African languages]
[6718]   Fodor, István (1966) : The problems in the classification of the African languages: methodological and theoretical conclusions concerning the classification system of Joseph H. Greenberg
[6720]   Fodor, István (1968) : La classification des langues négro-africaines et le théorie de J. H. Greenberg
[6722]   Fodor, István (1977) : The use of L. Magyar’s records (1859) for the history of Umbundu
[6723]   Fodor, István (1980) : H. E. Hale and his African vocabularies (1846)
[6724]   Fodor, István (1981) : A fallacy of contemporary linguistics: J. H. Greenberg’s classification of the African languages and his ‘comparative method’
[6725]   Fodor, István (1983) : Introduction to the history of Umbundu: L. Magyar’s records and the later sources
[23908]   Fokou Tamofo, Félix (2002) : Esquisse phonologique et principes orthographiques du wumboko
[6832]   Fölscher, S. (1990) : Die adjektief in Zulu
[6737]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1980) : Le verbe lexical
[6738]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1980) : Le verbe
[6739]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1984) : Notes towards a description of Teke (Gabon)
[6740]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1988) : Mboshi: steps towards a grammar ; part 1
[6741]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1989) : Mboshi: steps towards a grammar ; part 2
[6742]   Fontoynont, Antoine Maurice & Emmanuel Raomandahy (1937) : La Grande Comore
[6746]   Ford, Kevin C. (1975) : The tones of nouns in Kikuyu
[6747]   Ford, Kevin C. (1976) : Tone in Kikamba and the Central Kenya Bantu languages
[6748]   Ford, Kevin C. & George N. Clements (1978) : Downstep displacement in Kikuyu (abstract)
[6755]   Forgar, H. & J. de Fruyt (196-) : Tswana for English-speaking students
[6756]   Forgar, H. & J. de Fruyt (1968) : Tswana for English-speaking students
[6757]   Forges, Germaine (1977) : Le kela, langue bantoue du Zaïre (zone C): esquisse phonologique et morphologique
[6758]   Forges, Germaine (1978) : Phonologie et morphologie du kwezo
[6759]   Forges, Germaine (1983) : La classe de l’infinitif en bantou
[6760]   Forges, Germaine (1983) : Phonologie et morphologie du kwezo
[6768]   Fortman, Clasina de Gaay (1978) : Oral competence in Nyanja among Lusaka schoolchildren
[6769]   Fortune, George (1949) : The conjugation of inchoative verbs in Shona
[6770]   Fortune, George (1950) : “To be” and “to have” in Shona
[6771]   Fortune, George (1950) : The morphology of central Shona
[6772]   Fortune, George (1955) : An analytical grammar of Shona
[6773]   Fortune, George (1957) : Elements of Shona (Zezuru dialect)
[6774]   Fortune, George (1959) : The Bantu languages of the Federation: a preliminary survey
[6775]   Fortune, George (1962) : Ideophones in Shona: an inaugural lecture
[6776]   Fortune, George (1963) : A note on the languages of Barotseland
[6779]   Fortune, George (1968) : Predication of ‘being’ in Shona
[6780]   Fortune, George (1969) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6781]   Fortune, George (1970) : The languages of the western province of Zambia
[6782]   Fortune, George (1970) : The references of primary and secondary noun prefixes in Zezuru
[6783]   Fortune, George (1970) : Some speech styles in Shona
[6784]   Fortune, George (1971) : Some notes on ideophones and ideophonic constructions in Shona
[6786]   Fortune, George (1972) : A guide to Shona spelling
[6787]   Fortune, George (1973) : Transitivity in Shona
[6788]   Fortune, George (1975/76) : Form and imagery in Shona proverbs
[6789]   Fortune, George (1977) : Shona grammatical constructions II
[6790]   Fortune, George (1977) : An outline of Lozi
[6791]   Fortune, George (1979) : Shona lexicography
[6792]   Fortune, George (1980) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6793]   Fortune, George (1984) : Shona grammatical constructions II
[6794]   Fortune, George (1985) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6798]   Foster, C. S. (1960) : Lessons in Kikaonde
[6800]   Foster, Deborah Dene (1984) : Structure and performance of Swahili oral narrative
[23516]   Fouda, Henri (1991) : An analysis of some European loans in Ewondo
[6806]   Fourie, David J. (1989) : Modality in Isizulu
[6807]   Fourie, David J. (1990) : Die hulpwerkwoord in Zulu
[6808]   Fourie, David J. (1990) : Comments on the future of Oshiwambo
[6809]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : The noun classes and nominal extensions of Mbalanhu
[6810]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : On the modal system of Ndonga
[6811]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : Sociolinguistic trends in Owamboland
[6812]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : Cardinal directions in Ndonga, Kwanyama, Herero and Nama: a cognitive linguistic analysis
[6813]   Fourie, David J. (1992) : Nominal qualifiers in Mbalanhu: quantitatives and enumeratives
[6815]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Mbalanhu absolute and demonstrative “pronouns”
[6816]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Mbalanhu
[6817]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : The subject-, object- and possessive concords of Mbalanhu
[6818]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : The nominal classes of Ngandjera
[6819]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Reflections on African languages and technical translation theory
[6820]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Basic conjugation of the Mbalanhu verb
[6821]   Fourie, David J. (1994) : Kwambi subject, object and possessive concords
[6823]   Fourie, David J. (1997) : The linguistic position of Oshimbalanhu within the Wambo group
[23227]   Fourshey, Catherine Cymone (2002) : Precolonial history of southwestern Tanzania: a linguistic approach
[24415]   Fowler Dennis G. (2000) : A dictionary of Ila usage : 1860-1960
[6826]   Fowler, Dennis G. (2002) : The Ila speaking: records of a lost world
[6830]   Fox-Pitt, [Commander] Thomas Stanley Lane (1939) : Chibemba note book: a short list of words [...] with an elementary grammar of the language of the Awemba tribe of Northern Rhodesia
[6831]   Fox-Pitt, [Commander] Thomas Stanley Lane (1950) : Chibemba note book
[6827]   Fox, I. (1950) : Juta’s first Zulu manual with vocabulary
[6833]   Fraas, Pauline A. (1961) : A Nande-English and English-Nande dictionary
[6880]   Frankl, P. J. L. (1993) : Charles Sacleux (1856-1943): greatest of Swahili lexicographers
[6884]   Frankl, P. J. L. (2002) : Preliminary list of Swahili names for fishes of the western Indian Ocean together with related topics
[6879]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1993) : The indifference to gender in Swahili and other Bantu languages
[6881]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1994) : Diminutives and insignificance, augmentatives and “monstrosity”: examples of class re-assignment in Swahili
[6882]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1996) : Some monosyllabic words in Swahili
[6883]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1999) : The idea of ‘The Holy’ in Swahili
[6886]   Frantz, Donald G. (1983) : Advancements to direct object in Chi-Mwi:ni
[23031]   Frantz, Donald G. (1984) : A level-oriented constraint on agreement control in Chichewa
[6889]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1929) : An arithmetical terminology in the Sotho group of Bantu languages
[6890]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Thellenyane: ’n handleiding van Noord-Sotho vir beginners in Afrikaans
[6891]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Motsosha-lenyôra (seripa sa I, sa II): pukana ya thutô ya polêlô ya Sesotho e e lekanetshexo
[6892]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1933) : Sotho terminologies
[6887]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich & T. P. Mathabathe (1924) : A vocabulary of the more common words in the Transvaal-Sesotho language
[6888]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich & T. P. Mathabathe (1924?) : An outline of English-Transvaal-Sesotho grammar and composition
[6896]   Frazão, Serra (1956) : Flora angolense: alguns nomes gentílicos de plantas da provincia de Angola ; parte 1
[6897]   Frazão, Serra (1956) : Flora angolense: alguns nomes gentílicos de plantas da provincia de Angola ; parte 2
[6898]   Frazão, Serra (1957) : Flora angolense: alguns nomes gentílicos de plantas da provincia de Angola ; parte 3
[6899]   Frazier, Steven Douglas (1983) : Vàkpè reflexes of Proto-Bantu, with an overview of the position of Vàkpè in Bantu classificatory systems
[6900]   Frazier, Steven Douglas (1991) : Bantu reflexes of Proto-Benue-Congo: implications for Proto-Bantu and the Bantu dispersion
[6902]   Fredriksson, Pontus (1998) : Practically Kiswahili sanifu (Practically pure Swahili): a study on Swahili-English code-switching in Tanzania
[6905]   Freeman-Greenville, G. S. P. (1959) : Medieval evidence for Swahili
[23711]   Fretz, Rachel Irene (1987) : Storytelling among the Chokwe of Zaire: narrating skills and listener responses
[25405]   Friedrich E. Beyhl, & Bruno A. Mies (2008) : Vernacular Names of Soqotran Plants
[25247]   Frieke-Kapper, Claertje (2007) : The Creative Use of Genre Features: Continuity and Change in Patterns of Language Use in Budu, a Bantu Language of Congo (Kinshasa)
[6920]   Friesen, Dan & Lisa Friesen (2001) : Extendibility survey of Oroko
[6921]   Friesen, Dan , Rebecca Scott & Michael Scott (2001) : Tone description of Mbonge
[6919]   Friesen, Lisa (2000) : Discourse features of Oroko
[6922]   Friesen, Lisa (2002) : Valence change and Oroko verb morphology (Mbonge dialect)
[6923]   Frizzi, Giuseppe (1982) : Dicionário de emakhuwa-português e português-emakhuwa
[6926]   Fromkin, Victoria (1971) : In defence of systemic phonemics
[6950]   Fulop, Sean A. , Peter Ladefoged , Fang Liu & Rainer Vossen (2003) : Yeyi clicks: acoustic description and analysis
[22740]   Funnell, Barry John (2004) : A contrastive analysis of two standardised varieties of Sena
[6952]   Furere, M. (1967) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue nande
[6953]   Furere, Rutinywa & Annie Rialland (1983) : Accent tonal en kinyarwanda
[6954]   Furere, Rutinywa & Annie Rialland (1985) : Tons et accents en kinyarwanda
[6965]   Fyodorova, N. G. (1965) : Osnovnye sposoby imennogo slovoobrazovaniya v yazyke suahili
[6970]   Gachanja, Muigai wa (1987) : The Gikuyu folk story: its structure and aesthetics
[6971]   Gachathi, Francis Norman (1989) : Kikuyu botanical dictionary of plant names and uses
[6973]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1997) : Languages of Mozambique and Zimbabwe
[6975]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : Moçambiques språkliga kalejdoskop [The linguistic kaleidoscope of Mozambique]
[6976]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : A sketch of Xitshwa grammar
[6977]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : A typological comparison between West African and Bantu languages
[6979]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1999) : Comparação entre variedades de língua emákhuwa faladas no província de Nampula, Moçambique
[6980]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (2001) : Languages in Mozambique
[22407]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (2003) : Why are Chomskyan linguists not interested in Bantu languages?
[6986]   Gaerdes, Jan (1970) : Farmnamen und Ortsbezeichnungen
[22625]   Gaines, Richard (2002) : On the typology of directional verbs in Bantu
[7015]   Galley, Samuel (1964) : Dictionnaire fang-français et français-fang, suivi d’une grammaire fang
[24578]   Ganga, Celestin (1992) : The Sound Structure of Lari
[7043]   Ganzania, R. (1972) : Aspects phonologiques et morphologiques du koyo
[7086]   Gardner, William (2001) : Orthography challenges in Bantu languages
[7091]   Garrett, Andrew (1990) : Applicatives and preposition incorporation
[7092]   Garry, Jane & Carl Rubino (Ed) (2001) : Facts about the world’s languages: an encyclopedia of the world’s major languages, past and present
[7096]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1977) : Object formation rules in several Bantu languages
[7097]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1977) : Implications for universal grammar of object-creating rules in Luyia and Mashi
[7098]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1978) : Objectivization in Bantu languages: a comparative analysis of Kinyarwanda, Mashi and Luyia
[7093]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1976) : Grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda and universal grammar
[7094]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1977) : Grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda and universal grammar
[7095]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1977) : On collapsing grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda
[7099]   Gasana, Anastase (1981) : Dérivation verbale et nominale en kinyarwanda, langue bantoue du Rwanda
[7100]   Gasana, Anastase (1983) : Détermination de catégories grammaticales du kinyarwanda
[7102]   Gaskin, E. A. L. (1928) : Outline of Duala grammar
[7112]   Gauton, Rachélle (1990) : Adjektiewe en relatiewe in Zulu
[7113]   Gauton, Rachélle (1994) : Towards a recognition of a word class ‘adjective’ for Zulu
[7114]   Gauton, Rachélle (1999) : Locative prefix stacking as an earlier viable locatising strategy in Bantu
[7115]   Gauton, Rachélle (2000) : Locative classes in Bantu: the case for recognizing two additional locative noun class prefixes
[22519]   Gauton, Rachélle & Gilles-Maurice de Schryver (2004) : Translating technical texts into Zulu with the aid of multilingual and/or parallel corpora
[7116]   Gauton, Rachélle , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Linkie Mohlala (2004) : A corpus-based investigation of the Zulu nominal suffix -kazi: a preliminary study
[7138]   Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1953) : A short Kikuyu grammar
[7139]   Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1953) : English-Kikuyu, Kikuyu-English dictionary
[7140]   Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1955) : A short Kikuyu grammar
[7143]   Geider, Thomas (1980) : Untersuchungen zu magischen und sozialen Vorstellungen der oberen Pokomo: Analyse und Interpretation von sechs Volkserzählungen und dazu geführten Interviews
[7144]   Geider, Thomas (1985) : Pokomo lexical data on trees and their uses
[7145]   Geider, Thomas (1989) : Beekeeping and honeywine in Pokomo culture, history and lexicography
[7146]   Geider, Thomas (1994) : Lehnwort- und Neologismenforschung im Swahili
[7150]   Gelderen, Elly van (1996) : Parametrizing agreement features in Arabic, Bantu languages and varieties of English
[7153]   Gensler, Orin David (1980) : Verbal morphotonemics of Bakweri
[7154]   Gensler, Orin David (1981) : The representation of vocalic object-affixes and tense-affixes in the Bakweri verb
[7155]   Gensler, Orin David (1994) : On reconstructing the syntagm S-Aux-O-V-Other to Proto-Niger-Congo
[7156]   Gensler, Orin David (1997) : Grammaticalization, typology and Niger-Congo word order: progress on a still-unsolved problem
[7160]   Georgi, C. (1934) : Kisuaheli
[7230]   Gérard, [Révérend] [Père] (1924) : La langue lebéo, grammaire et vocabulaire
[7168]   Gerber, C. (1955) : Die relatiefkonstruktie in Suid-Sotho
[7169]   Gerber, Hendri H. (2000) : Woordeboek Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho/Pukuntshu Seburu - Sesotho sa Leboa
[7171]   Gerdes, Paulus (Ed) (1993) : A numeração em Moçambique: contribução para uma reflexão sobre cultura, língua e educação matemática
[7172]   Gerdts, Donna B. & Lindsay J. Whaley (1991) : Locatives vs. instrumentals in Kinyarwanda
[7184]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1977) : Swahili: eine Sprache als Faktor der politischen Integration
[7185]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1978) : Die Beziehungen des Mbe (Cross River State, Nigeria) zum Bantu
[7187]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1980) : An attempt at a lexicostatistic classification of some Bantu and some not-so-Bantu languages
[7189]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1980) : Swahili: a language as a factor in political integration
[7198]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1986) : The lenis/fortis contrast in pre-Bantu? Some north-western Bantu evidence
[7200]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1986) : Die Niger-Kongo-Sprachen
[7209]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1990) : Was heisst “Computer” auf Swahili? Oder: Sind afrikanische Sprachen ein Entwicklungs-hemmnis?
[7201]   Gerhardt, Ludwig & Sheikh Sauda (1987) : Arbeitsvokabular Swahili-Deutsch
[7202]   Gerhardt, Phyllis (1987) : Aspect in Nugunu
[7208]   Gerhardt, Phyllis (1989) : Les temps en nugunu
[7216]   Gerstner, Jonathan [Neill] (1938) : Preliminary check list of Zulu names of plants ; parts 1-2
[7217]   Gerstner, Jonathan [Neill] (1939) : Preliminary check list of Zulu names of plants ; parts 3-5
[7218]   Gerstner, Jonathan [Neill] (1941) : Preliminary check list of Zulu names of plants ; part 6
[7222]   Gessner, Suzanne , S. Oh & K. Shiobara (Ed) (2001) : Current research on African languages and linguistics
[7223]   Gestwicki, [Reverend] Ronald & Mrs Ronald Gestwicki (1966) : An English-Herero/Herero-English dictionary
[7229]   Geunier, Noël-J. (1989) : Le swahili à Madagascar
[7234]   Gheel, J. de (1928) : Le plus ancien dictionnaire bantu/Het oudste Bantu-woordenboek
[7236]   Giannini, A. , M. Pettorino & Maddalena Toscano (1988) : Some remarks on Zulu stops
[7237]   Gibbe, A. G. (1977) : Homonymy, synonymy and antonymy: a lexical study in Kiswahili
[7238]   Gibbe, A. G. (1981) : The development of Kiswhahili technical terms/L’évolution des termes techniques en Swahili
[7239]   Gibbe, A. G. (1983) : Tanzania’s language policy with special reference to Kiswahili as an educational medium
[7240]   Gibson, Gordon D. (1953) : Unpublished notes ethnographic and linguistic field notes on the Gciriku, recorded in Shakawe, Ngamiland, Bechuanaland Protectorate
[7241]   Gibson, Gordon D. , Thomas John Larson & Cecilia R. McGurk (1981) : The Kavango peoples
[7249]   Gilles, A. (1981) : Dictionnaire français-kiluba
[7255]   Gilliard, L. (1924) : La numérotation des Ntomba, riverains du Lac Léopold II
[7256]   Gilliard, L. (1928) : Grammaire synthétique de lontomba, suivie d’un vocabulaire
[7257]   Gilliard, L. (1928) : Grammaire pratique lontomba
[7259]   Gillis, A. (1973) : Mwendela Kiluba: grammaire pour debutants
[7260]   Gillis, A. (1981) : Dictionnaire français-kiluba
[7261]   Gilman, Charles (1979) : Convergence in Lingala and Zairian Swahili
[7265]   Gilmore, Theopolis L. & Shadrack O. Kwasa (1963) : Swahili phrase book for students and travellers
[7290]   Githiora, Chege (2004) : Diccionario Swahili-Español
[7291]   Githiora, Chege (2002) : Sheng: peer language, Swahili dialect or emerging creole?
[23491]   Githiora, Chege (2004) : Gikuyu orthography: past and future perspectives
[23583]   Githiora, Chege (2001) : Some problems and insights in the lexicography of two non-kindred languages: Spanish and Swahili
[24579]   Githiora, Chege John (1993) : Word Frequency Study and Morphological Analysis of Two Bantu Languages (Kiswahili, Gikuyu)
[7292]   Giuseppe, Frizzi (1982) : Dicionário emakhuwa-português e português-emakhuwa
[7293]   Givón, Talmy (1969) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7294]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The resolution of gender conflict in Bantu conjunction: when syntax and semantics clash
[7295]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : On ordered rules and the modified base of ChiBemba verbs
[7296]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The magical number two, Bantu pronouns and the theory of pronominalization
[7297]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The SiLuyana language: a preliminary linguistic description
[7298]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : On the verbal origin of the Bantu verb suffixes
[7299]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Some historical changes in the noun-class system of Bantu, their possible causes and wider applications
[7300]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Dependent modals, performatives, factivity, Bantu subjunctives and what not
[7303]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Historical syntax and synchronic morphology: an archaeologist’s field trip
[7304]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7305]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : On cost accounting in lexical structure: a reply to Frank Heny
[7306]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : Pronoun attraction and subject postposing in Bantu
[7308]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : The magical number two: Bantu pronouns and the theory of nominalization
[7309]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : A note on subject postposing
[7310]   Givón, Talmy (1974) : Syntactic change in Lake Bantu: a rejoinder
[7313]   Givón, Talmy (1975) : Focus and scope of assertion: some Bantu evidence
[7315]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : Some constraints on Bantu causativization
[7316]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : Topic, pronoun and grammatical agreement
[7311]   Givón, Talmy & Alexandre Kimenyi (1974) : Truth, belief and doubt in Kinyarwanda
[7319]   Givón, Talmy & Boniface Kaumba Kawasha (2001?) : Indiscrete grammatical relations: the Lunda passive
[7321]   Glaesel, Heidi (1997) : They’re not just ‘samaki’: towards an understanding of fisher vocabulary on the Kenya coast
[7323]   Gleason jnr, Henry Allan (1960) : Bantu classes 1a and 2a
[7327]   Glover, Phillip Earle , F. C. Magogo & Ali Bandari Hamisi (1969) : A Digo-botanical-Digo glossary from the Shimba Hills, Kenya: a list of Digo plant names with their botanical equivalent
[7328]   Gluckman, Max (1942) : Prefix concordance in Lozi, lingua franca of Barotseland
[7329]   Gluckman, Max (1959) : The technical vocabulary of Bartose jurisprudence
[7507]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1988) : Textanalyse zu Tempus (T), Aspekt (A) und Modalität (M) im Swahili: das TAM-System in der Prosasprache des Shabaan bin Robert
[7508]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1990) : Zur Darstellung dialektometrischer Ergebnisse
[7509]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1991) : Towards a structural analysis of the Swahili TAM-formatives
[7510]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1994) : Tempus, Aspekt und Modalität
[7332]   Godi, Patricia Sizani (2002) : Focus constructions in Xitsonga
[7335]   Goellnitz, W. (1945) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Osikuanjama
[7336]   Goemaere, A. (19--) : Spraakleer van het londengese
[7337]   Goemaere, A. (1941) : Taaleenmaking
[7338]   Goemaere, A. (1942) : Woordenlijst londengese-vlaams
[7339]   Goemaere, A. (1984) : Grammaire du londengese
[7360]   Goldklang, H. A. (1967) : Current Swahili newspaper terminology
[7361]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1975) : Tone melodies and the autosegment
[7363]   Goldsmith, John Anton (198-) : Comparing extratonality and extrametricality in Kikongo-type tonal systems
[7364]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1981) : Towards an autosegmental theory of accent: the case of Tonga
[7366]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1983) : Accent in Tonga: an autosegmental analysis
[7367]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1984) : Meeussen’s rule
[7368]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1984) : Tone and accent in Tonga
[7369]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : On tone in Sukuma
[7371]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Tone in CiRuri present continuous
[7372]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Bantu -a-: the far past in the far past
[7373]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Tone in KiHunde
[7374]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1987) : Stem tone patterns of the Lacustrine Bantu languages
[7375]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1988) : Prosodic trends in the Bantu languages
[7378]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1991) : Tone and accent in Llogori
[7379]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1992) : Tone and accent in Llogoori
[7370]   Goldsmith, John Anton & Firmard Sabimana (1985) : The Kirundi verb
[22523]   Goldsmith, John Anton & Firmard Sabimana (1989) : The Kirundi verb
[7376]   Goldsmith, John Anton , Karen Peterson & Joseph Drogo (1989) : Tone and accent in the Xhosa verbal system
[7381]   Golele, N. C. P. (1993) : Xitsonga in a multilingual society: a South African “minority” language
[7391]   Good, A. I. (1936) : Bulu handbook supplement
[7392]   Good, Jeff Craig (2003) : Strong linearity: three case studies towards a theory of morphosyntactic templatic constructions
[22603]   Good, Jeff Craig (2005) : Reconstructing morpheme order in Bantu: the case of causativization and applicativization
[7390]   Good, R. A. (1932) : English-Bulu vocabulary
[7393]   Goodall, Edward Basil Herbert (1921) : Some Wemba words: some meanings and explanations
[7395]   Goodman, Morris F. (1967) : Prosodic features of Bravanese, a Swahili dialect
[7397]   Goodman, Morris F. (1971) : The strange case of Mbugu
[7400]   Goodwill, J. , A. Kotzé , Levi Namaseb , Angelika Tjoutuku , E. Kaura , Paavo Hasheela , L. Mbenzi , D. Nakare , M.!Goraseb & V. =Eiases (1991) : A first school dictionary for Namibia with Nama-Damara, Herero, Kwangali, Oshiwambo and Afrikaans words
[7404]   Gordon, Robert James (1972) : Some sociological aspects of verbal communication in Okombahe, SWA: a community study
[7410]   Gorecka, Alicja (1990) : Palatalization of labials in Tswana
[7415]   Gorman, Thomas Patrick (1972) : A glossary in English, Kiswahili, Kikuyu and Dholuo/Kamusi ya lugha ya Kiingereza, Kiswahili, Kikuyu na Kijaluo/Mutaratara wa ciugo cia Githungu, Githweri, Gikuyu na Kijaluu/Cheno mar weche ma olok e Dhowasungu, Swahili, Kikuyuy gi Dholuo
[7417]   Gorman, Thomas Patrick (1974) : Sociolinguistic research in Kenya: an inquiry into problems involved in the teaching of Swahili
[7411]   Gorman, W. A. R. (1950) : Simple Silozi: a guide for beginners
[7419]   Goslin, B. du P. (1980) : The major differences between Zulu and Swazi
[7420]   Goslin, B. du P. (1983) : ’n Vakdidaktiek Noord-Sotho vir die sekondêre skool
[7421]   Goslin, B. du P. (1987) : History of African languages in Transvaal schools
[7422]   Gosori, K. , L. A. Noronha & Walter Schicho (1981) : Kiswahili cha kisasa [Modern Swahili]
[7424]   Gossweiler, John (1950) : Flora exótica de Angola: nomes vulgares e origem das plantas cultivadas ou subexpontâneas
[7425]   Gossweiler, John (1953) : Nomes indígenas de plantas de Angola
[7426]   Goto, Tadahisa (1968) : [The development of Swahili dictionaries]
[7462]   Gough, David H. (1986) : Xhosa narrative: an analysis of the production and linguistic properties of discourse with particular reference to Iintsomi texts
[7463]   Gough, David H. (1992) : Demonstratives and word order: aspects of discourse reference in Xhosa narrative
[7464]   Gough, David H. (1993) : A change of mood: towards a re-analysis of the Dokean classification
[7465]   Gough, David H. (1995) : Some problems for politeness theory: deference and directness in Xhosa performative requests
[7466]   Gough, David H. (1995) : Xhosa beyond the textbook: an analysis of grammatical variation of selected Xhosa constructions
[7468]   Gould, Laurie J. (19--) : The grammar of Ikikuria
[7469]   Gould, Laurie J. (1987) : Evidence for ambiguous targets in Kuria advancement strategies
[7470]   Gould, Laurie J. (1988) : Liberation and Kikuria relative clauses
[7473]   Gouws, R. H. (1990) : Information categories in dictionaries, with special reference to southern Africa
[7477]   Gower, R. H. (1952) : Swahili borrowings from English
[7478]   Gower, R. H. (1958) : Swahili slang
[7479]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1964) : Morphology of the substantive in Lozi
[7480]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1967) : Morphology of the verb in Lozi
[7481]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1968) : Some secret languages of children of South Africa
[7482]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1970) : Verbal extensions in Mbuunda
[7483]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1979) : Weltanschauung, psycho-social salience and word sense as reflected in a Southern Sotho word-frequency count
[7485]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1984) : Stabilization in Bantu
[7487]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1992) : Yeyi reflexes of Proto-Bantu
[7488]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1997) : Aspects of Yeyi diachronic phonology
[7489]   Gowlett, Derek F. (2003) : Zone S
[7486]   Gowlett, Derek F. (Ed) (1992) : African linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal
[7484]   Gowlett, Derek F. & Estelle Rassmann (1979) : A word-frequency count for Southern Sotho prose literature
[7490]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1975) : Swahili morphophonemics
[7498]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : Le contexte historique de la naissance et de la diffusion du kingwana
[7499]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : On strength hierarchies in Swahili
[7502]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1988) : Indoubil: a Swahili hybrid in Bukavu [with comments in Indu Bill by K. Kabongo-Mianda]
[7505]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1995) : The emergence of Lingala in Bukavu
[7506]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (200-) : Bukavu Swahili
[23438]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1972) : Ordered rules and the morphophonemics of the N-class in Swahili
[7504]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. & Tembue Zembele (1992) : Codeswitching in Bukavu
[7514]   Grabenhorst, Ulrike (1990) : Bibliographical update: addenda to ‘A tentative bibliography of Swahili 1964-1984’
[7521]   Graffin, R. & François Pichon (1930) : Grammaire éwondo
[7531]   Gramly, Richard Michael (1978) : Expansion of Bantu-speakers versus development of Bantu language in situ: an archaeologist’s perspective
[7539]   Grant, Neville (1987) : Swahili speakers
[7538]   Grant, Sandy (1970) : Place names in the Kgatleng
[7561]   Gray, G. P. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Herero
[7558]   Gray, J. M. (1936) : The Basoga
[7560]   Gray, J. M. (1958) : Burton on Kiswahili
[7559]   Gray, Robert F. (1951) : A short word-list and grammatical sketch [of Mbugwe]
[7570]   Greef, M. M. (1980) : The passive in Xhosa
[7575]   Green, E. Clive (1956) : An introduction to Shambala grammar
[7577]   Green, E. Clive (1964) : The Wambugu of Usambara (with notes on Kimbugu)
[7584]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1942) : Premières applications de la géographie linguistique appliquée aux langues bantus
[7585]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1947) : Swahili prosody
[7587]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1948) : The tonal system of Proto-Bantu
[7588]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1948) : The classification of African languages
[7591]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1949) : Studies in African linguistic classification. Part 3: the position of Bantu
[7598]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1951) : Vowel and nasal harmony in Bantu languages
[7603]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1955) : Studies in African linguistic classification
[7619]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1963) : The languages of Africa
[7635]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1970) : The languages of Africa
[7638]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1972) : Linguistic evidence regarding Bantu origin
[7640]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1974) : Bantu and its closest relatives
[7641]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1974) : Reply to Meeussen on “Bantu and its closest relatives”
[7644]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1981) : African linguistic classification
[7649]   Greenway, P. J. (1937) : A Swahili dictionary of plant names
[7650]   Greenway, P. J. (1947) : A veterinary glossary of some tribal languages of Tanganyika Territory
[7653]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1967) : Prefix and pronoun in Bantu
[23447]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1999) : Noun class systems in African and Pacific languages
[7680]   Grégoire, Claire (1975) : Les locatifs en bantou
[7684]   Grégoire, Claire (1976) : Les suffixes verbaux et les finales de la conjugaison simple en laadi
[7685]   Grégoire, Claire (1976) : Le champ sémantique du thème *-bánjá
[7686]   Grégoire, Claire (1979) : Les voyelles finales alternantes dans la conjugaison affirmative des langues bantoues centrales
[7690]   Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les locatifs en bantou: reconstruction et évolution régionales
[7691]   Grégoire, Claire (1983) : Quelques hypothèses comparatives sur les locatifs dans les langues bantoues du Cameroun
[7697]   Grégoire, Claire (1991) : Premières observations sur le système tonale du myènè-nkomi, langue bantou du Gabon (B11e)
[7698]   Grégoire, Claire (1994) : A diachronic approach to classes 10 and 11 in Bantu, with special reference to north-western languages
[7700]   Grégoire, Claire (1998) : L?expression du lieu dans les langues africaines
[7702]   Grégoire, Claire (2003) : The Bantu languages of the forest
[7701]   Grégoire, Claire & Baudoin Janssens (1999) : L’augment en bantou du nord-ouest
[7699]   Grégoire, Claire & Jean-Paul Rekanga (1994) : Nouvelles hypothèses diachronique sur la cl. 10b du myènè-nkomi (B11e)
[7668]   Gregorio, Giacomo de (1926) : Il Suahili nella Somalia italiana e i suoi elementi arabici
[7670]   Grennec, Gregoire (19--) : Dicionário português-umbundu
[7671]   Greschat, Hans-Jürgen & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (Ed) (1969) : Wort und Religion, Kalima na dini: Studien zur Afrikanistik, Missionswissenschaft, Religionswissenschaft, Ernst Dammann zum 65. Geburtstag
[7713]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1997) : Swahili-loanwords in Oromo
[7718]   Griesel, G. J. (1982) : Zoeloe vir beginners
[7719]   Griesel, G. J. (2001) : Irregular forms of the Zulu locativised noun
[7722]   Griffin, A. W. (1937) : Dictionary of the Pende language
[7723]   Griffin, A. W. (1937) : Grammar and exercise-book of the Kipende language
[7727]   Grigorieva, Tamara (1966) : Swahili studies in the Soviet Union in 1965
[7750]   Grobbelaar, J. C. (1952) : Junior Sepedi: ’n handleiding met oefeninge vir die aanleer van Noord-Sotho vir standerd 7 en standerd 8
[7752]   Grobler, G. M. M. (1978) : Is hierdie p ’n b of ’n p?
[7753]   Grobler, G. M. M. (1991) : Die kort drietalige sakwoordeboek/The concise trilingual pocket dictionary: Afrikaans-Northern Sotho-English/English-Northern Sotho-Afrikaans
[7755]   Groenewald, P. S. (1960) : Morfologiese verdubbeling in Noord-Sotho
[7756]   Groenewald, P. S. (1969) : Senwabarwana: ontlening en vokaalvervanging
[7757]   Groenewald, P. S. (1983) : Verslag: die onderrig van Bantoetale aan Blanke studente
[7758]   Groenewald, P. S. (2002) : Sepedi versleer: funksies van herhaling en segmentele rym
[25265]   Grollemund, Rebecca (2006) : Les Okandé du Gabon, locuteurs d’une langue en danger (langue bantoue du groupe B 30) - Langue et culture
[7759]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1965) : O printsipakh vydeleniya imeni sushchestvitel’nogo v yazyke suahili [On the principles of definition of the noun as a part of speech in Swahili]
[7760]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1966) : Chasti rechi v iazykakh bantu i printsipy ikh razgranicheniia
[7761]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1975) : The syntax of the ‘infinitive’ in Swahili (abstract)
[7764]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1983) : On correlation of the categories of class and number in some Bantu languages
[7765]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1988) : Die Erweiterung der Funktion einiger Nominalklassenpräfixe in den Bantusprachen
[7767]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1990) : Vitenzi vipya katika Swahili [New verbs in Swahili]
[7770]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (2000) : Borrowings from local Bantu languages in Swahili
[7771]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (2004) : The infinitive as a part of speech in Swahili
[7762]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & N. G. Fyodorova (1978) : Russko-Suahili uchebny slovar
[7763]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1978) : Osobennosti relytivnykh konstruktsii v suahili
[7768]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1995) : Teoreticheskaja grammatika jazyka suakheli [Swahili theoretical grammar]
[7769]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna , A. I. Dovzhenko , B. B. Karpovich & E. N. M?achina (1996) : [Russian and Swahili dictionary]
[7772]   Groot, Martien de (1988) : Description of the Digo verb system
[7773]   Groot, Martien de (1990) : Printout of the dictionary database of Digo
[7776]   Grosserhode, Ralf (1998) : Ton und Druck im Gogo
[7777]   Grosserhode, Ralf (2000) : Stimmlose Nasale im Gogo
[7793]   Grünwaldt, Sylvia (1994) : La herencia léxica de África en la región caribeña de Colombia
[7794]   Grünwaldt, Sylvia (1996) : Lexikalisches Erbe Afrikas im heutigen Spanischen der Karibikküste Kolumbiens
[7796]   Guarisma, Gladys (1967) : Esquisse phonologique du bafia
[7797]   Guarisma, Gladys (1969) : Études bafia: phonologie, classes d’accord et lexique bafia-français
[7799]   Guarisma, Gladys (1972) : A propos de la détermination des catégories grammaticales en bafia par la méthode de l’énoncé minimal
[7800]   Guarisma, Gladys (1973) : Le nom en bafia: étude syntagme nominal d’une langue bantoue du Cameroun
[7801]   Guarisma, Gladys (1976) : Le phénomène de terrasses ou de failles tonales dans quelques langues bantoues du Cameroun
[7804]   Guarisma, Gladys (1980) : Les voyelles centrales en bafia et dans d’autres parlers du groupe A.50
[7807]   Guarisma, Gladys (1981) : Le prédicat en bafia
[7809]   Guarisma, Gladys (1982) : Le syntagme verbal à modalité de temps et à modalité d’aspect en bafia
[7811]   Guarisma, Gladys (1985) : Types d’énoncés, classes de verbes et nombre de participants au procès en bafia
[7813]   Guarisma, Gladys (1986) : Dialectométrie lexicale de quelques parlers bantôides non bantous du Cameroun
[7815]   Guarisma, Gladys (1990) : La negation en bafia: langue bantoue A53 du Cameroun
[7816]   Guarisma, Gladys (1992) : Le bafia (rì-kpa?), langue bantoue (A53) du Cameroun
[7817]   Guarisma, Gladys (1994) : Le bafia, une langue bantoue à prosodie riche
[7818]   Guarisma, Gladys (1997) : La qualification en bafia
[7819]   Guarisma, Gladys (2003) : Kpa? (A53)
[7814]   Guarisma, Gladys & Christiane Paulian (1986) : Dialectometrie lexicale de quelques parlers bantous de la zone A
[7812]   Guarisma, Gladys & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (Ed) (1986) : La méthode dialectométrique appliquée aux langues africaines
[7808]   Guarisma, Gladys , Gabriel M. Nissim & Jan Voorhoeve (Ed) (1982) : Le verbe bantoue: actes de journées d’étude tenues à l’Université de Leyde (Pays-Bas), 19-21 janvier 1981, et au Centre de Recherche Pluridisciplinaire du CNRS, Ivry (France), 27 février et le 26 juin 1981
[16410]   Gudahi, Wilson Kaiga G. (2003) : The phonology of a Bantu dialect: Logoli language
[7822]   Guennec, Grégoire le & José Francisco Valente (1972) : Dicionário português-umbundu
[7825]   Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas (1963) : Rudimentos de língua maconde
[7826]   Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas (1966) : Os Macondes de Moçambique IV
[7842]   Gugushe, R. N. (1978) : The teaching of Bantu languages in black schools
[7847]   Guillerme, L. (1920) : Dictionnaire français-kikemba
[7850]   Guillot, R. (19--) : Petite grammaire de l’usalampasu
[7851]   Guilmin, M. (1925) : Grammaire lingombe
[7917]   Güldemann, Tom (1992) : Ist Swahili eine monogenetische Einheit? Betrachtungen aus der Sicht peripherer Varietäten unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Verbmorphologie
[7918]   Güldemann, Tom (1996) : Verbalmorphologie und Nebenprädikationen im Bantu: eine Studie zur funktional motivierten Genese eines konjugationalen Subsystem
[7919]   Güldemann, Tom (1997) : Prosodic subordination as a strategy for complex sentence construction in Shona: Bantu moods revisited
[7921]   Güldemann, Tom (1997) : Prosodische Markierung als sprachliche Strategie zur Hierarchisierung verknüpfter Prädikationen am Beispiel des Shona
[7923]   Güldemann, Tom (1998) : The relation between imperfective and simultaneous taxis in Bantu: late stages of grammaticalization
[7925]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : The genesis of verbal negation in Bantu and its dependency on functional features of clause types
[7926]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : Toward a grammaticalization and typological account of the ka-possessive in southern Nguni
[7927]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : Head-initial meets head-final: nominal suffixes in eastern and southern Bantu from a historical perspective
[7932]   Güldemann, Tom (2002) : When “say” is not say: the functional versatility of the Bantu quotative marker ti with special reference to Shona
[7935]   Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Grammaticalization
[7936]   Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Present progressive vis-à-vis predication focus in Bantu: a verbal category between semantics and pragmatics
[23523]   Güldemann, Tom (2005) : Asyndetic subordination and deverbal depictive expressions in Shona
[7860]   Guma, Mthobeli (2001) : The cultural meaning of names among Basotho in South Africa: a historical and linguistics analysis
[7858]   Guma, Samson Mbizo (1951) : A comparative study of the ideophone in Suthu
[7859]   Guma, Samson Mbizo (1971) : An outline structure of Southern Sotho
[7862]   Gusimana, Barthelemey (1955) : Dictionnaire français-kimbala
[7863]   Gusimana, Barthelemey (1972) : Dictionnaire pende-français
[7864]   Guth, W. (1937) : Die “Mutter” im Sprachgebrauch der Asu
[7865]   Guth, W. (1939/40) : Der Asu-Gruss
[7866]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1918-1972) : Unpublished field data, grammar and vocabulary notes for over 180 Bantu languages
[7868]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1939) : Grammaire et dictionnaire de lingala: la langue universelle actuellement parlée sur la partie centrale du fleuve Congo, avec un manuel de conversation français-lingala
[7869]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1940) : Tone ranges in a two-tone language (Lingala)
[7870]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1943) : The lingua franca of Middle Congo
[7871]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1945) : The tonal structure of Bemba
[7872]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : Gender, number and person in Bantu languages
[7873]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : Bantu word division: a new study of an old problem
[7874]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : The classification of the Bantu languages
[7875]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1951) : Grammaire et dictionnaire de lingala
[7876]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1953) : The Bantu languages of western equatorial Africa
[7877]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1956) : Observations on nominal classes in Bantu languages
[7878]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1956) : Some features of the Mfinu verbal system
[7880]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1959) : Problèmes de génétique linguistique: la question du bantu commun
[7881]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1959) : La classification des langues bantus: approche synchronique, méthodes et résultats
[7882]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1960) : Teke radical structure and Common Bantu
[7883]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1961) : Bantu sentence structure
[7884]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : Bantu origins: a tentative new hypothesis
[7885]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : A two-stage method of comparative Bantu study
[7886]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : Some developments in the prehistory of the Bantu languages
[7887]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : The status of radical extensions in Bantu languages
[7889]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1964) : Some uses of arithmetical computation in comparative Bantu studies
[7890]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1964) : Bantu languages in ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[7891]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1965) : Comparative Bantu: a preview
[7892]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1965) : Language classification and African studies
[7893]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967) : Variations in the range of classes in the Bantu languages
[7894]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 1: the comparative linguistics of the Bantu languages
[7895]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967/71) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages
[7896]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1968) : Notes on Nzebi (Gabon)
[7897]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1969) : Features of verbal structure in S. W. Fang
[7898]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 3: a catalogue of Common Bantu with commentary
[7899]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 4: a catalogue of Common Bantu with commentary
[7900]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Collected papers on Bantu linguistics
[7901]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Contributions from comparative Bantu studies to the prehistory of Africa
[7902]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1971) : The western Bantu languages
[7903]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1971) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 2: Bantu prehistory, inventory and indexes
[7905]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1995) : A vocabulary of Icibemba
[7867]   Guthrie, Malcolm (Ed) (1935) : Lingala grammar and dictionary
[7879]   Guthrie, Malcolm & Archibald Norman Tucker (Ed) (1956) : Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland
[7904]   Guthrie, Malcolm & John F. Carrington (1988) : Lingala: grammar and dictionary
[7914]   Guye, H. (1920) : Des noms propres chez les ba-Ronga
[7915]   Guye, H. (1945) : Le choix des noms chez les Thongas
[7916]   Guzman, Videa P. de (1987) : Indirect objects in Siswati
[7942]   Gxilishe, D. S. (1992) : Conversational code switching
[7945]   Gysels, Marjolein (1992) : French in urban Lubumbashi Swahili: codeswitching, borrowing or both?
[7956]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1985) : Noun phrase accessibility to relativization in Herero and Nama
[7971]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & Edward Derek Elderkin (Ed) (1997) : Namibian languages: reports and papers
[7980]   Haapanen, Helmi (1958) : Omayeletumbulo gaawambo
[7987]   Habimana, J. (1981) : La toponymie rwandaise, étude linguistique et thématique
[7990]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1987) : Stop and continuant alternation in Tonga
[7991]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1991) : A historico-comparative study of Zambian Plateau Tonga and seven related lects
[7992]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1993) : Minority languages project: progress report (September 1992 - October 1993)
[7994]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1996) : Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe: a research report
[7997]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1998) : Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe
[7998]   Hackett, Peter E. (1949) : Field notes
[8000]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1935) : Notes on Swahili grammar
[8001]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1937) : The perfect tense in the eastern Bantu languages
[8002]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1951) : The locative in Bantu (Baganda)
[8004]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : Swahili lessons
[8005]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : Note on the verbal -e stem in East African Bantu
[8006]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : The verbal -e stem in eastern Bantu
[8007]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1956) : Some notes on the initial vowel pre-prefix
[8003]   Haddon, Ernest B. & H. E. Lambert (1954) : Notes and queries - continued
[8008]   Haddow, A. J. (1952) : Whistled signals among the Bakonjo
[2124]   Hadelin, R. Dom (1938) : Vocabulaire français-kisanga
[8009]   Hadermann, Pascale (1994) : Les marques -yo- et -to- dans la conjugasion de quelques langues bantoues de zone C
[8010]   Hadermann, Pascale (1994) : Aspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de l’infinitif dans les langues bantoues
[8011]   Hadermann, Pascale (1996) : Formes verbales complexes et grammaticalisation de la structure infinitif+verbe(conjugués) dans quelques langues bantues de zone B et H
[8012]   Hadermann, Pascale (1996) : Grammaticalisation de la structure infinitif+verbe conjugué dans quelques langues bantoues
[8013]   Hadermann, Pascale (1997) : L’infinitif et la fonction sujet dans quelques langues bantoues
[8014]   Hadermann, Pascale (1999) : Les formes nomino-verbales de classes 5 et 15 dans les langues bantoues du Nord-Ouest
[23249]   Hadermann, Pascale (2005) : Eléments segmentaux et supra-segmentaux pour marquer la fonction ‘object’ dans quelques langues bantoues
[23122]   Haerdi, Fritz (1964) : Die Eingeborenen-Heilpflanzen des Ulanga-Distriktes Tanganjikas (Ostafrika)
[8022]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1967) : Description phonologique du parler wori (sud-ouest du Cameroun)
[8017]   Hagen, Gunther Tronje von (1940) : Lehrbuch der Bulu Sprache
[8019]   Hagendorens, J. (1956) : Dictionnaire français-otetela
[8020]   Hagendorens, J. (1957) : Dictionnaire otetela-français
[8021]   Hagendorens, J. (1975) : Dictionnaire otetela-français
[8071]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1967) : Ethnolinguistic continuity on the Guinea coast
[8076]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1969) : The earliest vocabularies of Cameroons Bantu
[8077]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1969) : An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guinea coast before 1700 ; part 2
[8087]   Hair, Paul Edward Hedley (1981) : The earliest extant wordlist of Swahili, 1613
[8098]   Haldane, L. A. (1946) : Notes on some birds of the Rufiji District with native names
[8099]   Haldane, L. A. (1956) : Birds of the Njombe District
[8102]   Halemba, Andrzej (1994) : Mambwe-English dictionary
[8123]   Hallowes, D. P. (1942) : A grammar of Baca
[8125]   Halme, Riikka (1998) : Tone in Kwanyama nouns
[8126]   Halme, Riikka (2001) : Research on Kwanyama tone
[8127]   Halme, Riikka (2004) : A tonal grammar of Kwanyama
[8132]   Hamel, L. (1965) : English-Southern Sesotho dictionary
[8145]   Hamp, Eric H. (1970) : On Bantu and comparison
[8146]   Hamutumua, M. (1996) : Oshikwanyama after Namibian independence: focus on the contribution of the Oshikwanyama Curriculum Committee
[8155]   Hancock, Ian F. (1981) : Répertoire des langues pidgins et créoles
[8160]   Handekyn, E. (1927) : Spraakkunst der Wankutshu-taal
[8161]   Hands, Arthur L. (1952) : The elements of Runyarwanda for English-speaking students
[8162]   Hankievicz, S. (1928) : Praktyczna gramatyka jezyka Nianja
[8164]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1959) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8165]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1961) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8166]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1974) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8167]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1981) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8168]   Hannan, [Reverend] Michael (Ed) (1984) : Standard Shona dictionary
[8179]   Harding, D. A. (1966) : The phonology and morphology of Chinyanja
[8180]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1983) : Locative pseudo-subject in Shona
[8181]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1985) : The Shona passive and government-binding theory
[8182]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1986) : Aspects of complementation in three Bantu languages
[8183]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1990) : Locative inversion in Chishona
[8184]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1991) : Object asymmetries in Kitharaka
[8185]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1993) : The applicative in Chishona and lexical mapping theory
[8186]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1997) : Empty operator raising in Kitharaka
[8187]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1997) : When two vowels go walking: vowel coalescence in Shona
[8188]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1999) : Shona monosyllabication and the prosody-syntax interface in optimality theory
[8189]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (2003) : Perfective stems in Shona
[5176]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn & Katherine Alison Demuth (1999) : Prosody outranks syntax: an optimality approach to subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[8190]   Hargus, Sharon & Manuel da Conceição (1999) : Consonant labialization in Ronga
[8191]   Hargus, Sharon , Manuel da Conceição & Susan McBurney (1999) : Noun classes and agreement in Ronga
[8192]   Harjula, Lotta (1999) : Kiha phonology
[8193]   Harjula, Lotta (2001) : Research on the Ha language
[8194]   Harjula, Lotta (2004) : The Ha language of Tanzania: grammar, texts and vocabulary
[23709]   Harjula, Lotta (2006) : The Ha noun class system revisited
[8198]   Harlech-Jones, Brian (1982) : Language usage and preferences of a group of tertiary students
[8225]   Harman, F. J. N. & others (1981) : Pula 1: Noord-Sothotaalkunde/Northern Sotho grammar
[8226]   Harman, F. J. N. & others (1983) : Pula 2: Noord-Sothotaalkunde/Northern Sotho grammar
[8234]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (19--) : Vocabularies of northern Makua
[8235]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1940) : An outline of Mawiha grammar
[8236]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1942) : Makua song-riddles from the initiation rites
[8237]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1942) : Some riddles of the Makua people
[8238]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1945) : Linguistic notes from the southern province
[8240]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1950) : A grammar of Mwera, a Bantu language of the eastern zone, spoken in the south-eastern area of Tanganyika Territory
[8241]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1952) : Some tonal principles of the Kikuyu language
[8242]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1954) : Some tonal principles of the Kikuyu language
[8243]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1955) : Grammar of Gesogo
[8244]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1956) : Congo Swahili
[8245]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1958) : Kumu, a sub-Bantu language
[8246]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1958) : Supplementary vocabulary: Swahili-English ; part 1
[8247]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1959) : Nyali, a Bantoid language
[8248]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1959) : Supplementary vocabulary: Swahili-English ; part 2
[8249]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1961) : Some grammatical features of recent Swahili prose
[8250]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1965) : Locative agreements in Swahili
[8252]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1967) : Style in Swahili
[8253]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1968) : Swahili in modern East Africa
[8254]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1969) : Swahili sentence structure
[8256]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1970) : The phrasal predicate in Swahili
[8257]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1970/71) : Inalienable possession in Swahili
[8259]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1973) : Syntactic features of Swahili sentences
[8261]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1976) : The nationalization of Swahili in Kenya
[8262]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1977) : The syntax of Swahili locatives
[8263]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1983) : Grammar and lexicon in Swahili
[8264]   Harries, Patrick (1988) : The roots of ethnicity: discourse and the politics of language construction in South East Africa
[8265]   Harries, Patrick (1995) : Discovering languages: the historical origins of standard Tsonga in southern Africa
[8266]   Harris, J. S. (19--) : Grammar and vocabulary of Kiluguru
[8272]   Harris, John (1987) : Non-structure-preserving rules in lexical phonology: south-eastern Bantu harmony
[8273]   Harris, John (1987) : Mono-valency and opacity: Chichewa height harmony
[8271]   Harris, Zellig Sabbetai (1951) : The phonemes of Swahili: a sample phonemic analysis prepared with the collaboration of Nathan Glazor - Appendix
[8268]   Harris, Zellig Sabbetai & F. Lukoff (1942) : The phonemes of Kingwana Swahili
[8286]   Hartering, J. & C. Tokind?ino (1---) : Les Bongando nous parlent
[8289]   Hartshorne, Kenneth B. (1973) : The position of the official languages in the education of the Bantu
[8291]   Hartshorne, Kenneth B. (1987) : Language policy in African education in South Africa 1910-1985, with particular reference to the issue of medium of instruction
[8290]   Hartshorne, Kenneth B. , J. H. A. Swart & Edgar Posselt (1984) : Dictionary of Basic English - N. Sotho across the curriculum
[8302]   Hasheela, Paavo (1996) : The teaching of Oshikwanyama in lower primary schools
[8303]   Hasheela, Paavo & Wolfgang Zimmermann (1998) : Oshikwanyama grammar
[8312]   Hasselbring, Sue (1996) : A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Gantsi District
[8314]   Hasselbring, Sue (1994) : Words and letters which posed problems in a word division study
[8315]   Hasselbring, Sue (1994) : Kalanga word division readability study
[8316]   Hasselbring, Sue (1996) : The use of languages in Gantsi District: implications for churches and Christian organizations
[8317]   Hasselbring, Sue (2000) : A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Botswana
[8319]   Hasselbring, Sue , Thabiso Segatlhe & Julie Munch (2001) : A sociolinguistic survey of the languages of Botswana
[8324]   Hatfield, Deborah H. , Janneke VanderKooy & Marcia Bleeker (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey among the Bakossi
[8325]   Hattersley, Charles W. & Henry Wright Duta (1921) : Luganda phrases and idioms
[8330]   Hauenstein, Alfred (1962) : Noms accompagnés de proverbes, chez les Ovimbundu et les Humbi du sud de l’Angola
[8331]   Hauner, Magdalena (1975) : Relationships among six north-east African Bantu languages
[8332]   Hauner, Magdalena (1981) : Kiujamaa: notes on political language
[8333]   Hauner, Magdalena (1985) : Complex tenses and style in the novels of E. Kezilahabi
[8341]   Hauser, A. (1954) : La frontière linguistique bantou-oubanguienne entre le bas-Oubangui et ses affluents de droite
[8344]   Havenga, B. (1988) : Die samestelling van die Sotho-taalgroep
[8349]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1976) : A semantic characterization of verbal agreement and word order in several Bantu languages
[8351]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Homonymy versus unity of form: the particle -a in Swahili
[8352]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1986) : Bakweri verb morphology
[23594]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: communication and culture handbook
[23595]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: special skills handbook
[23596]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: grammar handbook
[8348]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine & Larry Michael Hyman (1974) : Hierarchies of natural topic in Shona
[8386]   Hayward, K. M. , Sh. Yahya Ali Omar & M. Goesche (1989) : Dental and alveolar stops in Kimvita Swahili: an electropalatographic study
[8417]   Hazaël-Massieux, Guy (1973) : Remarque sur des problèmes de langues en contact dans la région de Brazzaville (français et langues bantu)
[8416]   Hazaël-Massieux, M. C. (1973) : Notes à propos du système des couleurs dans quelques langues de la République du Congo
[8427]   Heath, Daniel (1989) : Lexique mekaá-francais (département du haut Nyong, province de l’est)
[8429]   Heath, Daniel (1991) : Tense and aspect in Makaa
[8430]   Heath, Daniel (1991) : Tone in the Makaa associative construction
[25397]   Heath, Daniel (1985) : Lexique provisoire de 2800 mots de la langue m?kaa
[8422]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : Notes on the Mekaa noun class system
[8423]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : Relative clauses in Mekaa
[8424]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : A phonology of the Makaá language
[8425]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1984) : Relative clauses in Makaa
[22877]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1994) : Preposed constituents and discontinuities in Makaa discourse
[8436]   Heath, Teresa (2003) : Makaa (A83)
[8441]   Hedinger, Robert (1977) : The noun classes of Akoose (Bakossi)
[8442]   Hedinger, Robert (1980) : The noun classes of Akoose (Bakossi)
[8445]   Hedinger, Robert (1981) : Pronouns in Akoose
[8447]   Hedinger, Robert (1983) : Locatives in Akoose (Bakossi)
[8448]   Hedinger, Robert (1984) : A comparative-historical study of the Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8449]   Hedinger, Robert (1984) : Reported speech in Akoose
[8450]   Hedinger, Robert (1985) : The verb in Akoose
[8451]   Hedinger, Robert (1987) : The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8453]   Hedinger, Robert (1992) : Verbal extensions in Akoose: their form, meaning and valency changes
[8440]   Hedinger, Robert & Sylvia Hedinger (1977) : Phonology of Akóósé (Bakossi)
[8446]   Hedinger, Robert & Sylvia Hedinger (1982) : English-Akose wordlist
[8444]   Hedinger, Robert , Joseph Ekandjoum & Sylvia Hedinger (1981) : Petite grammaire de la langue mboó
[8454]   Heepe, Martin (1920) : Die Komorendialekte Ngazidja, Nzwani und Mwali
[8455]   Heepe, Martin (1920) : Probleme der Bantu-Forschung in geschichtlichem Überblick
[8456]   Heepe, Martin (1926) : Darstellung einer Bantusprache aus den Jahren 1821-1822 von Elliott, nach einer Handschrift der Grey Library in Kapstadt
[8460]   Heerden, P. W. van (1953) : Taalleerboeke en Noord-Sotho vir Transvaalse middelbare skole vir Blanke kinders tot 1951
[8462]   Heijboer, B. M. (1948) : kp en gb in noord-bantoe
[8463]   Heijboer, B. M. (1948) : Londo et lingombe
[8469]   Heimbeck, Cora (1987) : Lokativkonstruktionen im Bemba
[8471]   Heine, Bernd (1968) : Afrikanische Verkehrssprachen
[8475]   Heine, Bernd (1970) : Status and use of African lingua francas
[8485]   Heine, Bernd (1972/73) : Zur genetischen Gliederung der Bantu-Sprachen
[8486]   Heine, Bernd (1973) : Pidgin-Sprachen im Bantu-Bereich
[8497]   Heine, Bernd (1976) : A typology of African languages based on the order of meaningful elements
[8500]   Heine, Bernd (1976) : Knowledge and use of second languages in Musoma Region: a quantitative study
[8508]   Heine, Bernd (1979) : Some linguistic observations on the early history of Africa
[8512]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Methods in comparative Bantu linguistics (the problem of Bantu linguistic classification)
[8517]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Some recent developments in the classification of Bantoid: the problem of defining Bantu
[8529]   Heine, Bernd (1982) : African noun class systems
[8530]   Heine, Bernd (1982) : Traditional fishing in the Rift Valley: a linguistic survey
[8541]   Heine, Bernd (1983) : Eine Bemerkung zur Gliederung der Swahili-Dialekte
[8559]   Heine, Bernd (1989) : A note on the historical classification of Mvita
[8562]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : Kiswahili
[8564]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : On the development of Kenya Pidgin Swahili
[8565]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : Auxiliaries in African languages: the Lingala case
[8573]   Heine, Bernd (1994) : On the genesis of aspect in African languages: the proximative
[8575]   Heine, Bernd (1997) : Grammaticalization theory and its relevance to African linguistics
[23129]   Heine, Bernd (1992) : African languages
[8533]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1982) : Recent German research on Africa: language and culture (projects of the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft))/Rapport sur la recherche africanistique allemande: langue et culture (projéts réalisés par la Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft)
[8581]   Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (Ed) (2000) : African languages: an introduction
[22508]   Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (Ed) (2004) : Les langues africaines
[8574]   Heine, Bernd & Karsten Legère (1995) : Swahili plants: an ethnobotanical survey
[8526]   Heine, Bernd & Oswin R. A. Köhler (1981) : Linguistik - Ostafrika (Kenya, Uganda, Tanzania): Gliederung der Sprachen und Dialekte
[8515]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1980) : Language structures in Kenya
[8583]   Heine, Bernd & Tania A. Kuteva (Ed) (2001) : World lexicon of grammaticalization
[8548]   Heine, Bernd & Ulrike Claudi (1988) : On the use of the nominal strategy for coding complex complements in some African languages
[8472]   Heine, Bernd & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1968) : Grundkursus des Swahili für den Unterricht im Sprachlabor
[8514]   Heine, Bernd & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (Ed) (1980) : Language and dialect atlas of Kenya, 1: geographical and historical introduction; language and society; selected bibliography
[8502]   Heine, Bernd , Hans Hoff & Rainer Vossen (1977) : Neuere Ergebnisse zur Territorialgeschichte des Bantu
[8534]   Heine, Bernd , Rainer Vossen , Marcello Lamberti & Mechthild Reh (1982) : A typology of African languages
[8522]   Heine, Bernd , Thilo C. Schadeberg & Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1981) : Die Sprachen Afrikas
[23041]   Heins, Barbara (1999) : Preliminary observations on the Sena demonstrative system
[8585]   Heins, John H. (1992) : A study of lexicographic similarity as a preliminary step toward a language atlas of Mozambique
[23040]   Heins, John H. (1999) : How to translate proper names into Sena
[8597]   Helm, C. A. G. (1979) : Die moedertaal as onderrigmedium in die onderwys van die swart volke van Afrika en die Republiek van Suid-Afrika
[8598]   Helmlinger, Paul (1972) : Dictionnaire duala-français, suivi d’un lexique français-duala
[8756]   Héméry, A. (1---) : English-Kikuyu handbook
[24703]   Henderson, Brent (2006) : Multiple Agreement, Concord and Case Checking in Bantu
[24752]   Henderson, Brent (2009) : Anti-Agreement and [Person] in Bantu
[8600]   Henderson, J. E. (1---) : Easy Gikuyu lessons
[8603]   Hendrickse, H. (1981) : The concepts ‘mood’ and ‘sentence type’ in a Herero grammar with theoretical aims
[8605]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1975) : Aspects of Xhosa sentential complementation: a grammatical inquiry within a framework of modern linguistic theory
[8606]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1978) : The explanatory power of the feature referential in a grammar of Xhosa
[8607]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1990) : Number as a categorizing parameter in Southern Bantu: an exploration in cognitive grammar
[8611]   Hendrikse, A. P. (2001) : Systemic polysemy in the southern Bantu noun class system
[8608]   Hendrikse, A. P. & George Poulos (1992) : A continuum interpretation of the Bantu noun class system
[8610]   Hendrikse, A. P. & George Poulos (1994) : Word categories: prototypes and continua in southern Bantu
[8609]   Hendrikse, A. P. & S. N. L. Mkhatshwa (1993) : The metaphorical basis of Zulu auxiliaries
[8604]   Hendrikse, A. P. & S. W. Zotwana (1975) : Topics in Xhosa relativization: some traditional analyses re-examined
[8614]   Hendrix, Melvin K. (1982) : An international bibliography of African lexicons
[8616]   Hennin, R. (1---) : Kizimba--binja-sud
[8617]   Hennings, H. (1938) : Studien zur Bedeutungsbildung im Bantu
[8618]   Henrici, Alick (1973) : Numerical classification of Bantu languages
[24748]   Henson, Bonnie J. (2009) : Defining the Word in Kol
[25081]   Henson, Bonnie J. (2009) : The Phonology and Morphosyntax of Kol
[8621]   Heny, Frank W. (1971) : Explanatory tone assignment rules in Bantu
[8622]   Heny, Frank W. (1972) : Bantu lexical classes and semantic universals (with some remarks on how not to write phonological rules)
[8623]   Heny, Frank W. (1972) : Cost accounting vs explanation: a reply to a reply
[8771]   Hérault, Georges (1997) : Syllabic genesis and Luganda phonology
[8624]   Herbert, Robert K. (1974) : Selected topics in the phonology and acoustic structure of Luganda
[8625]   Herbert, Robert K. (1974) : ‘Seven will give you five’ - Luganda vowels
[8628]   Herbert, Robert K. (1975) : Reanalyzing prenasalized consonants
[8629]   Herbert, Robert K. (1975/76) : A reanalysis of Luganda vowels
[8630]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : Morphophonological palatalization in Southern Bantu: a reply to segmental fusion
[8631]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : Prefix restructuring, lexical representation and the Bantu noun
[8632]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : Phonetic analysis in phonological description: prenasalized consonants and Meinhof’s rule
[8633]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : The non-dissimilatory nature of nasal compound dissimilation in Bantu
[8634]   Herbert, Robert K. (1978) : Another look at meta-rules and “family universals”
[8635]   Herbert, Robert K. (1978) : Morphological re-analysis in the Bantu nasal class
[8636]   Herbert, Robert K. (1983) : Clicks in normal and delayed acquisition of Zulu (abstract)
[8637]   Herbert, Robert K. (1985) : Gender systems and semanticity: two case histories from Bantu
[8638]   Herbert, Robert K. (1987) : Articulatory modes and typological universals: the puzzle of Bantu ejectives and aspirates
[8639]   Herbert, Robert K. (1989) : Southern Bantu unity: myth or reality?
[8640]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : The sociohistory of clicks in southern Africa
[8641]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : Labial palatalization in Nguni and Sotho languages: internal and external evidence
[8642]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : The relative markedness of click sounds: evidence from language change, acquisition and avoidance
[8643]   Herbert, Robert K. (1990) : Hlonipha and the ambiguous women
[8645]   Herbert, Robert K. (1991) : Patterns in language change, acquisition and dissolution: noun prefixes and concords in Bantu
[8647]   Herbert, Robert K. (1992) : Introduction: language in a divided society
[8651]   Herbert, Robert K. (1995) : The sociolinguistics of personal names: two South African studies
[8652]   Herbert, Robert K. (1995) : Prenasalized consonants and Dahl’s Law: questions of representation and subclass
[8653]   Herbert, Robert K. (1995) : The sociohistory of clicks in southern Bantu
[8655]   Herbert, Robert K. (1997) : The meaning of language choices in South Africa: social and pragmatic factors
[8657]   Herbert, Robert K. (2002) : The sociohistory of clicks in southern Bantu
[8658]   Herbert, Robert K. (2002) : The political economy of language shift: language and gendered ethnicity in a Thonga community
[8626]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1975) : Proceedings of the 6th conference on African linguistics, held at the Ohio State University, Columbus, April 12-13, 1975
[8627]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1975) : Patterns in language, culture and society: sub-Saharan Africa. Proceedings of the symposium on African languages, culture and society, held at the Ohio State University, Columbus, April 11, 1975
[8646]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1992) : Language and society in Africa: the theory and practice of sociolinguistics
[8648]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1993) : Not with one mouth: continuity and change on southern African language studies (C. M. Doke centenary)
[8650]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1993) : Foundations in southern African linguistics
[8656]   Herbert, Robert K. & Richard Bailey (2002) : The Bantu languages: sociohistorical perspectives
[8644]   Herbert, Robert K. & Senna Bogatsu (1990) : Changes in Northern Sotho and Tswana personal pronouns
[8649]   Herbert, Robert K. & Thomas N. Huffman (1993) : A new perspective on Bantu expansion and classification: linguistic and archaeological evidence fifty years after Doke
[8662]   Herman, Rebecca (1996) : Prosodic structure in SiSwati
[8664]   Hermanson, Eric A. (1995) : Metaphor in Zulu: problems in the translation of biblical metaphor in the Book of Amos
[8665]   Hermanson, Eric A. (2001) : Hearing the Wonders of God in our own languages: functinal equivalent Bible translation in southern Africa, with special reference to Xhosa
[23363]   Hermanson, Eric A. & J. A. du Plessis (1997) : The conceptual metaphor “people are animals” in Zulu
[8667]   Herms, Irmtraud (1975) : Gesprächsbuch Deutsch-Swahili
[8669]   Herms, Irmtraud (1986) : Die Kategorie der Belebtheit im Rahmen des Klassensystems des Swahili
[8671]   Herms, Irmtraud (1987) : Gesprächsbuch Deutsch-Swahili/Kituba cha mazungumzo Kijerumani-Kiswahili
[8672]   Herms, Irmtraud (1989) : Zur Bildung von Diminjtiv- und Augmentattivformen im Swahili
[8674]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Diminutiva und Augmentativa
[8675]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Unpersönliche Konstruktionen
[8676]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Adjektiva
[8677]   Herms, Irmtraud (2000) : The new Swahili-German dictionary
[23461]   Herms, Irmtraud (1999) : Swahili lexicography: the German-Swahili dictionary
[8678]   Herroelen, P. (1957) : Quelques notes sur les noms d’oiseaux dans Nsong’a Lianja
[8679]   Herroelen, P. (1957) : Commentaires sur “Quelques noms vernaculaires d’animaux très communes au Congo belge en dialectes du groupe lingala et en kisuku” [von C. Lemmens et J. Pouchet]
[23924]   Herzog, G. (1972) : Lexikon deutsch-lonkundo
[8683]   Hess, Charles (1---) : Notes on Sukuma
[8684]   Hess, Charles (1---) : Fragments of Kisukuma-English dictionary
[8690]   Hestermann, S. (1929) : Die deutsche Afrikanistik bis 1913
[8691]   Hetherwick, Alexander (1922) : A practical manual of the Nyanja language
[8692]   Hetherwick, Alexander (1932) : A practical manual of the Nyanja language
[8738]   Heugh, Kathleen (2002) : Recovering multilingualism: recent language-policy developments
[8735]   Heugh, Kathleen , Amanda Siegrühn & P. Pluddemann (Ed) (1995) : Multilingual education for South Africa
[8739]   Heusden, P. R. van (193-) : Grammaire et exercises pratiques chibemba-français
[23458]   Heusing, Gerald (Ed) (2000) : Aspekte der linguistischen und kulturellen Komplexität Ugandas
[8746]   Hewson, John & Derek Nurse (1998) : Chronogenetic staging in the Swahili verbal system
[23245]   Hewson, John & Derek Nurse (2005) : The relationship of tense and aspect in the Gikuyu verb
[8747]   Hewson, John , Derek Nurse & Henry R. T. Muzale (2000) : Chronogenetic staging of tense in Ruhaya
[8748]   Heyboer, B. (1948) : kp en gb en noord-bantoe
[8772]   Hibbert, Liesel (1995) : Xhosa in the English tutorial: bridge or barrier?
[8777]   Hichens, William (1962/63) : Swahili prosody
[8798]   Hieda, Osamu (2002) : [Tense and aspect in Saamia]
[8800]   Hiernaux, Jean (1968) : Bantu expansion: the evidence from physical anthropology confronted with linguistic and archaeological evidence
[8801]   Hiernaux, Jean & Anne-Marie Gauthier (1977) : Comparaison des affinités linguistiques en biologiques de douze populations de langue bantu
[8813]   Hill, Peter (1965) : Some notes on structural differences between English and Swahili
[8814]   Hill, Peter (1965/66) : Some problems in the change-over from Swahili to English as the medium of instruction
[8816]   Hill, Trevor (1973) : The primary dialects of Swahili: an approach to a linguistic-geographical survey
[8830]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1973) : Prefixes, sound changes and subgrouping in the coastal Kenyan Bantu languages
[8831]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1974) : Rule inversion and restructuring in Kikamba
[8832]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1975) : A reconstructed chronology of loss: Swahili class 9/10
[8833]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1976) : Swahili: genetic affiliations and evidence
[8834]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1976) : The Shungwaya hypothesis: a linguistic reappraisal
[8836]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1979) : Swahili
[8840]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1981) : Northeast coastal Bantu
[8841]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1989) : Bantu
[8842]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1996) : What kind of language is Swahili?
[8844]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1997) : Negotiating the TUKI English-Swahili dictionary: a critique from a pedagogical and scholarly perspective
[8845]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1999) : Contact and lexicostatistics in comparative Bantu studies
[23597]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (2001) : The Yale Kamusi Project: a Swahili-English, English-Swahili dictionary
[8839]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Derek Nurse (1981) : Spirantization in Chaga
[8837]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Robert S. Kirsner (1980) : On the inference of ‘inalienable possession’ in Swahili
[8835]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah M. Mirza (1979) : Kiswahili, msingi wa kusema kusoma na kuandika = Swahili, a foundation for speaking, reading and writing
[8843]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah M. Mirza (1997) : Kiswahili, msingi wa kusema kusoma na kuandika = Swahili, a foundation for speaking, reading and writing
[8838]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. , Derek Nurse & Martin [Joel] Mould (1981) : Studies in the classification of Eastern Bantu languages
[8869]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1971) : The Zulu clause
[8870]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1983) : The clause in the Zulu sentence
[8871]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1995) : Growth of the Zulu language and its structural changes
[8872]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1996) : The narrative tense in Zulu
[23922]   Hobgood, H. C. (1----) : Lokundo English grammar
[8877]   Hobona, Boga (1994) : Ikalanga writing problems
[8878]   Hobson, Carol Bonnin (2000) : Morphological development in the interlanguage of English learners of Xhosa
[8879]   Hoch, Ernst (195-) : Bemba grammar notes for beginners
[8880]   Hoch, Ernst (1960) : Bemba pocket dictionary: Bemba-English and English-Bemba
[8881]   Hoch, Ernst (1963) : Bemba grammar with exercises
[8882]   Hoch, Ernst (1974) : Bemba pocket dictionary: Bemba-English and English-Bemba
[22392]   Hoch, Ernst (1964) : Bemba classified vocabulary
[8884]   Hoch, Ernst (Ed) (1998) : Bemba-English, English-Bemba concise dictionary
[8885]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1972) : Dictionnaire buma-français, avec un aperçu grammatical
[8886]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1978) : Le langage gestuel en Afrique centrale
[8887]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1981) : Grammaire du kikongo ya leta
[8888]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1981/83) : Le langage des gestes rituels
[8889]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1983) : Dictionnaire français-kikongo ya leta
[8929]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed (1976) : Object relations in Kimeru causatives
[8930]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed (1977) : Causatives, transitivity and objecthood in Kimeru
[8931]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed & Suzanne U. Stucky (1979) : On the inadequacy of a grammatical relation referring rule in Bantu
[8933]   Hodson, T. C. (1934) : Name giving among the WaSokile - Correspondence to the editor
[8939]   Hoffmann, C. (19--) : Grundriss zu einer Sotho-Grammatik
[8940]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1952/53) : Zur Verbreiterung der Zahlwortstämme in Bantusprachen
[8964]   Hofmann, John E. (1977) : Language attitudes in Rhodesia
[8972]   Hoftmann, H. & Stephen Mhando (1963) : Suaheli-Deutsches Wörterbuch
[9134]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1961) : Untersuchung zur Eingliederung moderner Begriffe in Bantusprachen, dargestellt am Suaheli, Zulu und Herero
[9137]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1963) : Untersuchung zur Eingliederung moderner Begriffe in Bantusprachen, dargestellt am Suaheli, Zulu und Herero
[9140]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (1979) : Wörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch
[9141]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (1989) : Wörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch
[9142]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (2000) : Langenscheidts Handwörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch
[9144]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Irmtraud Herms (2005) : Wörterbuch Swahili-Deutsch
[9136]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Stephen Mhando (1963) : Suaheli-deutsches Wörterbuch
[9138]   Höftmann, Hildegard & Stephen Mhando (1967) : Suaheli-deutsches Wörterbuch
[8974]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1929/30) : Zur Lautlehre und Grammatik des Asu
[8984]   Holden, Claire Janaki (2002) : Bantu language trees reflect the spread of farming across sub-Saharan Africa: a maximum-parsimony analysis
[23538]   Holden, Claire Janaki , Andrew Meade & Mark Pagel (200-) : Bantu language trees: a comparison of maximum parsimony and Bayesian methods
[8987]   Hollingsworth, L. W. & Yahya Alawi (1944) : Advanced Swahili exercises
[8988]   Hollingsworth, L. W. & Yahya Alawi (1953) : Advanced Swahili exercises
[8990]   Holloway, Joseph E. & Winifred Kellersberger Vass (1993) : The African heritage of American English
[17814]   Holm, John A. (1988/89) : Pidgins and creoles
[8992]   Holst, Friedemann (1992) : Lexicostatistics and history in Africa: attempt at a classification of some Bantu languages
[8995]   Hombert, A. T. (19--) : Vocabulaire des Bahavu, non-publié
[8996]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1973) : Speaking backwards in Bakwiri
[9001]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1979) : Early Bantu population movements and iron metallurgy: the linguistic evidence
[9004]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1981) : From Proto-Benue-Congo to Proto-Bantu noun classes
[9008]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1986) : The developmnent of nasalized vowels in the Teke language group
[9009]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1987) : Phonetic conditioning for the development of nasalization in Teke
[9010]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1987) : Conditions d’apparation des voyelles nasales dans les langues bantu de la zone nord-ouest (résume)
[9011]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1988) : Tonper, un test de perception pour langues tonales: application au bulu (sud-Cameroun)
[9016]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1990) : Réalisations tonales et constraintes segmentales en fang
[9017]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1991) : Quelques critères de classification des parlers fang
[9019]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1992) : Terminologie des odeurs dans quelques langues du Gabon
[22534]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1984) : Les systèmes tonals des langues africaines: typologie et diachronie
[9005]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & A.-M. Mortier (1984) : Bibliographie des langues du Gabon
[9006]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Gilbert Puèch (1984) : Espace vocalique et structuration perceptuelle: application au swahili
[9020]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1999) : Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives
[9012]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Médard Mwélé (1988) : Éléments de phonologie diachronique du wanzi (langue bantu du Gabon, groupe B50)
[9007]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , François Nsuka-Nkutsi & Gilbert Puèch (1984) : Pour l’application au swahili des techniques de traitement automatique de la parole
[9013]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , François Nsuka-Nkutsi & Gilbert Puèch (1989) : Pour l’application au swahili des techniques de traitement automatique de la parole
[22700]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , François Nsuka-Nkutsi & Gilbert Puèch (1987) : Quelques perspectives pour la linguistique historique bantu
[9014]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , Marcel Mamfoumbi & J.-L. Mbongo (1989) : Notes sur la phonologie diachronique du sake
[9018]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , Médard Mwélé & Lai-Won Seo (1991) : Outils informatiques pour la linguistique historiques bantu
[9015]   Hombert, Jean-Marie , Pither Medjo & Raymond Nguema (1989) : Les fang sont-ils bantu?
[9023]   Homburger, Lilias (1924) : Les langues bantoues
[9024]   Homburger, Lilias (1925) : Le groupe sud-ouest des langues bantoues
[9026]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Noms des parties du corps dans les langues négro-africaines
[9027]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Les préfixes nominaux dans les parlers peuls, haoussa et bantou
[9039]   Homburger, Lilias (1941) : Les langues négro-africaines et les peuples qui les parlent
[9041]   Homburger, Lilias (1949) : The Negro-African languages
[9046]   Hone, Ilse (1981) : The history of the development of Tsonga orthography
[9056]   Honwana, L. (1994) : Linguas moçambicanas e língua portuguesa
[9060]   Hoorweg, Jan C. (1977) : A short dictionary of Kikuyu names of foods, meals and drinks
[9061]   Hoover, J. J. (1975) : An uRuund-English dictionary (Lunda of Mwant Yav)
[9062]   Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1940) : Tonga grammar, a practical introduction to the study of Citonga
[9063]   Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1953) : Tonga grammar: a practical introduction to Tonga
[9064]   Hopkin-Jenkins, K. (1947) : Basic Bantu
[23587]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: communication and culture handbook
[23588]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: special skills handbook
[23589]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: grammar handbook
[9070]   Horn, Jeanne (1974) : Bua Sesotho
[9075]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1941) : A grammar of the Lwena language
[9076]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1949) : A grammar of Luvale
[9077]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1953) : A dictionary of Luvale
[9079]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1975) : A dictionary of Luvale
[9080]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1990) : A dictionary of Luvale
[9078]   Horton, Rose M. (1960) : Kamba Bible dictionary
[9112]   Houis, Maurice (1971) : Actes du 8ème congrès international de linguistique africaine, Abidjan, 24-28 mars 1969
[9125]   Houpe, Donald Wilson (1978) : Loanwords in Baraza: a study of lexical origins in a Swahili-language newspaper
[9131]   Howse, Millicent (1955) : Umbundu lessons 1
[9146]   Hrbek, Ivan (1984) : A list of African ethnonyms
[9147]   Hromnik, Cyril Andrew (1981) : Indo-Africa: towards a new understanding of the history of sub-Saharan Africa
[9148]   Hualde, José Ignacio (1989) : Double object constructions in KiRimi
[9149]   Hualde, José Ignacio (1989) : Double object constructions in Kinande and case theory
[9152]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1993) : Mapping phonological structure to phonetic timing: moras and duration in two Bantu languages
[9153]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1995) : Towards a theory of phonological and phonetic timing: evidence from Bantu
[9154]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1995) : Prenasalized consonants and syllable timing: evidence from Runyambo and Luganda
[9155]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1995) : Morification and syllabification in Bantu languages
[9156]   Hubbard, Kathleen (1995) : Transmorphemic compensatory lengthening in Chichewa
[9151]   Hubbard, Kathleen (Ed) (1991) : Special session on African language structures
[9193]   Huffman, Marie K. & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (1998) : The phonetic structure of ‘voiceless’ nasals in Pokomo: implications for sound change
[9190]   Huffman, Thomas N. (1970) : The early iron age and the spread of the Bantu
[9191]   Huffman, Thomas N. (1974) : The linguistic affinities of the iron age in Rhodesia
[9192]   Huffman, Thomas N. & Robert K. Herbert (1994/95) : New perspectives on Eastern Bantu
[9196]   Hughes, Colleen (1979) : A checklist of names of indigenous mammals occuring in Zimbabwe Rhodesia
[9201]   Hullquist, C. G. (1988) : Simply Chichewa: a simple yet comprehensive approach to learning and mastering the Chichewa language
[9202]   Hulst, Harry van der , Maarten Mous & Norval Smith (1986) : The autosegmental analysis of reduced vowel harmony systems: the case of Tunen
[9204]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Nkole, non-publié
[9205]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Booli, non-publié
[9206]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1933) : Buku ea njekola eandola la ekotela
[9207]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1934) : Les tons en Lonkundo (Lomongo)
[9209]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1935) : Over de tonen in het Lonkundo
[9210]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1935) : Une rectification concernant mon article “Les tons en Lonkundo”
[9211]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1936) : Rectifications à apporter à l’article: Les tons en Lonkundo
[9212]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1936) : Lonkundo-nederlands woordenboek
[9213]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1936) : Kolonisatie en inheemsche taal
[9215]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1937) : Bibliographie van het lonkundo-lomongo
[9216]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1937/38) : Considérations sur l’orthographe du lonkundo-lomongo
[9217]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1937/38) : Dialektale stromingen in het lomongo-lonkundo
[9218]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1937/38) : Woorden en uitdrukkingen in ons nieuw gebedenboek
[9219]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1938) : Praktische grammatica van het lonkundo (lomongo)
[9220]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Spraakleer van het Lonkundo
[9221]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Schets van het lontomba ; deel 1
[9222]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : La langue véhiculaire de l’enseignement
[9223]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Vergelijkende taalstudie III
[9224]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Schets van het lontomba ; deel 2
[9225]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Taaleenmaking
[9226]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Lingala (mise au point)
[9229]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Ya-namen
[9230]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Art indigène et langue
[9231]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Nkundo et mongo
[9232]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Tonetiek van lomongo en tshiluba
[9233]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Nederlands-lonkundo woordenboek
[9234]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Over het dialekt der Boyela ; deel 1
[9236]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1942) : Over het dialekt der Boyela ; deele 2-3
[9239]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Buku ea njekola eandola la ekotela
[9240]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Etsifyelaka III
[9241]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Lomongo en Ngbandi ; partie 1
[9242]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946) : Lomongo en Ngbandi ; partie 2
[9243]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946) : Connectieve bijzinnen in het lomongo
[9245]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946/49) : Quelques notes supplémentaires concernant la langue lonkundo
[9247]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1948) : Le dialecte des pygmoïdes Batswa de l’Equateur
[9248]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1949) : La négation dans les langues congolais
[9250]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : La négation dans les langues congolaises
[9251]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : Les langues indigènes peuvent-elles servir dans l’enseignement?
[9252]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : Tonologie van het lomongo
[9253]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : Taléénmaking in het mongo-gebied
[9254]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1951) : Les langues de la cuvette centrale congolaise
[9256]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1951/52) : Buku ea njekola eandola la ekotela
[9257]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1952) : Dictionnaire français-lomongo (lonkundo)
[9258]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1952) : La terminologie chrétienne dans les langues bantoues: un point de vue du Congo belge
[9259]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1952) : A propos d’onomastique
[9261]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1953) : Que signifie le nom Batswa?
[9262]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1953) : Étude d’une langue africaine
[9263]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1953) : Lingala-invloed op het lomongo
[9265]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1956) : Noms de personnez chez les Nkundo
[9266]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1957) : Dictionnaire lomongo-français
[9267]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1957) : La langue ntomba
[9268]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1960) : On the classification of Congo languages - Notes and news
[9269]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Grammaire du lomongo, I: la phonologie
[9270]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Sur le parler doko
[9271]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Sur quelques langues bantoues du Congo
[9272]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : La persistance des tons en lomongo
[9273]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1962) : Les idéophones du lomongo
[9274]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1965) : Grammaire du lomongo, II: la morphologie
[9275]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1966) : Grammaire du lomongo, III: la syntaxe
[9276]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1970) : Notes sur la dérivation en mongo
[9277]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1970) : Esquisse du parler des Nkengo
[9278]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1974) : Sur les dialectes des Bakutu
[9279]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1974) : Gauche et droite dans les dialectes móngó
[9280]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1974) : Apropos de Bangala
[9281]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1977) : Esquisse du parler des Lwankamba
[9282]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1977) : Esquisse de sémantique mongo
[9283]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1978) : Témoignages pour la dialectologie móngo
[9284]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1978) : Notes sur la langue des Bafotó
[9285]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Esquisse du parler des Yenge
[9286]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Tables des matières de la syntaxe du lomongo
[9287]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Un cas de postposition chez les mongo
[9289]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Esquisse de la langue des Eleku
[9290]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Petite monographie des Bondombe
[9291]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1983) : Notes sur le dialecte des Bolandá
[9292]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : La langue des Mpama
[9293]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Emoma-Mpongo et Nkole
[9294]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Losikongo
[9295]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1985) : Complement au dictionnaire lomongo-français: additions et corrections
[9296]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1985) : Les langues kuba et mongo
[9297]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1985) : Note sur l’origine du mot “salongo”
[9298]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1986) : La langue des Jofe
[9299]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1986) : Encore Bondombe
[9300]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1987) : Les parlers des Bongandó méridionaux
[9301]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1988) : Supplément à la grammaire lomongo
[9302]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1988) : Le parler des Lokalo orientaux
[9303]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1989) : L’origine du lingala
[9305]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1989) : Orientations pour la recherche future chez les Mongo
[9306]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1990) : Le dialecte des Elembe
[9307]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Le dialecte des Ngelewa
[9308]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Règle et exception en lomongo
[9310]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1992) : Onomastique mongo
[9311]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1992) : La linguistique et l’histoire des Mongo
[9312]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Études dialectologiques mongo
[9314]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 1: le dialecte des Losakani
[9315]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 2: un dialecte des Yongo
[9316]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 3: dialecte des Mpenge
[9317]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 4: esquisse du parler des Bosaka-Nkóle
[9318]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 5: le dialecte des Monye á Yafé
[9319]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 6: les dialectes des Ngome a Múna
[9320]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 7: les dialectes des Ntomb’a Nkó’e
[9321]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 8: le dialecte des Bosanga
[9322]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 9: le dialecte des Bamata
[9323]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 10: le dialecte des Mángilongó
[9324]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 11: le parler des Iyembe de la Lokolo
[9325]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 12: sur le parler des Bolóngó
[9327]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 1: les préfixes nominaux li- et bi- dans les dialectes móngo
[9328]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 2: le groupe présentatif en lomóngo
[9329]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 3: connectif et possessif dans les dialectes móngo
[9330]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 4: les interrogatifs dans les dialectes móngo
[9331]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Corrigenda du dictionnaire français-lomongo
[9332]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Liste et carte des dialectes mongo
[9333]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1994) : Encore des formules de salutation solennelle móngo (nsáko)
[9334]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1999) : Éléments pour la dialectologie móngo
[9335]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (2001) : Éléments pour la dialectologie móngo, III: lexique
[9309]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Bosekonsombo Bakasa (1991) : Noms de Bondombe dans le langage tambouriné
[9227]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & D. Brown (1940) : Ntomba
[9235]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & G. de Boeck (1941) : Taaleenmaking
[9237]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Leo Bittremieux (1943) : A propos de la langue unifiée
[9238]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Leo Bittremieux (1943) : Over het taaleenmaking
[9246]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Leo Bittremieux (1947) : Taaleenmaking en dialectenstudie
[9304]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Mpongo Ilonga (1989) : Les verbes en lokonda
[9228]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf , Egide de Boeck & [Père] Basile Octave Tanghe (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[24419]   Hulstaert, Gustaaf (1966) : Notes d?ethnobotanique mongo
[9336]   Hume, D. T. (1922) : Lwena grammar for beginners
[9340]   Hunter, W. F. (1959) : A manual of Congo Swahili grammar
[9343]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1920-1974) : Correspondence, seminar papers and reports
[9345]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1927) : Grammar and vocabulary of Orusyan of north-east Uganda
[9346]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1928) : Ghosts and devils in East Africa
[9349]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1930) : Tribal names in the Nyanza and Kerio provinces, Kenya Colony
[9350]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1931) : “Shouting” and “non-shouting” languages - Correspondence to the editor
[9360]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1961) : Nandi place-names
[9362]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1965) : The Orusyan language of Uganda
[9367]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1920) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9368]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1926) : Dictionnaire français-runyarwanda et runyarwanda-français
[9369]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1931) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9370]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1934) : Dictionnaire français-runyarwanda et runyarwanda-français
[9371]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1948) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9372]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1951) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9375]   Hurskainen, Arvi (199-) : African studies: from Ovamboland to the Swahili coast and overland to Nigeria and Senegal
[9376]   Hurskainen, Arvi (199-) : New evidence on the concept “Swahili” in eastern Africa
[9377]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1990) : African studies in the University of Helsinki
[9378]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1992) : A two-level computer formalism for the analysis of Bantu morphology
[9379]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1992) : Computer archives of Swahili language and folklore: what is it?
[9380]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu in test: a computer system for analyzing dictionaries and for retrieving lexical data
[9381]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Quantitative analysis of Swahili noun classes
[9383]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1995) : Information retrieval and two-directional word formation
[9384]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1995) : Computer archives of Swahili language and folklore: general description
[9385]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1995) : Affirmative and negative tense/aspect marking in Swahili
[9386]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1996) : Disambiguation of morphological analysis in Bantu languages
[9387]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1997) : A language sensitive approach to information management and retrieval: the case of Swahili
[9388]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1999) : SALAMA: Swahili language manager
[9389]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1999) : Suahilin peruskurssi
[9390]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Noun classification in African languages
[9391]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Swahilin peruskurssi
[9394]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2004) : Loan words in Kiswahili
[23708]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2006) : Constraint grammar in unconventional use: handling complex Swahili idioms and proverbs
[9393]   Hurskainen, Arvi & Riikka Halme (2001) : Mapping between disjoining and conjoining writing systems in Bantu languages: implementation on Kwanyama
[23575]   Hurskainen, Arvi , Louis J. Louwrens & George Poulos (2005) : Computational description of verbs in disjoining writing systems
[9413]   Huttar, George L. (1986) : Kikongo, Saramaccan and Ndjuka
[9420]   Hüttenberger, Jens (1997) : Zur Beziehung zwischen Sprache und Kultur anhand der Jagdterminologie im Gciriku (Kavangosprache)
[9414]   Huyssteen, Linda van (1996) : The Zulu place name as a morphological exception
[9415]   Huyssteen, Linda van (1999) : Problems regarding term creation in the South African languages, with special reference to Zulu
[9416]   Huyssteen, Linda van (2003) : A practical approach to the standardization and elaboration of Zulu as a technical language
[9421]   Hvitfeldt, Robert Denier (1982) : The major syntactic structures of Xhosa: a partial transformational grammar
[9423]   Hyden, M. (1966) : Swahili in the technical age
[9424]   Hyden, M. & Mohamed H. Mkilifi Abdulaziz (1977) : Kenya
[9445]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1977) : Syntax of body parts
[9451]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Reflections on the nasal classes in Bantu
[9456]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Esquisse des classes nominales en tuki
[9460]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1981) : An autosegmental accentual account of Luganda tone
[9466]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1982) : Globality and the accentual analysis of Luganda tone
[9474]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1987) : Prosodic domains in Kukuya
[9476]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1988) : Syllable structure constraints on tonal contours
[9477]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1989) : Accent in Bantu: an appraisal
[9480]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1990) : Accent in Bantu: an appraisal
[9484]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1992) : Velar palatalization in Cibemba: a “non-duplication problem”
[9485]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1992) : Moraic mismatches in Bantu
[9490]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Conceptual issues in the comparative study of the Bantu verb stem
[9491]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Register tone and tonal geometry
[9495]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Problems in rule ordering in phonology: two Bantu test cases
[9496]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1994) : Cyclic phonology and morphology in Cibemba
[9498]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1995) : Minimality and the prosodic morphology of Cibemba imbrication
[9499]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1995) : Nasal consonant harmony at a distance: the case of Yaka
[9505]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1998) : Positional prominence and the ‘prosodic trough’ in Yaka
[9506]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1998) : La morphologie et la ‘frication’ diachronique en bantou
[9509]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1999) : The historical interpretation of vowel harmony in Bantu
[9510]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1999) : The interaction between focus and tone in Bantu
[9511]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2001) : Vowel harmony in Gunu
[9513]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Segmental phonology
[9514]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Basaa (A43)
[9515]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Sound change, misanalysis and analogy in the Bantu causative
[9516]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : The theory and a language (tTAAL): Larry M. Hyman on African languages and phonological theory
[9517]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Suffix ordering in Bantu: a morphocentric approach
[24671]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2008) : Directional asymmetries in the morphology and phonology of words, with special reference to Bantu
[9441]   Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1976) : Studies in Bantu tonology
[9450]   Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1980) : Noun classes in the Grassfield Bantu borderland
[9493]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1993) : A preliminary report on Chichewa tone
[9507]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1999) : Non-etymological high tones in the Chichewa verb
[9508]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1999) : Prosodic morpholog and tone: the case of Chichewa
[9463]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Alessandro Duranti (1982) : On the object relation in Bantu
[9487]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1992) : On the non-universality of tonal association ‘conventions’: evidence from Ciyao
[9497]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1994) : On the non-universality of tonal association ‘conventions’: evidence from Ciyao
[9502]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1997) : Two kinds of moraic nasals in Ciyao
[9503]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (Ed) (1998) : Theoretical aspects of Bantu tone
[9488]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Edmond Biloa (1992) : Transparent low tone in Tuki
[9468]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo (1984) : A model of Haya tonology
[9478]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990) : Spurious high-tone extension in Luganda
[9479]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990) : Final vowel shortening in Luganda
[9481]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990) : The augment in Luganda tonology
[9482]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990/91) : The augment as an inflectional category in Luganda grammar
[9483]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1991) : Cyclicity and suffix doubling in the Bantu verb stem
[9489]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1993) : A new approach to tone in Luganda
[9492]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1993) : The augment in Luganda: syntax or pragmatics?
[9500]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Jeri Moxley (1996) : The morpheme in phonological change: velar palatalization in Bantu
[9504]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Joyce Thambole Mathangwane (1998) : Tonal domains and depressor consonants in Ikalanga
[9470]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Nzama [Kambale] Valinande (1985) : Globality in the Kinande tone system
[9486]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Sam A. Mchombo (1992) : Morphotactic constraints in the Chichewa verb stem
[9501]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Sharon Inkelas (1997) : Emergent templates: the unusual case of Tiene
[9455]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Alessandro Duranti & Malilo Morolong (1980) : Toward a typology of direct object in Bantu
[9473]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Francis X. Katamba & Livingstone Walusimbi (1987) : Luganda and the strict layer hypothesis
[9519]   Ibalico, M. (1956) : Origine et sens des noms Batéké
[9534]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1993) : Éléments de phonologie diachronique du isangu (B.42)
[9535]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1993) : Le isangu de Mimongo (B.42): éléments de phonologie diachronique du isangu, correspondence proto-bantu isangu et lexique spécialisés
[9536]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1994) : Perception de la maladie chez les Masangu (Gabon)
[9537]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Universaux versus spécificités linguistiques dans l’acquisition du langage chez l’enfant: le cas de la langue isangu (bantou, B42)
[9538]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Aperçu sur la morphosyntaxe de la langue isangu (bantou, B42)
[9539]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2000) : Quelques aspects de l’acquisition de la langue isangu par les infants
[9542]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Bantu verbal extensions: a historical perspective
[9543]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Voice through verbal extensions in the Isangu system
[9544]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Le systeme des extensions verbales en kinyarwanda
[9545]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2004) : Éléments de psycholinguistique bantu: la question du sémantisme des classes nominales du point de vue de l’acquisition du langage chez les enfants
[22809]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2005) : What Bantu child speech data tells us about the controversial semantics of Bantu noun class systems
[22811]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Développement de la morphologie verbale chez l’enfant: le cas extensions verbales en isangu
[22812]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : La perception du temps dans la société traditionelle Masangu
[22813]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : Stratégies linguistiques vs stratégies non linguistiques dans l’acquisition des expressions spatiales chez lmenfant: une analyse des données issues de la langue isangu (Bantu, Gabon)
[22814]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : Topicalisation et perspective du patient chez l’enfant Musangu
[22815]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2000) : Classes nominales et catégories ontologiques: l’acquisition du système isangu par les enfants
[22816]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Quelques aspects de l’acquisition de la langue isangu pas les enfants
[22817]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2001) : Emphase et thématisation en isangu
[23467]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Quelques aspects de la morphosyntaxe de la langue isangu
[24108]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Evolution du système des classes nominales isangu (B42): Une lecture synchronique et diachronique des genres 5/2 et 9/10
[9541]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck & Gabriel Mba (Ed) (2003) : Studies on voice through verbal extensions in nine Bantu languages spoken in Cameroon, Gabon, DRC and Rwanda
[9540]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck , Myles Francis Leitch , Pierre Ondo-Mébiame & Jean-Paul Rekanga (2000) : Les classes nominales et leur semantisme dans les langues bantu du nord-ouest
[25192]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2009) : A Bantu path towards lack of differentiation between 'who?' and 'what?'
[9554]   Idsardi, William J. & Thomas C. Purnell (1995) : Sukuma accent
[9555]   Ifwanga, wa Pindi (1979) : Grammaire et textes pour l’apprentissage du kikongo véhiculaire
[9567]   Iha, Samson & Stephen Nzomo (Ed) (1999) : Kigiryama-Kiswahili-Kizungu: a basic Giryama-Kiswahili and English dictionary
[9571]   Ikamba, Monse (1987) : Éléments de grammaire sakata
[9577]   Ikomé, (1988) : La négation en langue sengele, variété de mbelo
[9587]   Ilonga, Bosenge (1991) : La finale de l’infinitif en kesengele
[9588]   Ilonga, Bosenge (1994) : Les titres de noblesse chez les Baséngele: une étude morpho-sémantique
[9590]   Imberg, Gösta (1973) : Till frågan om swahilispråkets arabiska element [On the issue of Arabic elements in the Swahili language]
[9591]   Imberg, Gösta (1975) : Handledning i den swahili-arabiska skriften [Guide to the Swahili-Arabic script]
[9592]   Impubi, Mukwa Mfum (1994) : Le syntagme nominal en yans B85b: parler de Mikingi Kiakia: collectivité de Nkara/Niadi
[23949]   Imrie, M. E. (1957) : The Basaa language: some helps and suggestions
[9593]   Indakwa, John (1978) : A ‘lingua franca’ for Africa
[23776]   Indakwa, John & Daudi Ballali (1996) : Beginner’s Swahili
[23592]   Indakwa, John & others (1966) : Swahili: an active introduction
[22731]   Infield, Mark , Patrick Rubagyema & Charles Muchunguzi (2003) : The names of Ankole cows
[9599]   Ingonga, Lilian Indira (1991) : A comparative study of Ekegusii, Lulogooli, and Lwitakko: the phonological, lexical and morphosyntactic structures
[9600]   Ingouacka, G.-C. & Eugène-Marie Shimamungu (1994) : Représentation du temps en bantu: système comparé du lingala et du kinyarwanda
[9601]   Ingrams, William Harold (1924) : The dialects of the Zanzibar Sultanate
[23573]   Inkelas, Sharon (1992) : The place of level-ordering in morphology
[9634]   Irvine, Janice Irene (1980) : Exploring the limits of structural semantics: analyses of the Buu kinship system and their social order
[9637]   Isaacs, R. H. (1970) : “Learning through language” - an intensive preparation course for pupils entering English medium secondary schools from Swahili medium primary schools in Tanzania
[9638]   Ishemoi, J. (1978) : Heroic recitations of the Bahaya of Bukoba
[9640]   Ishigaki, Yukio (1975) : A basic clause dictionary. Book 1: Geez, Tigrinya, Amharic, Somali, Swahili
[9647]   Ismail, Joseph Hokororo (2000) : Aspects of Makua phonology: the case of the Meto variety
[9652]   Issae, W. A. (1975?) : Tenses in Gweno
[9653]   Issak, Issak E. (1999) : Swahili-norsk ordbok
[9657]   Itebete, P. A. N. (1974) : Language standardization in western Luyia
[9658]   Ittameier, E. (1922/23) : Abriss einer Lautlehre und Grammatik des Kinilamba
[9659]   Ittmann, Johannes (1933) : Ngusu a malea onyola tila la bwambo ba Duálá
[9661]   Ittmann, Johannes (1939) : Grammatik des Duala (Kamerun)
[9664]   Ittmann, Johannes (1976) : Wörterbuch der Duala-Sprache (Kamerun)
[22601]   Ittmann, Johannes (1978) : Grammaire de duala
[25136]   Ittmann, Johannes (1971) : Sprichwörter der Kundu (Kamerun)
[9672]   Jaarsveld, Gerhardus J. van (1989) : Gesprekstaboes en misverstand: taalhandelinge oor kultuurgrense heen
[9673]   Jabavu, Davidson Don Tengo (1945) : The influence of English on Bantu language
[9674]   Jackson, C. H. N. (1936) : Vernacular names of East African mammals [edited by C. F. M. Swynnerton]
[9679]   Jackson, Michel Tah Tung (1986) : Kiswahili [o]-form clitics: a government-binding analysis
[23681]   Jackson, Muhirwe (2005) : Automatic speech recognition: human computer interface for Kinyarwanda language
[9675]   Jackson, S. K. (1967) : Shona lessons
[9682]   Jacobs, John (1957) : Long consonants and their tonal function in Tetela
[9683]   Jacobs, John (1959) : Principes géneraux de la nouvelle orthographe OTETELA-KIKUSU
[9684]   Jacobs, John (1961) : De taal van de Mbole
[9685]   Jacobs, John (1962) : De belangrijkste elementen van het tetela-toonsysteem
[9686]   Jacobs, John (1964) : Tetela-grammatika (Kasayi, Kongo), I: fonologie
[9687]   Jacobs, John (1964) : Morfologie van het Tetetela (Kasayi, Kongo)
[9688]   Jacobs, John (1965) : De reflexen van de oerbantoe-consonantfonemen in de talen van de zone C ; deel 1
[9689]   Jacobs, John (1966) : De reflexen van de oerbantoe-consonantfonemen in de talen van de zone C ; deel 2
[9692]   Jacobs, John (2000) : Classes nominales et radicaux verbaux en lombole (Katako-Kombe)
[9693]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2001) : Classes nominales et radicauxc verbaux en isiamba (Tulungu, Kindu)
[9694]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2002) : Texte et lexique indanga (Kolmonyi, Kole, Kasaï Oriental)
[23406]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2004) : Lonkucu: texte et lexique (Iwaji, Kole, Kasai Orientale, R. D. du Congo)
[9699]   Jacobson-Widding, Anita (1999) : Colors and social order: symbolic classification in central Africa
[9700]   Jacottet, Edouard (1926) : Grammar e nyenyane ea sesotho e etselitsoeng likolo tsa lesotho
[9702]   Jacottet, Edouard (1927) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9703]   Jacottet, Edouard (1928) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9704]   Jacottet, Edouard (1936) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9701]   Jacottet, Edouard & Z. D. Mangoaela (1927) : A grammar of the Sesuto language
[9705]   Jacques, [Révérend] A. A. (19--) : Tsonga lectures, with a letter from the author’s widow
[9706]   Jacques, [Révérend] A. A. (1929) : Terms of kinship and corresponding patterns of behaviour among the Thonga
[9707]   Jacques, [Révérend] A. A. (1941) : Shangana-Thonga ideophones and their tones
[9709]   Jacquot, André (1959) : La langue des pygmées de la Sangha: essai d’identification
[9711]   Jacquot, André (1960) : Les langues bantu du nord-ouest: etat des connaisances, persectives de la recherche
[9713]   Jacquot, André (1962) : Notes sur la phonologie du beembe (Congo)
[9714]   Jacquot, André (1964) : Lari ou Laadi? Une problème de transcription
[9715]   Jacquot, André (1965) : Précisions sur l’inventaire des langues teke du Congo
[9716]   Jacquot, André (1967) : La classification nominale comme système de dérivation en laadi (Congo)
[9717]   Jacquot, André (1967) : Forme du pronom objet de 2éme personne du singulier en ‘Kikongo’
[9718]   Jacquot, André (1970) : ‘Feu’ et ‘sommeil’ en laadi (groupe koongo)
[9720]   Jacquot, André (1971) : Les langues du Congo-Brazzaville: inventaire et classification
[9721]   Jacquot, André (1974) : Lexique laadi (koongo)
[9722]   Jacquot, André (1974) : Les noms personnels en laadi (koongo): répertoire onomastique
[9724]   Jacquot, André (1976) : Étude de phonologie et de morphologie myene
[9725]   Jacquot, André (1978) : Le Gabon
[9726]   Jacquot, André (1981) : Études beembe (Congo): études linguistique; devinettes et proverbes
[9727]   Jacquot, André (1982) : Lexique laadi (Koongo)
[9728]   Jacquot, André (1982) : Étude descriptive de la langue laadi
[9729]   Jacquot, André (1983) : Les classes nominales dans les langues bantoues des groupes B.10, B.20, B.30 (Gabon-Congo)
[9730]   Jacquot, André (1985) : Études linguistiques laadi (République Populaire du Congo)
[23975]   Jacquot, André (1991) : Le nom de la houe dans les langues bantoues du nord-ouest
[9708]   Jacquot, André & Irvine Richardson (1956) : Report of the western team: Atlantic coast to Oubangui
[9723]   Jacquot, André , Achille Emiel Meeussen & Claire Grégoire (1976) : Études bantoues II
[9719]   Jacquot, André , Christiane Paulian , Paulette Roulon-Doko & Yves Moñino (1971) : Études bantoues I
[9731]   Jaeger, C. F. de (1936) : Handleiding by die studie van sesoeto op ons skole
[9732]   Jaffar, Ahmend Ben Saïd (1991) : Le shindzuwani, parler bantou de l’Île d’Anjouan, Comores: éléments de phonologie et relevé lexical
[23254]   Jaffar, Ahmend Ben Saïd (1992) : Le shindzuwani, parler bantou de l’Île d’Anjouan, Comores: éléments de description du système accentual
[9733]   Jaffre, C. (1924) : Méthode pratique de lari-français
[9734]   Jafta, Nompumelelo (1987) : The development of terminology in Xhosa: a case study
[9735]   Jager, C. F. de (1936) : Handleiding by die studie van Sesoeto op ons skole
[9753]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed (1966) : The teaching of Swahili as a foreign language
[9754]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed (1969) : Swahili: structures, drills and readings
[9755]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed & Bob Huitfeldt (1969) : Swahili made easy: a grammatical text and basic vocabulary in usage
[9756]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed & Bob Huitfeldt (1970) : Swahili made easy: a grammatical text and basic vocabulary in usage
[9765]   Jalla, Adolphe (1936) : Dictionary of the Lozi language, 1: Lozi-English
[9766]   Jalla, Adolphe (1937) : Elementary grammar of the Lozi language, with graduated exercises
[9768]   Jama, Z. (1995) : The study of transitivity in Xhosa
[9773]   James, E. T. (1953) : The time of day in Ankole
[9781]   Janson, Tore (1982) : A bibliography of Setswana, Sepedi and Sesotho, 1945-1981
[9783]   Janson, Tore (1985) : Labialization in Setswana: phonetics and phonology
[9784]   Janson, Tore (1987) : What happens to Setswana?
[9786]   Janson, Tore (1990) : Setswana-English word list
[9787]   Janson, Tore (1990) : Language change and metalinguistic change: Latin to Romance and other cases
[9789]   Janson, Tore (1991/92) : Southern Bantu and Makua
[9790]   Janson, Tore (1995) : The status, history and future of Sekgalagadi
[9791]   Janson, Tore (1996) : Språkvård i Afrika och i Sverige [Language maintenance in Africa and Sweden]
[9792]   Janson, Tore (1997) : Spirantisation and the prehistory of Bantu groups
[9794]   Janson, Tore (1999) : Spirantisation as an area change
[9795]   Janson, Tore (1999) : Prenasalised voiced aspirated stops in Changana/Tsonga
[9796]   Janson, Tore (1999) : Södra Afrikas språk
[9798]   Janson, Tore (2000) : The history of the minority-language speakers in Botswana
[9799]   Janson, Tore (2001) : Consonants in Changana/Tsonga
[9800]   Janson, Tore (2004) : Languages and language names in Mozambique, 150 years ago and now
[9788]   Janson, Tore & Joseph Tsonope (1991) : Birth of a national language: the history of Setswana
[23443]   Janson, Tore & Olle Engstrand (2001) : Some unusual sounds in Changana
[9803]   Janssens, Baudoin (1982) : Phonologie historique du basaa (bantou A43)
[9804]   Janssens, Baudoin (1986) : Éléments de phonologie et morphologie historique du basaa (bantou A43a)
[9805]   Janssens, Baudoin (1988) : Ton et élision vocalique en nen
[9806]   Janssens, Baudoin (1991) : Les langues du Cameroun hier et aujourd’hui (document de synthèse)
[9807]   Janssens, Baudoin (1991) : Doubles réflexes apparents en ewondo ou les chassés-croisés de la dérivation
[9808]   Janssens, Baudoin (1993) : Doubles réflexes consonantiques: quatre études sur le bantou de zone A (bubi, nen, bafia, ewondo)
[9809]   Janssens, Baudoin (1994) : Étude comparative du thème *-poko ‘un, autre’ dans le bantou de zone A et des Grassfields
[9810]   Jantunen, Tuulikki (1960) : Kwangalikielen opas [Guide to the Kwangali language]
[9812]   Jaques, Alexandre (1929) : Terms of kinship and corresponding patterns of behaviour among the Thonga
[9813]   Jaques, Alexandre (1938) : Sivongo sa Matshangana
[9814]   Jaques, Alexandre (1941) : Shangana-Tsonga ideophones and their tones
[9828]   Jeanjaquet, J. M. (1945) : The relative-locative clause or adverbial of place in Xhosa
[9829]   Jeanjaquet, J. M. (1945) : The relative clause in Xhosa
[9830]   Jeater, Diana (1995) : In the beginning was whose word?
[9833]   Jefferies, Ann A. (1990) : Beyond tone: functions of pitch in Shona
[9850]   Jefferies, Ann A. (2000) : This is this, and here are some examples: verbalisers and extensions in Shona
[9846]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1952) : Corsali 1515 on Bantu and Sudanic languages
[9848]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1968) : The Cabonas
[9862]   Jenkins, Trefor & Phillip Vallentine Tobias (1977) : Nomenclature of population groups in southern Africa
[9863]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (1961) : The concise trilingual dictionary in English, Afrikaans, Xhosa
[9864]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (1962) : The concise trilingual dictionary in English, Afrikaans, Xhosa/Die kort drietalige woordeboek in Afrikaans, Xhosa, Engels
[9865]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (1972) : The concise trilingual dictionary/Die korte drietalige woordeboek: English, Xhosa, Afrikaans
[9866]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (1988) : English-Xhosa-Afrikaans: the concise trilingual pocket dictionary
[9867]   Jennings, Lionel Edgar (Ed) (1995) : The concise multilingual dictionary/Die veeltelige woordeboek
[9871]   Jensen, Emil (1940-1943) : Osikuanjama
[9872]   Jensen, Emil (1942) : Otjiherero
[9869]   Jensen, Hans (1922/23) : Ausgewählte Kapitel aus der Syntax des Suaheli
[9870]   Jensen, Hans (1927) : Negationspartikeln im Suaheli und in einigen anderen Bantusprachen
[9893]   Jespersen, [Jens] Otto [Harry] (1922) : Bantu concord
[9902]   Joabe-Mahemu wa Kaoma (1977) : Notes d’introduction à l’anthroponymie hunde
[23707]   Johansen, Aimee (2003) : Why Kiswahili adopted the words for six, seven, and nine
[9911]   Johnson, Amandus (1930ff) : Mbundu (Kimbundu) English-Portuguese dictionary, with grammar and syntax
[9939]   Johnson, Ann Elisabeth (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Bekol (Bikele)
[9940]   Johnson, Ann Elisabeth & Keith H. Beavon (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Mpompo and related peoples
[9907]   Johnson, Frederick (19--) : Unpublished notes on etymologies of Swahili words
[9908]   Johnson, Frederick (1922) : Notes on Kimakonde
[9909]   Johnson, Frederick (1925) : Notes on Kiniramba
[9910]   Johnson, Frederick (1926) : Notes on Kiniramba, II: Kiniramba-English and English-Kiniramba vocabulary
[9912]   Johnson, Frederick (1935) : Kamusi ya kiswahili yaani kitabu chamaneno ya kiswahili
[9913]   Johnson, Frederick (1939) : A standard English-Swahili dictionary (founded on Madan’s English-Swahili dictionary)
[9914]   Johnson, Frederick (1939) : A standard Swahili-English dictionary (founded on Madan’s Swahili-English dictionary)
[9944]   Johnson, K. (1993) : Acoustic and auditory analyses of Xhosa clicks and pulmonics
[9927]   Johnson, Lawrence (1976) : Devoicing, tone and stress in Runyankore
[9923]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1974) : Abstract analysis and Bantu reconstruction: a Luganda example
[9926]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1976) : Toward a definition of the ideophone in Bantu
[9929]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1977) : A semantic analysis of Kikuyu tense and aspect
[9931]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1977) : A semantic description of temporal reference in the Kikuyu verb
[9933]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1979) : The natural history of Meinhof’s Law in Bantu
[9935]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1980) : A semantic description of temporal reference in the Kikuyu verb
[9948]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton (1920) : The Ki-shashi (Ki-sasi) language (S.E. Victoria Nyanza)
[25338]   Johnston, [Sir] Harry Hamilton (1922 [1919]) : A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages
[9953]   Johnston, Marguerite Bradley (1976) : Dispute settlement among the Giryama of Kenya
[9952]   Johnston, Thomas F. (1973) : Speech-tone and other forces in Tsonga music
[9954]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1994) : Xhosa nominal tonology: a domain-based approach
[9955]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1995) : Aspects of IsiXhosa phrasal phonology
[9957]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1997) : Identifying, descriptive and associative copulatives in Xhosa: structure and function
[9958]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1998) : Parametric phonology and boundary tonology in Xhosa
[9959]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1999) : Deviating from identity: syntagmatic constraints in Xhosa nasal assimilation and palatalisation
[9956]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson & Henry M. Thipa (1996) : ATR harmony in Xhosa
[9989]   Jones-Phillipson, Rosalie (1972) : Affinities between Venda and other Southern Bantu languages
[9980]   Jones, Avis Theresa (1981) : French and Kinyarwanda usage in Rwanda: a study in bilingual introspective analysis
[9978]   Jones, Beatrice (1971) : In favor of a higher cause
[9987]   Jones, Caroline (2001) : Licit vs. illicit responses in Meinhof’s Rule phenomena
[9961]   Jones, Daniel (1927) : Words distinguished by tone in Sechuana
[9963]   Jones, Daniel (1929) : The tones of Sechuana nouns
[9990]   Jonghe, Edouard de (1933) : Les langues communes au Congo Belge
[9991]   Jonsson, Erland (1949) : Kinyang’wezi grammatik
[9993]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1956) : A phonological and grammatical study of literary Xhosa
[9995]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1953) : Some features on the phonetic and grammatical structure of Baca
[9996]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (195-) : Xhosa course: a first year Xhosa course
[9997]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1966) : A practical course in Xhosa
[9998]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1961) : Bantu languages of southern Africa
[9999]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1967) : The adjective in the Nguni languages of southern Africa with special reference to Xhosa
[23312]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1973) : Towards an African literature: the emergence of literary form in Xhosa
[10001]   Joswig, Andreas (1995) : Die semantischen Funktionen des direkten Objekts im Swahili
[10002]   Joswig, Andreas (1996) : Die grammatischen Rollen des Objekts im Swahili
[10007]   Jouannet, Francis (1980) : Les apicales en kifuliru, langue bantoue (J.)
[10008]   Jouannet, Francis (1984) : Phonologie du kifuliru
[10012]   Jouannet, Francis (1983) : Phonétique et phonologie: le système consonantique du kinyarwanda
[10013]   Jouannet, Francis (1985) : Prosodologie et phonologie non linéaire
[10014]   Jouannet, Francis (1985) : La variation tonale en kinyarwanda
[10018]   Jouannet, Francis (1989) : La verbe rwandais: les formes affirmatives dans des phrases non dépendantes
[10011]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1983) : Le kinyarwanda (langue bantu du Rwanda): études linguistiques
[10015]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1987) : Modèle informatisé du traitement des tons (domaine bantou)
[10016]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1989) : Modèles en tonologie (kirundi et kinyarwanda)
[10017]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1989) : Des tons à l’accent: essai sur l’accentuation du comorien
[3012]   Jouannet, Francis & Joseph Nsengimana (Ed) (1983) : Notation et orthographe du kinyarwanda: actes du colloque organisé par le Groupe d‘Études et de Recherches de Linguistique Appliquée, Université du Rwanda à Butare du 3 au 5 juin 1981
[10019]   Jouannet, Francis & Michel Lafon (Ed) (199-) : Étude sur la phonologie du shingazidja
[10020]   Joubert, P. J. & T. S. Metsileng (19--) : Verklarende woordelys: Afrikaans-Engels-Tswana
[10109]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann (1988) : Zur Negation in afrikanischen Sprachen
[10096]   Jungraithmayr, Herrmann & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1983) : Lexikon der Afrikanistik: afrikanische Sprachen und ihre Erforschung
[10140]   Junod, Henri Philippe (1933) : Éléments de grammaire tchopi
[10137]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1929) : Vuvulavuri bya ShiThonga: yi nga milawu ya mavulavulela ya shiThonga
[10138]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1932) : Elementary grammar of the Thonga-Shangaan language
[10139]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1932) : Le parler descriptif des bantous
[10141]   Junod, Henri-Alexandre (1967) : Vuvulavuri bya Shithonga [The laws of Shithonga speech]
[10144]   Justo, Bolekia Boleká (1991) : Curso de lengua Bubi
[23877]   Kaba, Elizabeth (1988) : Esquisse phonologique du mmaala, dialecte yambassa
[10151]   Kabamba, Mbikay (1979) : Stratigraphie des langues et communications à Lubumbashi
[10152]   Kabamba, Mp. M. (1981) : Phonologie comparée du ciluba et du kintandu
[10153]   Kabeya, K. (1977) : Le yaka et le luba-Kasaayi: essai de rapprochement morpho-sémantique des formes nominales et pronominales
[10163]   Kabuje, L. (1995) : An investigation of Ndali phonology of relevance to the teaching of spoken English to Ndali speakers
[10164]   Kabungama, Yuka (1992) : Analyse des formes nominales en kisembombo
[10165]   Kabungama, Yuka (1994) : Les formes pronominales en kisémbómbo
[10166]   Kabuta, J. (1993) : Overzicht van de Lubà morfologie
[10167]   Kabuta, J. (1994) : Inleiding tot de fonologie van het Lubà
[10170]   Kabuta, J. (1998) : Loanwords in Cilubà
[10168]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1995) : De morfologie van het Lubà werkwoord
[10169]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1997) : Construction d’une formule: example du proverbe luba
[10171]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Het Cilubà werkwoord: morfologie
[10172]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Inleiding tot de structuur van het Cilubà
[10173]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Een praktische inleiding tot het Cilubà
[10174]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (1998) : Naming tenses in African languages: the so-called subsecutive in Ciluba
[22680]   Kabuta, Ngo Semzara (2001) : Ideophones in Ciluba
[10175]   Kabuyaya, Kalondero (1994?) : Éléments de phonologie nande (J42)
[23316]   Kadenge, Maxwell (2006) : The phonology of Nambya
[24017]   Kadima, Batumona Adi , Muledi Katendje wa Ndaya & Ntita Nyembwe (1998) : Lexique des termes de l’hôtellerie et du tourisme: français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[24025]   Kadima, Batumona Adi , Muledi Katendje wa Ndaya & Ntita Nyembwe (1995) : Lexique de la signalisation routière: français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[24018]   Kadima, Batumona Adi , Muledi Katendje wa Ndaya , Mayele Nshimba wa Nshimba , Kanyanya Kabongo & Ntita Nyembwe (2000) : Lexique de l’information sanitaire: français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[24022]   Kadima, Batumona Adi , Tshalu-Tshalu Mukendi , Badinenganyi Mpoyi & Ntita Nyembwe (1995) : Terminologie grammaticale et pédagogique: lexique français-ciluba, ciluba-français
[10180]   Kadima, Kamuleta , Huta-Mukana Mutombo , Moiso Bokula , Kalondero Kabuyaya , P. Mbula & N. Thimbombo (1983) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: le Zaïre
[10177]   Kadima, Marcel (1965) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue nyanga
[10178]   Kadima, Marcel (1967) : Le thème pour “autre” dans les langues bantoues
[10179]   Kadima, Marcel (1969) : Le système des classes en bantou
[10181]   Kadima, Mutamba (1984) : Hydronymes kányôk
[10182]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (1992) : Requests as speech acts in Zulu
[10183]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (1994) : Towards a model for politeness in Zulu
[10184]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (1995) : The cross-cultural study of directives: Zulu as a non-typical language
[10189]   Kadt, Elizabeth de (2005) : English, language shift and identities: a comparison between ‘Zulu-dominant’ and ‘multicultural’ students on a South African university campus
[10190]   Kagame, Alexis (1960) : La langue du Rwanda et du Burundi expliquée aux autochtones
[10191]   Kagame, Alexis (1962) : Introduction à la conjugaison du verbe rwandais
[10194]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1985) : [A tonal analysis of Tharaka nouns in four frames]
[10195]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A classified vocabulary of the Lungu language
[10196]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A classified vocabulary of the Lenje language
[10197]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A tonal study of Cilungu nouns
[10198]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : A tonal study of Cilungu infinitives
[10199]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : Tonal patterns of Cilungu predicate terms
[10200]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1987) : Tonal patterns of Cilungu imperatives
[10201]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A classified vocabulary of the Pare language
[10203]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A study of the tonal system of the Gonja verbs and nouns (a dialect of the southern Pare language)
[10204]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1989) : A study of the tonal system of the Mbaga dialect of the southern Pare language
[10206]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : A classified vocabulary of the Bakueri language
[10207]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : A tonal system of verbs of the Bakueri [part 1]
[10208]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : A tonal system of nouns, possessives and adjectives of the Bakueri language (on two types of basic tones)
[10209]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1992) : [A tonal system of verbs of the Bakueri, 2: the case of reflexives]
[10212]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1998) : Shona-go (Zezuru hougen) Fortune shiryou no onchou bunseki tosoreni moto zuku onchou shisutemu / Tonal analysis of Fortune’s data and the constructed Shona tonal system (the Zezuru dialect)
[10213]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1998) : [Tonal patterns of the contemporary Zezuru dialect of the Shona language and its diachronic changes: the high tone covering the next low tone and its shifting to the right]
[10214]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1998) : [Some acoustic characteristics of velarization in the Zezuru dialect of Shona]
[10216]   Kagaya, Ryohei (1999) : [Diachronic tonal changes of the Zezuru dialect of the Shona language: in the case of verbs with object prefixes]
[10218]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2000) : [Tonal analysis of the Manyika verbs: two layers of tonal phenomena]
[10219]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2001) : [Tonal analysis of nouns of the Zezuru dialect of Shona]
[10222]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2003) : [A tentative analysis of tonal patterns of the Kwaya nouns]
[10223]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2003) : [A tonal analysis of nouns of the Mrangi dialect of Jita]
[10224]   Kagaya, Ryohei (2004) : Jita-go murangi-hoogen no dooshi onchoo bunseki / A tonal analysis of verbs of the Mrangi dialect of Jita
[10202]   Kagaya, Ryohei , Ruth Mfumbwa Besha & Yasutoshi Yukawa (1989) : Studies in Tanzanian languages
[10220]   Kagaya, Ryohei? (Ed) (2001) : Verbs of the Kwaya language]
[10221]   Kagaya, Ryohei? (Ed) (2001) : A tentative study of the fundamental structure of Bantu and Japanese tonal patterns]
[10225]   Kageyama, Taro (1977) : Conjunctions
[10226]   Kaggwa, Ahmed (1992) : Landwirtschaftliches Wörterbuch: Luganda-Deutsch
[10228]   Kahana, Mwanaidi Maharage (1989) : The use of Kiswahili language in the educational systems of Tanzania: a critical review
[10229]   Kahari, George P. (1972) : Shona language course
[10231]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1977) : Sumbwa phonology
[10232]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1988) : Aspects of Sumbwa diachronic phonology
[10233]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1989) : Developments affecting the Bantu perfective in *-ile: another view
[10234]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1990) : A note on the shape of the applicative suffix in Kiswahili
[10235]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1997) : Structural and cohesion dimensions of style: a consideration of some Swahili texts in Maw (1974)
[10236]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (1998) : Structural and cohesion dimensions of style: a consideration of some Swahili texts in Maw (1974)
[10238]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. (2000) : Urefu wa irabu katika Kisumbwa [Vowel length in Kisumbwa]
[10237]   Kahigi, Kulikoyela K. , Yared Magori Kihore & Maarten Mous (Ed) (2000) : Lugha za Tanzania/Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to the memory of Prof. Clement Maganga
[10239]   Kahindo-Lufungula, Muhesi (1973) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue kusu
[10240]   Kahindo-Lufungula, Muhesi (1978) : Les changements phonologiques et sémantiques du nade à partir du proto-bantu
[10241]   Kahindo-Lufungula, Muhesi (1981) : Description syntaxique du nande
[10585]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1936/37) : Etymologische Lautlehre des Nyanja
[10589]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1945/50) : Das Fragewort in den Bantusprachen
[10592]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1955) : Zur Genealogie des Adjektive im Bantu
[10594]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1962/63) : Studien zur tonalen Struktur der Bantusprachen. Teil 2: Chasu im und am Fusse des Pare-Gebirges, Tanganyika
[10595]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1962/63) : Studien zur tonalen Struktur der Bantusprachen. Teil 1: Shambala
[10596]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1963) : Bantu-Tonsprachen und -Nichttonsprachen in Tanganyika
[10597]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1963/64) : Töne und Akzente in der Formenlehre des Chasu (Tanganjika)
[10598]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1964/65) : Das Phonem /j/ im Swahili
[10599]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1966) : Die örtliche Funktion der Applikativendung in Bantusprachen
[10600]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1966/67) : Tonal behaviour in the word-structure of African class languages
[10601]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1967) : Die Beziehungen zwischen Klassenpräfix und vokalischem Suffix am Nomen in den Bantusprachen
[10602]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1967/68) : The tones in Urbantu
[10603]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1969) : Gibt es sprachhistorische Beziehungen der Töne im Kinga (Tanzania)?
[10604]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1969) : Lange, gedehnte und kurze Vokale in Nyakyusa
[10605]   Kähler-Meyer, Emmi (1971) : Niger-Congo, Eastern Bantu
[10244]   Kaji, Shigeki (1978) : [Tone in Tembo nouns]
[10245]   Kaji, Shigeki (1982) : [Some problems in Tembo phonology, with particular reference to consonant alternations]
[10246]   Kaji, Shigeki (1984) : [The morphological structure of the verb in Tembo]
[10247]   Kaji, Shigeki (1985) : Tembo-go no dooshi no katsuyoo / The verb conjugation in Tembo
[10248]   Kaji, Shigeki (1985) : Deux mille phrases de swahili tel qu’il se parle au Zaïre
[10249]   Kaji, Shigeki (1986) : Lexique tembo, I: tembo - swahili du Zaïre - japonais - français
[10250]   Kaji, Shigeki (1990) : [Historical characteristics of Tembo tones]
[10251]   Kaji, Shigeki (1991) : Tembo phonology in its synchronic and diachronic perspectives
[10252]   Kaji, Shigeki (1992) : Particularites phonologiques en tembo
[10253]   Kaji, Shigeki (1992) : Vocabulaire hunde
[10254]   Kaji, Shigeki (1992) : Vocabulaire lingala classifié
[10255]   Kaji, Shigeki (1996) : Tone reversal in Tembo (Bantu J.57)
[10257]   Kaji, Shigeki (2000) : Haya vocabulary
[24031]   Kaji, Shigeki (2001) : Tonal types of Bantu languages
[10256]   Kaji, Shigeki (Ed) (1998) : Haya
[10259]   Kajiga, Balihuta (1975) : Dictionnaire de la langue swahili
[10258]   Kajiga, Balihuta & Ndolere Gahereri (1972) : Lugha ya Swahili: sarufi - masomo safi - vitendawili - misili
[10260]   Kakeya, Makoto & Toshisada Nishida (1976) : A glossary of Sitongwe
[10261]   Kakule, M. K. (1983) : Du jeu au symbolisme: étude de textes de la littérature orale nande par l’approche ethnolinguistique
[22543]   Kakule, M. K. (1977) : Les variantes régionales du swahili: région du Shaba
[10262]   Kakweji, José S. (1989) : Viximo (oratura luvale): contos, adivinhas, vozes de animais (Luvale-Português)
[10263]   Kalema, John (1974) : Luganda phonology and morphology
[10264]   Kalema, John (1977) : The irrelevance of tone class D in Luganda (with comments by Desmond T. Cole)
[10265]   Kalema, John (1977) : Accent modification rules in Luganda
[10266]   Kalema, John (1982) : The tonal behaviour of morphemes in different strata in Luganda
[23729]   Kallen, Jeffrey L. & Carol M. Eastman (1979) : “I went to Mombasa, there I met an old woman...” - Structure and meaning in Swahili riddles
[10271]   Kalombo, Mbogho (1983) : The process of change in the languages of the Great Lakes area: the case of Lubumbashi Swahili
[10272]   Kalombo, Mbogho (1985) : Observations on bilingual lexicography involving Bantu and Indo-European languages
[10273]   Kalonji, M. T. Z. (1993) : La lexicographie bilingue en Afrique francophone: l’exemple français-cilubà
[10275]   Kalugila, Leonidas (1977) : Methali za Kiswahili kutoka Afrika mashariki/Swahili proverbs from East Africa
[10276]   Kalugila, Leonidas (1977) : The English pronunciation of Swahili and other Bantu speakers
[10277]   Kalugila, Leonidas & Abdulaziz Yusuf Lodhi (Ed) (1980) : Methali zaidi za Kiswahili/More Swahili proverbs East Africa
[10279]   Kalumbo, Mbogho (1984) : Notes on errors in ethnoliguistics
[22544]   Kalumbo, Mbogho (1983) : The process of change in the languages of the Great Lakes area: the case of Lubumbashi Kiswahili
[23582]   Kalumbo, Mbogho (1985) : Observations on bilingual lexicography involving Bantu and Indo-European languages
[10280]   Kalunga, Mwela-Ubi (1979) : Le lexique du swahili standard face au lexique du swahili du Lubumbashi
[10284]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1991) : Éléments de description du zamba, langue bantoue (C.31e) du Zaïre
[10285]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1993) : A propos de la tonalité en zamba
[10286]   Kamanda Kola, Roger (1994) : Notes sur l’augment en zamba
[10290]   Kamanzi, Thomas (1961) : Rwanda de base
[10291]   Kamau, Timothy Gathere (1996) : The major phonological processes of Kindia and Kigichungu dialects of Gikuyu: a comparative survey
[10293]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1973) : Esquisse de grammaire kete
[10294]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1980) : Esquisse de grammaire kete
[10295]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1981) : Les formes verbales négatives dans les langues bantoues
[10296]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1982) : La négation dans les langues bantoues et européennes
[10297]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1983) : Les emprunts en luba-kasayi
[10298]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1984) : A propos des termes ‘métathèse’, ‘haplologie’, ‘télescopage’ et ‘imbrication’ en linguistique africaine
[10299]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1986) : Les mots bantous pour “hier” et “demain”
[10300]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1987) : Phonologie historique du holoholo
[10301]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1988) : Comportement du préfixe nominal de classe 5 en bantou
[10302]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1988) : Les mots bantous pour “maison” en bantou
[10303]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1991) : Les substitutifs en zone C
[10304]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1994) : Réflexes du protobantou en kele
[10305]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1997) : Le préfixe i- en zone C
[22531]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1992) : Les mots pour maison en bantou
[22535]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (1986) : Variantes de forme n en bantou
[23246]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (2005) : Le négatif du verbe être en bantou
[24891]   Kamba-Muzenga, Jean-Georges (2003) : Substitutifs et possessifs en bantou
[10292]   Kamba, M. (1986) : Variantes des morphèmes de forme n en bantu
[10315]   Kamchedzera, Garton (1994) : Malawi after Banda
[17619]   Kamgais, W. A. M. (1997) : Esquisse phonologique du lefa’
[10318]   Kamitondo, E. Ndopu (1958) : Silozi note book
[10322]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (19--) : Luganda elementary course
[10326]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lugisu instructions
[10327]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Runyankore/Rukiga instructions
[10328]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1971) : Lunyoro/Rutoro instructions
[23645]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi (1969) : Luganda continuation
[10323]   Kamoga, Fred[erick] Katabazi & Earl W. Stevick (1968) : Luganda basic course
[10331]   Kamtedza, J. D. G. (1964) : Elementos da gramática cinyanja
[10332]   Kamupingene, Theo[philus] K. (1985) : Meaning of place names and the phenomenon of nomenclature in Otjiherero
[10333]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1985) : Passivization in Bantu languages
[10334]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1987) : French/vernacular code-mixing in Zaire: implications for syntactic constraints
[10335]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1988) : ‘C-command’ and the phonology-syntax interface in Ciluba
[10336]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1989) : Some morphosyntactic aspects of French/Bantu code-mixing
[10337]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1989) : Theory and method of code-mixing: a cross-linguistic study
[10339]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1994) : SiSwati-English code-switching: the matrix language principle and linguistic constraints
[10340]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1996) : Sociolinguistic aspects of SiSwati-English bilingualism
[10341]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (1997) : Language frontiers, language standardization, and mother tongue education: the Zaire-Zambia border area with reference to the Bemba cluster
[10348]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : Processes of nominalization in Ciluba
[10350]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : Apartheid and ethnicity: introductory remarks
[10351]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (2000) : The new South Africa, language and ethnicity: prognoses
[10349]   Kamwangamalu, Nkonko Mudipanu (Ed) (2000) : Language and ethnicity in the new South Africa
[10357]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (1994) : Chichewa: a tool for national unity in Malawi?
[10360]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (1999) : Work in progress: the monolingual Chichewa dictionary
[10362]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. (2001) : Chichewa or Chinyanja? Problems in the naming of a cross border language
[10364]   Kamwendo, Gregory H. , Alick Bwanali , Shem Nyirenda & Stella Kachiwanda (2001) : Chichewa dictionary trials: a report
[10367]   Kandjimi, J. (1996) : Activities of the Rukwangali Curriculum Committee
[10376]   Kanena, G. (1975) : Heroic recitations of the ‘Bahaya’: a form of theatre
[10377]   Kanerva, Jonni M. (1990) : Focus and phrasing in Chichewa phonology
[10378]   Kanerva, Jonni M. (1990) : Focusing on phonological phrases in Chichewa
[10380]   Kang, Yoonjung (1997) : Tone in Sukuma
[10381]   Kangira, Jairos (2001) : Transitivity in Kalanga
[12644]   Kangonda, Ikome (1990) : La structure interrogative du lolendo
[10383]   Kangulumba, K. (1977?) : Étude phonologique et morphologique de la langue suku
[10385]   Kani, Bungu (1986) : Esquisse de description d’une langue africaine: le kikongo de Matadi
[23320]   Kanimba, Misago (1986) : Aspects écologiques et économiques des migrations des populations de langues bantu
[10387]   Kanyoro, Rachel Angogo (1983) : Unity in diversity: a linguistic survey of the Abaluyia of western Kenya
[10390]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1990) : Language variation and language attitudes: a case study from Shaba Swahili
[10391]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1991) : Language variation and change: a case study of Shaba Swahili
[10393]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1993) : Shaba Swahili and the processes of linguistic contact
[10395]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (1998) : Impact of language variation and accommodation theory on language maintenance: an analysis of Shaba Swahili
[10396]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (2001) : Recreating a language: a socio-historical approach to the study of Shaba Swahili
[10397]   Kapanga, André Mwamba (2001) : A socio-historical linguistic approach to the study of Shaba Swahili: recreating the parent language
[10403]   Kapenda, Jean (2001) : Dicionario lingala-espanol, espanol-lingala: historia y origen africano del negro ecuatoriano
[10404]   Kapinga, Fr. C. (1977) : Sarufi maumbo ya kiswahili sanifu: kitabu cha kwanza
[10411]   Kapudi, Kalonga Wakuteta (1972) : Éléments de grammaire de la langue bindi: phonologie et morphologie
[10412]   Kaputu, Mwaku (1985) : Synthématique de la langue yaka: parler de Panzi
[10415]   Karani, Jean-Bosco (1983) : Procédés et problèmes de l’abréviation en kinyarwanda
[10441]   Kaschula, Russell H. (1989) : Cross-cultural communication in a north-eastern Cape farming community
[10442]   Kaschula, Russell H. (1995) : Cross-cultural communication in the Eastern Cape with particular reference to law courts
[10444]   Kaschula, Russell H. (1997) : Exploring the oral-written interface with particular reference to Xhosa oral poetry
[10443]   Kaschula, Russell H. & Christine Antonisen (1995) : Communicating across cultures in South Africa: toward a critical language awareness
[10446]   Kaseka, Ambrosius (1953) : A grammar of Kiilwana (Kinyamwezi)
[10447]   Kashina, Kashina (1996) : The distribution of adverbials in the Lozi clause
[10448]   Kashina, Kashina (2005) : The Silozi clause: a study of the structure and distribution of its constituents
[10449]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1968) : A phonemic analysis of Bemba: a presentation of Bemba syllable structure, phonemic contrasts and their distribution
[10452]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1972) : Town Bemba: a sketch of its main characteristics
[10453]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1973) : In what language is Zambia’s copper produced?
[10455]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1974) : A phonemic analysis of iciBemba: a presentation of Bemba syllable structure, phonemic contrasts and their distribution
[10456]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1975) : Three Zambian languages go to town
[10457]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1975) : Migration and language change: the interaction of town and country
[10460]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1977) : Between-language communication in Zambia
[10462]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1978) : The language situation in Zambia
[10464]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1978) : Lexical innovation in four Zambian languages
[10465]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1978) : Between-language communication in Zambia
[10470]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1982) : Rural and urban multilingualism in Zambia: some trends
[10472]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1990) : Sources and patterns of word adoption in Bemba
[10473]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1990) : The factor of language in Zambia
[10476]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. (1994) : Loanwords in Lozi, Nyanja and Tonga
[10459]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. & Dorothea A. Lehmann (1976) : Dictionary project
[10463]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. & Michael Mann (1978) : A general sketch of the Bantu languages of Zambia
[10468]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. & Moses Musonda (1982) : Lexical adaptability in Bemba and Luunda: some implications for present-day communication
[10477]   Kashoki, Mubanga E. , M. E. Katengo & M. Mundia (1998) : Cross-border language perspectives: experiences and lessons form Zambia - focus on Silozi
[10478]   Kasonde, Alexander Raymond Makasa (2002) : A classified vocabulary of the Icibemba language
[10480]   Kasongo, G. B. Ohanu wa (1993) : A propos de l’Otetela-Hamba de Lomela
[10479]   Kasongo, Ibanda (1972) : Essai d’onomastique yaka
[10483]   Kassels, D. A. (1984) : Vowel intrusion and change in Swahili words of Arabic origin
[10508]   Kasuku-Kongini, (1984) : Langue kihungana: phonologie et syntagmatique
[10509]   Katada, Fusa (1989) : The anaphoric system of Kinande
[10510]   Katakami, Hidetoshi (1997) : Personal names and modes of address among the Mbeere
[10511]   Katamba, Francis X. (1974) : Aspects of the grammar of Luganda
[10512]   Katamba, Francis X. (1977) : On meta-ruling in phonology (Luganda)
[10513]   Katamba, Francis X. (1978) : How agglutinating is Bantu morphology
[10514]   Katamba, Francis X. (1984) : A nonlinear analysis of vowel harmony in Luganda
[10515]   Katamba, Francis X. (1985) : A non-linear account of the syllable in Luganda
[10520]   Katamba, Francis X. (2003) : Bantu nominal morphology
[10517]   Katamba, Francis X. (Ed) (1991) : Lacustrine Bantu phonology
[10519]   Katamba, Francis X. (Ed) (1995) : Bantu phonology and morphology
[10516]   Katamba, Francis X. & Franz Rottland (1987) : Syllable structure and English loan-words in Luganda
[10518]   Katamba, Francis X. & Larry Michael Hyman (1991) : Nasality and morpheme structure constraints in Luganda
[10523]   Katesi, Yime-Yime (1986) : Thanking in Engwi: a study of language in its sociocultural context
[10524]   Katesi, Yime-Yime & Mabila Mutungidimbu (1995) : Les noms des jumeaux chez les Mbala
[10526]   Kathage, Birte (2001) : Cognition and conceptualisation of landscape in the Thimbukushu language as a mirror of cultural and environmental change
[23576]   Kathage, Birte (2004) : Konzeptualisierung vonLandschaft im Mbukushu (Bantusprache in Nord-Namibia)
[10527]   Kathupa, Mateus , Manuel Trinta & Pedro J. Afido (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Emakhuwa
[10528]   Kathupa, Mateus , Manuel Trinta & Pedro J. Afido (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Echuwabo
[10530]   Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1983) : A preliminary description of sentence structure in the e-Sáaka dialect of e-Mákhuwa
[10531]   Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1991) : The grammar of Emakhuwa verbal extensions: an investigation of role of extension morphemes in derivational verbal morphology and in grammatical relations
[10533]   Katupha, José Mateus Muária (1994) : The language situation and language use in Mozambique
[10536]   Katutula, Gaspard Kilumba (1992) : De la grammaire performative du kiluba: contribution à l’étude pragmatique des actes de parole
[10534]   Katutula, Gaspard Kilumba & Mbuya Mukombo (1980) : Adresse et réponse dans un système de parenté bantu: petit introduction à l’étude pragmatique du système de parenté des luba (Shaba)
[10535]   Katutula, Gaspard Kilumba & Mbuya Mukombo (1981) : Antonymie et structure du lexique en kiluba (L33)
[10544]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1990) : Toponomastics: places names in Kaokoland
[10545]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1993) : Languages in Kaokoland and Herero dialects
[10546]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1994) : Arrangements of components in Otjiherero narrative texts
[10547]   Kavari, Jekura U. (1996) : Learning and teaching problems and attitudes towards Otjiherero
[10548]   Kavugha, Douglas & Donald Bobb (1980) : The use of language and the law courts in Tanzania
[10549]   Kavutirwaki, Kambale (1978) : Lexique nande-français, français-nande
[25128]   Kavutirwaki, Kambale & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (2008) : Kinande/Konzo - English Dictionary with an English - Kinande/Konzo index
[24736]   Kawasha, Boniface (2007) : Subject-agreeing Complementizers and Their Functions in Chokwe, Luchazi, Lunda, and Luvale
[10550]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2002) : Grammatical relations and relativation in Lunda
[23869]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2003) : Lunda grammar: a morphosyntactic and semantic analysis
[24651]   Kawasha, Boniface Kaumba (2007) : Passivization in Lunda
[10551]   Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1966) : Yiga kiswahili/Jifunze luganda
[10552]   Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1985) : Kiswahili in Uganda
[22524]   Kawoya, Vin. F. K. (1981) : Yiga kiswahili/Jifunze luganda
[10579]   Kaye, Alan S. & Peter T. Daniels (Ed) (1997) : Phonologies of Asia and Africa (including the Caucasus)
[10584]   Kazadi-Mukenge, Kasefu (1985) : An investigation of code-mixing exemplified from Swahili and French
[10636]   Keiling, Luiz Alfredo (1937) : Elementos de gramática mbundo
[10642]   Kellerman, Esther Elizabeth (2004) : ’n Linguistiese ondersoek na die tradisionele kleurterme van Noord-Sotho
[10649]   Kelly, John (1974) : Close vowels in Fang
[10650]   Kelly, John (1974) : Phonology and African languages
[10651]   Kelly, John (1985) : On junction in tweo Kisiu nasal classes
[10652]   Kelly, John (1985) : Phonograms for Sabaki: an experiment in method
[10653]   Kelly, John (1989) : Swahili phonologial structure: a prosodic view
[10654]   Kelly, John (1991) : Glides and phonological change in Mombasan Swahili
[23601]   Kelly, John (1992) : Xhosa isinkalakahliso again
[10655]   Kempe, A. R. & H. K. Leisegang (1922) : Igrama lesizulu
[10661]   Kenmogne, Michel (2001) : Curiosities in the phonology of Bantu A languages
[10663]   Kennen, [Father] (19--) : A primer of Ki-Sukuma, compiled at the White Fathers Mission, Sumvi, Kwimba District
[25201]   Kenstowicz, Michael (2008) : On the Origin of Tonal Classes in Kinande Noun Stems
[10671]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. (1989) : Tone and accent in Kizigua: a Bantu language?
[10672]   Kenstowicz, Michael J. & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1990) : Chizigula tonology: the word and beyond
[10678]   Kerken, Georges van der (1936) : Vocabulaire basakata
[10679]   Kerken, Georges van der (1936) : Vocabulaire baboma-badia
[10680]   Kerken, Georges van der (1944) : Le Swahili, langue de grande expansion
[10681]   Kerremans, Richard (1974) : Les séquences consonantiques à nasale plus sourde en proto-bantou
[10682]   Kerremans, Richard (1980) : Nasale suivi de consonne sourde en proto-bantou
[10684]   Kerremans, Richard (1980) : Contribution du nyanga à l’établissement de cinq reconstructions tonales et à l’étude lexicale des langues de la zone J
[10685]   Kershner, Tiffany L. (2002) : The verb in Chisukwa: aspect, tense and time
[22626]   Kershner, Tiffany L. (2002) : Imperfectivity in Chisukwa
[10689]   Kester, P. van (1937) : Grammaire lingombe
[10690]   Ketakelo, Nk. (1979) : La négation en sakata en français
[10692]   Kezilahabi, Euphrase (2001) : A phenomenological interpretation of Kerebe greetings
[10695]   Kganakga, Thobakgale Johannes (2004) : Agreement in Northern Sotho constructions: a morphological and semantic study
[10696]   Kgasa, Morulaganyi L. A. (1972) : The development of Setswana
[10697]   Kgasa, Morulaganyi L. A. (1976) : Thanodi ya Setswana ya dikole [Setswana dictionary for schools]
[10698]   Kgasa, Morulaganyi L. A. & Joseph Tsonope (1995) : Thanodi ya Setswana [Setswana dictionary]
[17060]   Kgosana, Ivy Mamoyahabo (2005) : Aspects of pronominalisation in Northern Sotho
[10699]   Kgware, William Moshobane (1944) : The predicative noun in Tswana
[10700]   Kgware, William Moshobane (1973) : The problem of [l] and [d] as allophones of the same phoneme in the Sotho languages
[10701]   Khabanyane, K. E. (1992) : The five phonemic vowel heights of Southern Sotho: an acoustic and phonological analysis
[10706]   Khainisi, Abdu M. (1974) : Swahili as a national language
[10708]   Khalid, Abdallah (1977) : The liberation of Swahili from European appropriation
[10712]   Khamis, Cornelia (1994) : Mehrsprachigkeit bei den Nubi: das Sprachverhalten viersprachig aufwachsener Vorschul- und Schulkinder in Bombo/Uganda
[10713]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1974) : Swahili as a national language
[10714]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1985) : Swahili verb derivation
[10715]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1987) : Trends in Swahili lexicography
[10716]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1988) : A typology of gaps in Swahili sentences
[10717]   Khamisi, Abdu Mtajuka (1990) : The shape of the applicative suffix in Kiswahili
[10718]   Khati, Thekiso (1992) : Intra-lexical switching or nonce borrowing? Evidence from Sesotho-English performance
[10722]   Khoali, Benjamin Thakampholo (1991) : A Sesotho tonal grammar
[10723]   Khoali, Benjamin Thakampholo (1993) : Cole’s Dokean model: issues and implications
[10724]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Barbara Heins & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Xitsonga
[10725]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Barbara Heins & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Xironga
[10726]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Barbara Heins & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1989) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Xitshwa
[10727]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Simeão Paulo Mathe , Celeste Joaquim Matavele & Salvador Matavele (1995) : Ahikfukeni: buku ra kijondzisa kuhlaya ni kutsala xichangana/livro de alfabetização em língua tsonga (changane)
[10728]   Khosa, Félix dos Santos Viana , Simeão Paulo Mathe , Celeste Joaquim Matavele & Salvador Matavele (1996) : Ahipfukeni: buku ra kijondzisa kuhlaya ni kutsala xichangana/livro de alfabetização em xitsonga (changana)
[10729]   Khuba, A. E. (1993) : The significance of the Musanda language
[10732]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1981) : Zulu tonology ; part 1
[10733]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1982) : Zulu tonology ; part 2
[10734]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1984) : A preliminary survey of Zulu adoptives
[10735]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1987) : An autosegmental account of Zulu phonology
[10736]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1988) : Palatalization in Zulu
[10737]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (199-) : Zulu morphology and phonology
[10738]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1992) : The morphology of the direct relative in Zulu
[10739]   Khumalo, James Steven Mzilikazi (1995) : CV templates in Zulu morphology: a multilinear approach
[25382]   Khumalo, Langa (2009) : The Passive and Stative Constructions in Ndebele: A Comparative Analysis
[10740]   Kiango, John G. (1987) : Swahili anaphoric expressions
[10741]   Kiango, John G. (2000) : Bantu lexicography: a critical survey of the principles and process of constructing dictionary entries
[10742]   Kiango, John G. (2003) : Syntactic classification of Swahili verbal expressions
[10743]   Kiango, John G. (2003) : Syntactic analysis of Swahili verbal expressions
[10744]   Kiango, John G. (2005) : Tanzania’s historical contribution to the recognition and promotion of Swahili (special survey article 1)
[22825]   Kiango, John G. (2005) : Problems of citation forms in dictionaries of Bantu languages
[25304]   Kîbiûbî, Z., & R. Margetts (1993) : The Verbal Morphology of Kîîtharaka
[10749]   Kidima, Lukowa (1987) : Object agreement and topicality hierarchies in KiYaka
[10750]   Kidima, Lukowa (199-) : Tone and phonological phrasing in KiYaka
[10751]   Kidima, Lukowa (1990) : Tone and syntax in Kiyaka
[10752]   Kidima, Lukowa (1991) : Tone and accent in Kiyaka
[10754]   Kieckers, E. (1931) : Die Ndonga-Gruppe
[10760]   Kiessling, Roland (1995) : Mainland Kiswahili used as a lingua franca in the Rift Valley area of Tanzania in 1935
[10768]   Kiessling, Roland (2001) : The integration of Bantu loans into Burunge (southern Cushitic)
[10775]   Kieswetter, Alyson (1995) : Patterns of code-switching amongst African high school pupils
[10793]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1976) : Tanzania’s language policy and Kiswahili’s historical background
[10794]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1978) : A comparative study of the noun class systems of Heiben and Kiswahili
[10795]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1994) : A study of the syntax of Kiswahili verbs
[10796]   Kihore, Yared Magori (1997) : Kiswahili naming of the days of the week: what went wrong?
[10797]   Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : Historical and linguistic aspects of Kihacha
[10798]   Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : Kiswahili for beginners
[10799]   Kihore, Yared Magori (2000) : The importance of Kiswahili medium of instruction in secondary school education in Tanzania
[10800]   Kihwele, D. V. N. , P. D. Lwoga & E. W. Sarakikya (1999) : Feasibility study of beekeeping and honey hunting in the MBOMIPA project area, Iringa District
[10801]   Kiingi, Kibuuka Balubuliza (1985) : Scientific modernization of a Bantu language: Luganda
[10802]   Kiingi, Kibuuka Balubuliza (1989) : A systematic approach to the problem of the expressional modernisation in the formal and natural sciences: the case of Luganda
[10803]   Kikasa, Lukala (1987) : Onomastique yansi
[10810]   Kilian-Hatz, Christa & Mathias Schladt (1997) : From body to soul: on the structure of body part idioms
[10821]   Kimaro, Julian M. (1999) : Kompendium I: Swahili grammatik
[10822]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1973) : Tense-aspect-modality systems in English and Kinyarwanda
[10823]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : Tone anticipation in Kinyarwanda
[10824]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : Subjectivization rules in Kinyarwanda
[10825]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1976) : A relational grammar of Kinyarwanda
[10826]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1977) : Possessor objectivization in Kinyarwanda
[10827]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1978) : Grammatical tone neutralization in Kinyarwanda
[10828]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1978) : Aspects of naming in Kinyarwanda
[10829]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1979) : Studies in Kinyarwanda and Bantu phonology
[10830]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1979) : Double negation and negative shift in Kinyarwanda
[10831]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1980) : A relational grammar of Kinyarwanda
[10832]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1981) : Linkless clauses in Bantu
[10833]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1985) : Doublets in Kinyarwanda: an inquiry into the process of sign-production
[10834]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1988) : Passives in Kinyarwanda
[10835]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (1989) : Kinyarwanda and Kirundi names: a semiolinguistic analysis of Bantu onomastics
[10836]   Kimenyi, Alexandre (2002) : A tonal grammar of Kinyarwanda: an autosegmental and metrical analysis
[10838]   Kimpakala, (1978) : La tonalité dans le dialecte kintandu
[10839]   Kimpempe, (1975) : L’interrogation en français et en kikongo
[24705]   Kimper, Wendell A. (2006) : Question Formation in the Karonga Dialect of Tumbuka
[10840]   Kimputu, Baibanja (1989) : Les recherches sociolinguistiques africanistiques au Zaïre
[10841]   Kimura, Daiji (1990/91) : Verbal interaction of the Bongando in central Zaire: with special reference to their addressee-unspecified loud speech
[10842]   Kimura, Daiji (1996) : Bongando niokeru kojin na / Bongando personal names
[10843]   Kimura, Daiji (2001) : Utterance overlap and long silence among the Baka Pygmies: comparison with Bantu farmers and Japanese university students
[10846]   Kindija, Kulwa Abel (2003) : The syllable representation in Kisukuma: the case of the Jidakama dialect
[10848]   King, Karn (1992) : Argument structure and agreement in Kiswahili determiner phrases
[10853]   Kingston, John (1983) : The expansion of the Gusii verb system
[10849]   King?ey, Kitula (2000) : Problems of acceptability of Standard Swahili forms by non-KiUnguja native Swahili speakers
[10850]   King?ey, Kitula (2000) : A descriptive study of Arabic loan words in Kiswahili
[10851]   King?ey, Kitula (2000) : Kiswahili technical terminology: problems of development and usage in Kenya
[10854]   Kinsman, Margaret R. (1975) : Early Shona history: the linguistic evidence
[10855]   Kintu, Mweme Tch. (1974) : Aspects de grammaire générative et transformationelle de lingombe (préfixes et pronoms)
[10856]   Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1988) : Studies in Kilega syntax
[10857]   Kinyalolo, Kasangati Kikuni Wabongambilu (1991) : Syntactic dependencies and the spec-head agreement hypothesis in Kilega
[10860]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1994) : Issues in the syntax of Kikamba, a Bantu language
[10861]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1995) : The Kikamba multiple applicative: a problem for the lexical functional grammar analysis
[10862]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (1999) : The syntactic status of the reciprocal and the reflexive affixes in Bantu
[10863]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (2000) : On determining the primary object in Bantu
[10866]   Kioko, Angelina Nduku (2005) : Theoretical issues in the grammar of Kikamba, a Bantu language
[10867]   Kipacha, Ahmad (2004) : KiNgome-English lexicon
[22829]   Kipacha, Ahmad (2005) : An ethno-linguistics perspective on Kingone Swahili narrative texts
[10869]   Kiraithe, J. M. & N. T. Baden (1976) : Portuguese influences in East African languages
[10878]   Kirkeby, Willy A. (Ed) (2001) : English-Swahili dictionary
[10879]   Kirsch, Beverley & Silvia Skorge (1995) : Masithethe isiXhosa: let’s speak Xhosa
[10881]   Kirwan, Brian Edmond Renshaw & P. A. Gore (1951) : Elementary Luganda
[25031]   Kisembe, Evelyne (2005) : A Linguistic Analysis of Luyia Varieties Spoken in Western Kanya
[10884]   Kishe, Anne Jestina (1995) : The englishization of Tanzanian Kiswahili: a study in language contact and convergence
[10885]   Kishe, Anne Jestina (1995/97) : The modernization of Tanzanian KiSwahili and language change
[10886]   Kishe, Anne Jestina (2004) : Kiswahili as vehicle of unity and development in the Great Lakes region
[10887]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1987) : The state of scientific terminology in Chichewa
[10888]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1990) : An historical survey of spontaneous and planned development of Chichewa
[10889]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1992) : On the head of the derived nominal in Chichewa
[10890]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1994) : An historical survey of the destabilization of minority languages in Malawi: the case of Ciyao
[10894]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : On the standardization of Citumbuka and Ciyao orthographies: some observations
[10896]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : Diminution, augmentation and pejorativeness in Icindali: the semantics of classes 5/6, 3/4, 7/8 and 21
[10897]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (1998) : IkyaNgonde: a preliminary analysis
[10898]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (2001) : Authority in language: the role the Chichewa Board (1972-1995) in prescription and standardization of Chichewa
[10899]   Kishindo, Pascal J. (2003) : Recurrent themes in Chichewa verse in Malawian newspapers
[22478]   Kishindo, Pascal J. & Allan L. Lipenga (2005) : Parlons ciyawo: langue et culture du Mozambique
[22479]   Kishindo, Pascal J. & Allan L. Lipenga (2003) : Parlons chichewa: langue et culture du Malawi
[10893]   Kishindo, Pascal J. & others (1997) : A sociolinguistic survey of Chiyao with special reference to education
[10909]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1976) : A morphophonemic rule in Chi-Mwi:ni: evidence from loan words
[10911]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1980) : Aspects of tone assignment in Kimatumbi
[10913]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1981) : Displaced tones in Digo ; part 2
[10914]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1984) : Digo tonology
[10915]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1990) : Morphological high tones in Sesotho and Setswana
[10917]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (1992) : Metrical structure in Zigula tonology
[10919]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne (2003) : Makhuwa (P30)
[10918]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & David [Arnold] Odden (2003) : Tone
[10901]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : The perfect stem in Chi-Mwi:ni
[10902]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : Vowel length in Chi-Mwi:ni: a case study of the role of grammar in phonology
[10903]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : On the interaction of phonology and morphology: a Chi-Mwi:ni example
[10904]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1974) : A case of systematic avoidance of homonyms
[10905]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1975) : The perfect stem in Chi-mwi:ni and global rules
[10906]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1976) : On the interaction of phonology and morphology: a ChiMwi:ni example
[10907]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1976) : Chi-mwi:ini prefix morphophonemics
[10908]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1976) : The ‘object’ relationship in Chi-Mwi:ni, a Bantu language
[10910]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Mohammad Imam Abasheikh (1977) : The “object” relationship in chi-Mwi:ini, a Bantu language
[10916]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Sheila Onkaetse Mmusi (1990) : The tonology of the object prefix in Setswana
[10912]   Kisseberth, Charles Wayne & Winifred J. Wood (1980) : Displaced tones in Digo ; part 1
[10920]   Kisubika-Musoke, E. M. (1986) : Tense formation in Luganda, and some problems related to learning English
[10922]   Kitching, Arthur Leonard & [Reverend] George Robert Blackledge (1925) : A Luganda-English and English-Luganda dictionary
[25303]   Kîthînji Kîndîkî, Stephen (2008) : Pragmatic Functions of Attitude Markers in Kîîtharaka
[10926]   Kitoko, Mufanga (1985?) : Quelques données sur la logique des propositions: essai d’application en langue kikongo
[10927]   Kitumboy, L. W. Hamis (1960) : Kiswahili usages, Congo Belge & Ruanda Urundi
[10928]   Kitumboy, L. W. Hamis (1961) : Swahili in Ruanda Urundi and Congo Republic
[10929]   Kiwanuka, B. (1967) : Bi-lingualism in education: the role of the vernacular languages
[10931]   Kiwanuka, J. L. & A. Bengtsson (1995) : Enkuluze y’oluganda-luswidi/Lugandisk-svensk ordbok
[10930]   Kiwanuka, J. L. & G. Wiberg (1992) : Svensk-lugandisk ordbok/Enkuluze y’oluswidi-luganda
[10932]   Kiwasila, Hildegarda L. (1998) : Traditional practices affecting women’s health: the case of fenale circumcision among the Wavidunda of Kidoli in Kilosa District, Morogoro Region
[10934]   Kiyomi, Setsuko & Stuart Davis (1992) : Verb reduplication in Swati
[10935]   Kiyulu, Ny. (1979) : De la conversation en kikongo d’idiofacité: essai de règles pragmatiques
[10936]   Kizidila, E. (1979) : Les formes verbales des ndibu: formes tabellaires absolue affirmatives
[10937]   Kizungu, Byamana , Mwendanga Ntabaza & Murchagane Mburunge (1998) : Ethno-ornithology of the Tembo in eastern DRC (former Zaire), part 1: Kalehe Zone
[10940]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1987) : Kingozi: extinct Swahili dialect or poetic jargon? A historical, dialectological and contextual analysis
[10941]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1988) : Einfluss des Kuschitischen auf die Nordost-Bantusprachen Ilwana und “Lower Pokomo”: ein sprachlicher Vergleich auf der Grundlage des Kuschitischen Wortschatzes
[10943]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1992) : Gesprächstrategien im Swahili: linguistisch-pragmatische Analysen von Dialogtexten einer Stegreiftheatergruppe
[10944]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (1994) : Der Diskurs im Swahili: eine Auswahl der wichtigsten Gattungen
[10945]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (2000) : The iron craft of the Swahili from the perspective of historical semantics
[23239]   Klein-Arendt, Reinhardt (2005) : Pre-colonial non-Bantu influence on Savannah Bantu vocabulary: the case of iron terminology in the Machame dialect of Chaga (E62)
[10976]   Klerk, Vivian de (2000) : Language shift in Grahamstown: a case study of selected Xhosa-speakers
[10977]   Klerk, Vivian de (2000) : To be Xhosa or not to be Xhosa - that is the question
[10978]   Klerk, Vivian de (2002) : Starting with Xhosa English... towards a spoken corpus
[10982]   Klerk, Vivian de (2004) : Xhosa English as an institutionalised variety of English: in search of evidence
[10984]   Klerk, Vivian de (2005) : Expressing levels of intensity in Xhosa English
[10985]   Klerk, Vivian de (2005) : Procedural meanings of ‘well’ in a corpus of Xhosa English
[10971]   Klerk, Vivian de & Barbara Bosch (199-) : Naming in two cultures: English and Xhosa practices
[10973]   Klerk, Vivian de & Barbara Bosch (1996) : Naming practices in the eastern Cape province of South Africa
[10974]   Klerk, Vivian de & Barbara Bosch (1997) : Nicknaming among Xhosa-speaking children and adolescents
[10986]   Klieman, Kairn A. (1999) : Hunter-gatherers participation in rainforest trade systems: a comparative history of forest vs ecotone societies in Gabon and Congo, c.1000-1800 AD
[10997]   Klingenheben, August von (1937) : Die Schnalze in den afrikanischen Sprachen
[11016]   Kloppers, J. K. , D. Nakare & L. M. Isala (1994) : Bukenkango Rukwangali - English, English Rukwangali dictionary
[11022]   Knappert, Jan (1956) : Leidende beginselen voor een spelling van het Swahili
[11023]   Knappert, Jan (1958) : De bronnen van het Lingala
[11024]   Knappert, Jan (1959) : Woordscheiding en woordverdeling in literair Swahili
[11026]   Knappert, Jan (1961/62) : Derivation and tone deflection in Cindau and some other Bantu languages
[11027]   Knappert, Jan (1962) : The tonology of the Zulu verbs of three syllables
[11029]   Knappert, Jan (1962/63) : Derivation of nouns of action in -o in Swahili
[11032]   Knappert, Jan (1964/65) : The adaptation of Swahili to modern times
[11034]   Knappert, Jan (1965) : Compound nouns in Bantu languages
[11035]   Knappert, Jan (1967) : Some notes on the locative -ni in Swahili
[11036]   Knappert, Jan (1967) : Swahili theological terms
[11037]   Knappert, Jan (1968) : Quelques remarques à propos de l’histoire des Swahili
[11039]   Knappert, Jan (1970) : The origin of the term ‘Bantu’
[11040]   Knappert, Jan (1970) : Un siècle de classification ds langues bantous 1844-1945
[11043]   Knappert, Jan (1971) : Swahili metre
[11046]   Knappert, Jan (1975) : On Swahili proverbs
[11047]   Knappert, Jan (1978) : Classifications of Bantu languages
[11048]   Knappert, Jan (1979) : The origin and development of Lingala
[11049]   Knappert, Jan (1983) : Persian and Turkish loanwords in Swahili
[11050]   Knappert, Jan (1987) : The Bantu languages: an appraisal
[11051]   Knappert, Jan (1989) : Les mots swahili empruntés au grec, aux langues romanes et américaines
[11052]   Knappert, Jan (1990) : A grammar of literary Swahili
[11054]   Knappert, Jan (1999) : Grammar of literary Swahili
[11055]   Knight, C. Gregory (1974) : Ecology and change: rural modernization in an African community
[11057]   Kock, J. H. M. (1981) : Onreëlmatige verskynsels by die werkwoordelike relatief in Noord-Sotho
[11063]   Kock, J. H. M. (1984) : Relatiefomskrywing in Noord-Sotho
[11065]   Kock, J. H. M. (1992) : Relatiefomskrywing in die Suid-Afrikaanse Bantoetale, met besondere verwysing na Noord-Sotho
[11066]   Kock, J. H. M. (1997) : The redundancy principle: relative description in Northern Sotho
[11067]   Kock, J. H. M. (2000) : Variation in Northern Sotho adjective constructions
[11060]   Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 6
[11061]   Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 7
[11062]   Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1983) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 8
[11064]   Kock, J. H. M. & S. D. Kock (1986) : Noord-Sotho vir Standerd 9 en 10
[11058]   Kock, L. J. (1981) : A preliminary investigation of the Southern Sotho ideophone as a stylistic device
[11059]   Kock, L. J. (1981) : Die ideofoon in Suid-Sotho
[11068]   Kockaert, Hendrik J. (1993) : Proposals for corrective phonetics in French for Swazi students
[11070]   Kockaert, Hendrik J. (1997) : Vowel harmony in siSwati: an experimental study of raised and non-raised vowels
[11069]   Kockaert, Hendrik J. & Denise Godwin (1997) : Voicing status of syllable-initial plosives in siSwati
[22979]   Koehler, Loren Scott (1995) : An underspecification approach to Budu vowel harmony
[24178]   Koelle, Sigismund Wilhelm (1963 [1854]) : Polyglotta africana, or a comparative vocabulary of nearly three hundred words and phrases in more than one hundred distinct African languages
[11072]   Koenen, Eberhard von (1977) : Heil- und Giftpflanzen in Südwestafrika
[11202]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (19--) : Feldaufzeichnungen zu einem tonbezeichneten Herero-Deutschen Wörterbuch
[11203]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1946) : Index bisher veröffentlichter Urbantu-Wortstämme
[11212]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1956) : Das Tonsystem des Verbums im Südsotho
[11213]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1956/57) : Zur Frage der Unterschiedung der pronomina pers. conj. *ga und *gu der Einzahl der Menschenklasse im Bantu
[11214]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1958) : Herero-Farmnamen in Südwest-Afrika
[11215]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1958/59) : Tongestalt und Tonmuster in der Infinitivform des Verbum im Herero
[11217]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1960) : Sprachakkulturation im Herero
[11219]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1961) : Die Sprachforschung in Südwestafrika
[11237]   Köhler, Oswin R. A. (1975) : Geschichte und Probleme der Gliederung der Sprachen Afrikas: von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart
[11088]   Koivu, Kalle (19--) : Ambolaisia sananlaskuja [Owambo proverbs]
[11090]   Kojima, Yasuhiro (2001) : [Syan vocabulary]
[11101]   Kolberg, Hermann (1969) : “Frauenstein”: eine Deutung des Framnamens
[11102]   Koloni, Jean (1971) : Éléments de morphologie et de vocabulaire de la langue enya
[11104]   Komori, Yunko (1999) : Gengo ni okeru tabuu to seisa: Kerewe-go no jyoseigo bunseki / Analysis of women’s words in Kerewe (Tanzania): a language aspect of the avoidance relationship
[11250]   Könen, Fr. M. (19--) : New KiSukuma grammar
[23907]   Kongne Welaze, Jacquis (2004) : Morphologie verbale du tukí
[24443]   Kongne Welaze, Jaquis (2006) : Lexique Tuki-Français, avec index Français-Tuki
[23933]   Konhouet, Nkouandou B. (1990) : Description phonologique de bafaw, parler de Kumba
[24413]   Koni Muluwa, Joseph & Koen Bostoen (2008) : Noms et usages des plantes utiles chez les Nsong (RD Congo, Bandundu, bantu B85F)
[11110]   Koning, J. de (1993) : Checklist of vernacular plant names in Mozambique/Registo de nomes vernáculos de plantas em Moçambique
[11111]   Konter-Katani, Maggy (1988) : A Nyakyusa-English wordlist
[11112]   Konter-Katani, Maggy (1989) : Sound correspondences of Nyakyusa (M30) and Ndali: reflexes of Proto-Bantu voiceless stops
[11114]   Koole, (1968) : Ngoni
[11115]   Koopman, Adrian (1976) : A study of Zulu names, with special reference to the structural aspects
[11116]   Koopman, Adrian (1979) : The linguistic difference between nouns and names in Zulu
[11117]   Koopman, Adrian (1979) : Zulu male and female names
[11120]   Koopman, Adrian (1986) : The social and literary aspects of Zulu personal names
[11121]   Koopman, Adrian (1987) : Zulu names and other modes of address
[11123]   Koopman, Adrian (1989) : The aetiology of Zulu personal names
[11124]   Koopman, Adrian (1992) : -so- and -no-: aged parents in new garb
[11125]   Koopman, Adrian (1992) : Zulu and English adoptives: morphological and phonological interference
[11127]   Koopman, Adrian (1994) : Lexical adoptives in Zulu
[11128]   Koopman, Adrian (1999) : Zulu language change
[11129]   Koopman, Adrian (2000) : Morphological interference in Bantu adoptives
[11131]   Koopman, Adrian (2002) : Zulu names
[11134]   Kopoka, O. B. (1955) : The -e form of the verb in Standard Swahili
[11258]   Köppe, Rüdiger (1998) : Entwicklung der Rechtsterminologie im Swahili am Beispiel grundlegender Konzepte des tansanianischen Eherechts
[11140]   Korse, Piet (1999) : Lusoga grammar
[11149]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1981) : Economy in the verbal relative construction in Northern Sotho
[11150]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1985) : Die ‘onvoltooidheids-a’ in Noord-Sotho
[11151]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1987) : A survey of Northern Sotho grammatical descriptions since 1876
[11152]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1988) : ‘Imperfect tense-a’ of Northern Sotho revisited
[11153]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1993) : A historical perspective on Northern Sotho linguistics
[11154]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (1998) : Thoughts on suppletion in Northern Sotho
[11155]   Kosch, Ingeborg M. (2003) : Sandhi under the spotlight
[11165]   Kotarska, Anna (2001) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Tongwe language community, Kigoma district, Kigoma region, Tanzania
[11168]   Kotey, Paul Francis Amon (1999) : New dimensions in African linguistics and languages
[11173]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1985) : Herinterpretasie van die betekenis van demonstratiewe in Noord-Sotho
[11174]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1987) : Dealing with nasals within the phonological system of Northern Sotho: another alternative
[11176]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1987) : Die fonologiese sisteem van Hananwa
[11177]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1988) : Morfologie van nie-predikatiewe woorde en konstruksies in Hananwa
[11178]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1989) : An introduction to Northern Sotho phonetics and phonology
[11180]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1992) : Die morfologie van predikatiewe woorde in Hananwa
[11181]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1993) : Die kopulatief in Hananwa
[11182]   Kotzé, Albert E. (1995) : ’n Fonologiese en morfologiese beskrywing van Lobedu
[11185]   Kotzé, Albert E. (2001) : Prominent features of Lobedu nouns and pronouns
[23398]   Kotzé, Albert E. (2005) : Towards a morphological analyser for past tense forms in Northern Sotho: verb stems with final ‘m’ and ‘n’
[11179]   Kotzé, Albert E. & Patrick Wela (1991) : Afrikaans/Zoeloe-woordeboek met Engelse vertalings
[24656]   Kotzé, Albert E. & Sabine Zerbian (2008) : On the Trigger of Palatalization in the Sotho languages
[11170]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1977) : ’n Sosiolinguistiese ondersoek na sintaktiese, morfologiese en leksikale afwykings in die Afrikaans van Xhosas
[11171]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1982) : Nonstandaard as studieobjek: sosiale stratifikasie in Zoeloe
[11183]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (1997) : Social stratification of some Zulu phonemes: a fieldwork report
[11184]   Kotzé, Ernst Frederick (2000) : Sociocultural and linguistic corollaries of ethnicity in South African society
[11169]   Kotzé, N. J. (1957) : Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans; Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho woordelys: met ’n byvoegsel van sotho-vakterminologie vir die gebruik in Bantoeskole
[23399]   Kotzé, Petronella Maria (2005) : Towards a finite-state network for Northern Soptho deverbative nouns: the morphosyntactic rules
[23845]   Kouankem, Constantine (2003) : Complex constructions on Bànòò
[11190]   Kounta, Maria Celeste Pereira [Albakaye] (1981) : The transcription and the harmonization of African languages: national languages in Angola
[23319]   Kouoh Mboundja, Christian Josué (2004) : Bàlòng (bantu A13): description phonologique et morphologique
[11194]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna (1976) : Dejstvitel’nye sistemi jazykov Ganda i Ruanda [Active systems in Ganda and Rwanda]
[11195]   Koval, Antonina Ivanovna , Victor Alexeevich Vinogradov & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (Ed) (1979) : Morfonologiia i morfologiia klassov slov v iazykakh Afriki: imia, mestoimenei
[11260]   Kraal, Peter (1990) : On adjuncts in Shingazidja
[23741]   Kraal, Pieter Jacob (2005) : A grammar of Makonde (Chinnima, Tanzania)
[11276]   Krapf, Johann Ludwig (1925) : Swahili-English dictionary
[11277]   Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona (199-) : The directive form in Swahili
[11280]   Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona (2003) : Metaphorical uses of Swahili lexeme jasho ‘sweat’
[11282]   Krelle, H. (19--) : Wörterverzeichnis der Zaramo-Sprache
[11283]   Krelle, H. (19--) : Grammatik der Dzalamosprache
[11288]   Kriegler, René (1997) : Textbasierte Untersuchungen zur verbalen Flexionsmorphologie im Makunduchi (Hadimu)
[11289]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1942) : Sotho-Afrikaanse woordeboek
[11290]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1950) : The new Sesotho - English dictionary
[11291]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1958) : The new Sesotho - English dictionary
[11292]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1958) : The new English - Sesotho dictionary: Sesotho - English, English - Sesotho
[11293]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1966) : Pukantshu: Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans, Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho
[11294]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1967) : The new Northern Sotho - English dictionary
[11295]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1967) : The new English - Northern Sotho dictionary
[11296]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1971) : Popular Northern Sotho pocket dictionary: Northern Sotho - English, English - Northern Sotho
[11297]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1976) : Popular Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - English, English - Northern Sotho
[11298]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1976) : The new English - Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - English, English - Northern Sotho
[11299]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1977) : Pukuntshu: Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans, Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho
[11300]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1983) : Pukuntshu woordeboek: Noord-Sotho - Afrikaans, Afrikaans - Noord-Sotho
[11301]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes (1988) : Popular Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - English - Northern Sotho
[11303]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes , Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo & Bethuel P. Sathekge (1997) : Popular Northern Sotho dictionary: Northern Sotho - English, English - Northern Sotho
[11302]   Kriel, Theunis Johannes , Egidius B. van Wyk & Bethuel P. Sathekge (1989) : Pukuntshu woordeboek: Noord-Sotho-Afrikaans, Afrikaans-Noord-Sotho
[11304]   Krifka, Manfred (1985) : Word order and word order change in Swahili
[11305]   Krifka, Manfred (1987) : Zur semantischen und pragmatischen Motivation sytaktischer Regularitäten: eine Studie zur Wortstellung und Wortstellungsveränderung im Swahili
[11306]   Krifka, Manfred (1995) : Swahili
[11374]   Kröger, Heidrum (1989) : Prosodische Eigenschaften der Bantusprachen: eine typologisch-vergleichende Untersuchung
[23042]   Kröger, Heidrum (1999) : Tone in Bantu languages
[11373]   Kröger, Oliver (1988) : Komplementsätze im Swahili
[11376]   Kröger, Oliver (2005) : Report on a survey of coastal Makua dialects
[25166]   Kröger, Olivier (2010) : Discourse function of inverted passives in Makua-Marevone narratives
[11331]   Kropacek, Lubos (1994) : Fifty years of Swahili studies in Prague
[11330]   Kropacek, Lubos & Hynek Burda (1980) : Svahilsko-cesky a cesko-svahilsky kapesni slovnik se strucnym prehledem svahilske gramatiky
[11332]   Kropf, Albert (1936) : A concise Xhosa-English dictionary
[11380]   Kruger, A. (Ed) (1994) : New perspectives on teaching translators and interpreters in South Africa
[11387]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1958) : Opmerkings oor Sotho-morfologie
[11388]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1958) : Morfologie van die naamwoordelike woordsoorte in Noord-Sotho
[11389]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1961) : Die sintaktiese struktuur van die enkelvoudige sin in Tswana: ’n ondersoek na die vorming en gebruik van ’n aantal woordgroepsoorte in die enkelvoudige sin
[11390]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1967) : Die struktuur van die woordgroep in Tswana
[11391]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1968) : Subkategorieë van die werkwoord in Tswana
[11392]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1972) : Klassifikasie van kopulatiewe inleidende lede
[11393]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Enkele opmerkinge oor die tonologie van Tswana
[11394]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Woordanalise in Sotho
[11395]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1973) : Some notes on the hierarchy of morphological categories in Tswana nouns and verbs
[11397]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (198-) : Elementary phonetics of Setswana
[11399]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1988) : Comparisons between co-ordination and other semantic relations in Setswana
[22737]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (1994) : Notes on morphology with special reference to Tswana
[23784]   Krüger, Casper J. H. (2006) : Introduction to the morphology of Setswana
[11396]   Krüger, Casper J. H. & J. A. du Plessis (1977) : Die Kgalagadi dialekte van Botswana
[11398]   Krüger, Casper J. H. & Jan Winston Snyman (1986) : The sound system of Setswana
[11385]   Krüger, F. (1---) : Tsumba-ndila
[11386]   Krüger, F. (1---) : Penda-luambo ya Tshivenda
[11377]   Kruger, W. J. (1970) : Die transfonologisasie van afrikaanse leenwoorde in Noord-Sotho
[11378]   Kruger, W. J. (1970) : Die toonmorfologie van die indikatiewe werkwoord in Suid-Sotho
[11379]   Kruger, W. J. (1971) : Die morfologie van werkwoordkategorieë in die Sothotale
[11381]   Kruisheer, Klazien (1994) : Hoofdzin en relatieve bijzin in het Swahili: een onderzoek naar woordvolgorde en zinsposities
[11382]   Krumm, Bernhard (1932) : Wörter und Wortformen orientalischen Ursprungs im Suaheli
[11383]   Krumm, Bernhard (1940) : Words of Oriental origin in Swahili
[11403]   Kubeka, Isaac Sibusiso (1979) : A preliminary survey of Zulu dialects in Natal and Zululand
[11404]   Kubela, Mwadyamwita K. (1986) : Le schème tonal dans les mots ciluba d’origine éntrangère
[11408]   Kuijpers, Em. (1922) : Grammaire de la langue haya
[11409]   Kuijpers, Em. & François Samson (1940) : Dictionnaire haya-français
[11412]   Kukanda, Vatomene (1983) : Emprunts français en lingala de Kinshasa: quelques aspects de son integration phonetique, morphologique, semantique et lexicale
[11413]   Kukanda, Vatomene (1986) : Notas introdução à sociolínguistica bantu
[11415]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (2000) : On the representation of NC clusters in Bemba
[11416]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (2001) : Imbrication in Bemba
[22399]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (2003) : On the autonomy of the root in Bemba
[22554]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (1997) : H-licensing and vowel harmony in Venda
[23258]   Kula, Nancy Chongo (2002) : The phonology of verbal derivation in Bemba
[24653]   Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lisa Lai-Shen Cheng (2007) : Phonological and syntactic phrasing in Bemba relatives
[11414]   Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (1998) : Aspects of nasality in Bemba
[11417]   Kula, Nancy Chongo & Lutz Marten (2002) : Nasality in Bemba: onset-to-onset government and licensing constraints
[11419]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1993) : Bimoraicity in monosyllabic Chichewa ideophones
[11420]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1993) : The status of the ideophone in Chichewa
[11421]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1995) : Sound symbolic and grammatical frameworks: a typology of ideophones in Asian and African languages
[11422]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1995/97) : On the meaning of Chichewa ideophones
[11423]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1996) : Determining the grammatical category of Chichewa ideophones
[11424]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1997) : The grammatical category of Chichewa ideophones
[11425]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (1997) : Infl-less clauses and cse theory in Chichewa ideophone sentences
[22555]   Kulemeka, Andrew Tilimbe (2000) : The ideophone predicate: a case of verbless sentences in Chichewa
[11426]   Kulube, K. (1995) : Historical development of some class prefixes in Kalanga
[11427]   Kumalo, Mpiyakhe B. (1987) : Revised current and proposed new terminology in language description and Izulu literature
[11428]   Kumalo, Mpiyakhe B. (1992) : Traditional and modern forms of address in isiZulu
[11431]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1951) : Comparative study of the deficient verb in Sotho
[11432]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1961) : The sound system of Southern Sotho
[11433]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1963) : Southern Sotho words of English and Afrikaans origin
[11434]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1965) : The ideophone in Southern Sotho
[11435]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1971) : Special deverbative nouns used as eulogues in Sesotho
[11436]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1972) : A preliminary study of downstepping in Southern Sotho
[11439]   Kunene, Daniel Pune (1978) : The ideophone in Southern Sotho
[11437]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1974) : Nominalization in Zulu
[11438]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1975) : Zulu pronouns and the structure of discourse
[11440]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1979) : The acquisition of Siswati as a first language: a morphological study with special reference to noun prefixes, noun classes and some agreement markers
[11441]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1986) : Acquisition of siSwati noun classes
[11443]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1987) : A re-examination of some aspects of the benefactive (applied) extension in Swati
[11444]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1989) : Estabelecimento de um sistema ortográfico em línguas recentemente escritas e os problemas da sua implementação: o caso Siswati
[11446]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle (1992) : Palatalization in Siswati
[11445]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle & J. G. Mulder (1992) : Linguistic considerations of some cultural attitudes in siSwati
[11442]   Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle & Joyce B. G. Sukumane (1987) : Borrowing and neogolism as a means of bridging the gap between foreign concepts/experiences and Siswati terminology in applied branches of knowledge
[22556]   Kuper, Adam J. (1978) : Determinants of form in seven Tswana kinship terminologies
[22557]   Kuper, Adam J. (1979) : Zulu kinship terminology over a century
[22537]   Kuper, Adam J. & Pierre van Leynseele (1980) : L’anthropologie sociale et l’expansion bantoue
[22538]   Kuper, Adam J. & Pierre van Leynseele (1978) : Social anthropology and the ‘Bantu expansion’
[11448]   Kuperus, Julianna (1982) : The morphology of (Ba-)Londo verb tenses
[11449]   Kuperus, Julianna (1985) : The Londo word: its phonological and morphological structure
[24672]   Kuperus, Julianna (1978) : Les classes nominales du Londo ; langue bantoue du sud-ouest du Cameroun (Guthrie A11)
[11450]   Kuperus, Julianna & Antoinette Mpunga wa Ilunga (1990) : Locative markers in Luba
[11469]   Küsters, Meinulf (193-) : Kibena Grammatik
[11470]   Küsters, Meinulf (193-) : Kipangwa Grammatik, mit Uebungstücke
[11454]   Kuteva, Tania A. (2001) : Areal grammaticalization: the case of the Bantu-Nilotic borderland
[11455]   Kutik, Elanah J. (1983) : Noun class assignment of English loanwords in Kikuyu
[11461]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1993) : The writing and reading of tone in Bantu languages
[11462]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (1994) : KiBudu, a Bantu language with nine vowels
[11464]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (2003) : Bila (D32)
[25145]   Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance] (2009) : Two Types Of Vowel Harmony in Malila Bantu M.24, Lake Corridor, S .W . Tanzania
[24728]   Kutsch Lojenga, Constance (2007) : Minimality and Morae in Malila (M.24)
[11465]   Kutzov, A. I. (1963) : A Russian-Swahili newspaper vocabulary
[11466]   Kuusi, Martti (1974) : Ovambo riddles with comments and vocabularies, with African parallels
[11467]   Kuznetsov, P. S. (1965) : K voprosu o vydelenii imennykh klassov v suahili [On the problem of number of noun classes in Swahili]
[11468]   Kuznetsov, P. S. (1968) : Zametki o strukturnych svjazjach v predelach sistemy soglasnych fonem, na materiale jazyka Ganda [Notes on the structural relations in the consonantal phoneme system, on material of the Ganda language]
[11472]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1980) : Contes punu du Gabon: étude linguistique et sémiologique
[11473]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1980) : Esquisse phonologique du punu
[11474]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1988) : L’identification des unités-langues bantu gabonaises et leur classification interne
[11475]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1992) : Présentation géo-linguistique de Libreville
[11476]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1993) : La gestualité et les interactions dans la narration d’une épopée: l’exemple de Mumbwanga
[22559]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1987) : Contribution à l’inventaire des parlers bantu du Gabon
[22560]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1989) : Contribution à l’analyse des emprunts nominaux yipunu au français
[22561]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1990) : L’anthroponymie chez les Bapunu
[22562]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1999) : L’expression du temps chez les Bapunu du sud-Gabon
[22703]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1988) : Quelques remarques sur la transcription des textes oraux en langues africaines
[22818]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1998) : Localisation des parlers du Gabon
[22820]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (1999) : La situation linguistique à Libreville
[22821]   Kwenzi Mikala, Tangu Jérome (2001) : Aspects ethnlinguistiques kwil: les genres oraux
[11483]   Kwon, Joung-Mi (1995) : Possession im Swahili
[11482]   Kwon, Miroo (1985) : Analyse der Swahili-Sprichwörter
[11481]   Kwon, Myong-Shik (1984) : Sprachliche Eigenheiten des Swahili von Shaba (Zaïre)
[11485]   Kyota, Kutumisa B. (1999) : Eleménts morphologiques et morphotonologiques dans la construction d’un énoncé yaka
[22558]   Kyota, Kutumisa B. (1986) : Eleménts morphologiques et morphotonologiques dans la construction d’un énoncé yaka
[22738]   Laas, J. A. M. (1974) : Woordbou e woordanalise in Suid-Sotho
[11486]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1984) : Dictionnaire français-otetela
[11489]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (2001) : Guthrie et la zone C: traduciton et commentaire du point de vue otetela
[23916]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1970) : Linguistica otetela
[23917]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1970) : Orthographe de la langue otetela
[23918]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1986) : Éléments de grammaire otetela
[23919]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1988) : Grammaire losindanga
[23920]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1988) : Orthographe phonologique de la langue tetela
[23921]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert (1986) : Grammaire de la langue tetela
[11488]   Labaere, [Révérend] [Père] Hubert & Waato W. L. Shango (1989) : Les dialectes otetela: inventaire
[11487]   Labaere, Raphael (1987) : La consonne géminée en tetela (Zaïre)
[22563]   Labaere, Raphael (1997) : Du grouoe complétif à la proposition connectivale en tetela
[11506]   Labroussi, Catherine (1998) : Le couloir des lacs: contribution linguistique à l’histoire des populations du sud-ouest de la Tanzania
[11507]   Labroussi, Catherine (1999) : Vowel systems and spirantization in southwest Tanzania
[11508]   Labroussi, Catherine (2000) : Spirant-devoicing and genetic classification in eastern Bantu
[11523]   Lacunza-Balda, Justo (1997) : Translations of the Quran into Swahili, and contemporary Islamic revival in East Africa
[11540]   Ladefoged, Peter & Ian Maddieson (1996) : Clicks
[11528]   Ladefoged, Peter , Ruth Moser Glick & Clive Criper (1972) : Language in Uganda
[11551]   Lafon, Michel (1982) : Brève présentation du système verbal et du fonctionnement d’un auxiliaire en shingazidja
[11552]   Lafon, Michel (1984) : Régularité et irrégularité dans le système verbal du shingazidja (grand-comorien): la voyelle finale des thèmes verbaux (avec des références au swahili)
[11553]   Lafon, Michel (1985) : Un procédé d’emphase en shingazidja
[11554]   Lafon, Michel (1987) : Problèmes de lexicographie bantu: à propos d’un dictionnaire shingazidja-français
[11555]   Lafon, Michel (1987) : Le shingazidja: une langue bantu sous influence arabé
[11556]   Lafon, Michel (1988) : Situation linguistique de la Grande-Comore : essai de définition du statut de l’arabe
[11557]   Lafon, Michel (1989) : Le comorien: essai de stratification linguistique
[11558]   Lafon, Michel (1989) : Petit vocabulaire francais-shingazidja à l’usage des amateurs
[11559]   Lafon, Michel (1990) : La négation dans la prédication en shingazidja (grand-comorien)
[11560]   Lafon, Michel (1991) : Lexique français-shingazidja
[11561]   Lafon, Michel (1991) : Lexique français-comorien (shingazidja)
[11562]   Lafon, Michel (1994) : Shona class 5 revisited: a case against *ri- as class 5 nominal prefix
[11563]   Lafon, Michel (1997) : L’expression de la qualité en shingazidja les adjectifs
[22496]   Lafon, Michel (1996) : Le Shona et les Shonas du Zimbabwe: